Nokia Solutions and Networks T5ZR1 SC4812ET 800 MHz CDMA BTS Frame User Manual Users BTS Optimization Manual
Nokia Solutions and Networks SC4812ET 800 MHz CDMA BTS Frame Users BTS Optimization Manual
Users BTS Optimization Manual
Cellular Infrastructure Group
FCC ID: IHET5ZR1
USERS MANUAL EXHIBIT
PLEASE NOTE: Manual documentation for the SC4812ET @
800 MHz CDMA BTS is currently under development and is
similar to the manual for SC4812ET @ 1.9 Ghz CDMA BTS
with FCC ID #IHET6YZ1. Please refer to the attached manual
for this submission.
TECHNICAL EDUCATION &
DOCUMENTATION
PREMIER GLOBAL INFORMATION PROVIDER
SCt4812ET
BTS Optimization/ATP
1900 MHz CDMA
68P64114A42–2
PRELIMINARY 2
CDMA LMF - Software Release 9.0
Notice
While reasonable efforts have been made to assure the accuracy of this document, Motorola, Inc. assumes no liability resulting from any
inaccuracies or omissions in this document, or from use of the information obtained herein. The information in this document has been
carefully checked and is believed to be entirely reliable. However, no responsibility is assumed for inaccuracies or omissions. Motorola,
Inc. reserves the right to make changes to any products described herein and reserves the right to revise this document and to make
changes from time to time in content hereof with no obligation to notify any person of revisions or changes. Motorola, Inc. does not
assume any liability arising out of the application or use of any product, software, or circuit described herein; neither does it convey
license under its patent rights or the rights of others.
It is possible that this publication may contain references to, or information about Motorola products (machines and programs),
programming, or services that are not announced in your country. Such references or information must not be construed to mean
that Motorola intends to announce such Motorola products, programming, or services in your country.
Copyrights
This instruction manual, and the Motorola products described in this instruction manual may be, include or describe copyrighted
Motorola material, such as computer programs stored in semiconductor memories or other media. Laws in the United States and
other countries preserve for Motorola certain exclusive rights for copyrighted material, including the exclusive right to copy,
reproduce in any form, distribute and make derivative works of the copyrighted material. Accordingly, any copyrighted Motorola
material contained herein or in the Motorola products described in this instruction manual may not be copied, reproduced,
distributed, merged or modified in any manner without the express written permission of Motorola. Furthermore, the purchase of
Motorola products shall not be deemed to grant either directly or by implication, estoppel, or otherwise, any license under the
copyrights, patents or patent applications of Motorola, as arises by operation of law in the sale of a product.
Usage and Disclosure Restrictions
License Agreement
The software described in this document is the property of Motorola, Inc. It is furnished by express license agreement only and may
be used only in accordance with the terms of such an agreement.
Copyrighted Materials
Software and documentation are copyrighted materials. Making unauthorized copies is prohibited by law. No part of the software or
documentation may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language or
computer language, in any form or by any means, without prior written permission of Motorola, Inc.
High Risk Activities
Components, units, or third–party products used in the product described herein are NOT fault–tolerant and are NOT designed,
manufactured, or intended for use as on–line control equipment in the following hazardous environments requiring fail–safe
controls: the operation of Nuclear Facilities, Aircraft Navigation or Aircraft Communication Systems, Air Traffic Control, Life
Support, or Weapons Systems (“High Risk Activities”). Motorola and its supplier(s) specifically disclaim any expressed or implied
warranty of fitness for such High Risk Activities.
Trademarks
and Motorola are registered trademarks of Motorola, Inc.
Product and service names profiled herein are trademarks of Motorola, Inc. Other manufacturers’ products or services profiled
herein may be referred to by trademarks of their respective companies.
Copyright
Copyright 1999 Motorola, Inc.
All Rights Reserved
Printed on
Recyclable Paper
REV010598
SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE
July 1999 i
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Table of Contents
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
CDMA 1900 MHz
List of Figures v. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
List of Tables vii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Information xi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreword xii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Safety xv. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Revision History xvii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Patent Notification xviii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 1: Introduction
Optimization Overview 1-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTS Equipment Identification 1-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 2: Preliminary Operations
Preliminary Operations: Overview 2-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Cabinet Initial Power Up 2-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pre–Power–up Tests 2-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 3: Optimization/Calibration
Optimization/Calibration – Introduction 3-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Isolate Span Lines/Connect LMF 3-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparing the LMF 3-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using CDMA LMF 3-19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Download the BTS 3-24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CSM System Time – GPS & HSO Verification 3-29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment Setup 3-40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Set Calibration 3-51. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RFDS Setup and Calibration 3-72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transmit & Receive Antenna VSWR 3-79. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table of Contents – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
ii
Chapter 4: Automated Acceptance Test Procedure (ATP)
Automated Acceptance Test Procedures – All-inclusive TX & RX 4-1. . . . . . . . . .
TX Spectral Purity Transmit Mask Acceptance Test 4-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TX Waveform Quality (rho) Acceptance Test 4-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TX Pilot Time Offset Acceptance Test 4-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TX Code Domain Power Acceptance Test 4-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RX Frame Error Rate (FER) Acceptance Test 4-21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Generate an ATP Report 4-23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 5: Basic Troubleshooting
Basic Troubleshooting Overview 5-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting: Installation 5-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting: Download 5-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting: Calibration 5-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting: Transmit ATP 5-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting: Receive ATP 5-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting: CSM Checklist 5-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C–CCP Backplane Troubleshooting 5-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Module Front Panel LED Indicators and Connectors 5-21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basic Troubleshooting – Span Control Link 5-28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 6: Leaving the Site
Prepare to Leave the Site 6-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
External Test Equipment Removal 6-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Updating CBSC LMF Files 6-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Copying CAL Files from Diskette to the CBSC 6-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LMF Removal 6-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reestablish OMC-R Control/ Verifying T1/E1 6-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Appendix A: Data Sheets
Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets A-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Site Serial Number Check List A-17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Appendix B: FRU Optimization/ATP Test Matrix
Usage & Background B-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Detailed Optimization/ATP Test Matrix B-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table of Contents – continued
July 1999 iii
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Appendix C: BBX Gain Set Point vs. BTS Output Considerations
BBX2 Gain Set Point vs. BTS Output Considerations C-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Usage & Background C-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Appendix D: CDMA Operating Frequency Information
Introduction D-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCS Channels D-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculating Center Frequencies D-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Appendix E: PN Offset/I & Q Offset Register Programming Information
PN Offset Background E-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PN Offset Usage E-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Index Index-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table of Contents – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
iv
Notes
July 1999 v
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
List of Figures
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
CDMA 1900 MHz
Figure 1-1: SC 4812ET RF Cabinet 1-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 1-2: SC4812ET RF Cabinet Internal FRUs 1-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 1-3: C-CCP Shelf Layout 1-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 1-4: SC 4812ET Intercabinet I/O Detail (Rear View) 1-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 1-5: RFDS Location in an SC 4812ET RF Cabinet 1-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 2-1: Backplane DIP Switch Settings 2-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 2-2: DC Distribution Pre-test 2-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 3-1: Punch Block for Span I/O 3-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 3-2: LMF Connection Detail 3-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 3-3: LMF Folder Structure 3-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 3-4: BTS Folder Name Syntax Example 3-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 3-5: CAL File Name Syntax Example 3-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 3-6: CDF Name Syntax Example 3-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 3-7: Code Load File Name Syntax Example 3-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 3-8: DDS File Name Syntax Example 3-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 3-9: BTS Ethernet LAN Interconnect Diagram 3-17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 3-10: Single–frame BTS with a RFDS 3-19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 3-11: Four–frame BTS with an RFDS BTS 3-20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 3-12: Sample LMF Status Report 3-23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 3-13: CSM MMI Terminal Connection 3-32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 3-14: Null Modem Cable Detail 3-42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 3-15: Cable Calibration Test Setup 3-44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 3-16: TX calibration test setup (CyberTest and HP 8935) 3-45. . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 3-17: TX calibration test setup
(Advantest and HP 8921A W/PCS for 1700/1900) 3-46. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 3-18: Optimization/ATP test setup calibration
(CyberTest, HP 8935 and Advantest) 3-47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 3-19: Optimization/ATP test setup HP 8921A W/PCS 3-48. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 3-20: Typical TX ATP Setup with Directional Coupler
(shown with and without RFDS) 3-49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
List of Figures – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
vi
Figure 3-21: Typical RX ATP Setup with Directional Coupler
(shown with or without RFDS) 3-50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 3-22: Typical Network Test Equipment Setup 3-53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 3-23: Calibrating Test Equipment Setup for TX BLO and TX ATP Tests
(using Signal Generator and Spectrum Analyzer) 3-58. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 3-24: Calibrating Test Equipment Setup for RX ATP Test
(using Signal Generator and Spectrum Analyzer) 3-59. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 3-25: Manual VSWR Test Setup Using HP8921 Test Set 3-81. . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 3-26: Manual VSWR Test Setup Using Advantest R3465 3-83. . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 4-1: TX/RX Connections 4-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 4-2: TX Mask Verification Spectrum Analyzer Display 4-13. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 4-3: Code Domain Power and Noise Floor Levels 4-20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 6-1: CSM Front Panel Indicators & Monitor Ports 5-22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 6-2: GLI2 Front Panel 5-25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 6-3: MCC24 Front Panel 5-27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure D-1: North American PCS Frequency Spectrum (CDMA Allocation) D-1. .
July 1999 vii
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
List of Tables
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
CDMA 1900 MHz
Table 1-1: CDMA LMF Test Equipment Support Table 1-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 1-2: BTS Sector Configuration 1-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 1-3: Sector Configurations 1-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2-1: Initial Installation of Boards/Modules 2-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2-2: AC Voltage Measurements 2-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2-3: Power Up Tests 2-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2-4: Battery Charge Test 2-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2-5: RF Cabinet Power Up 2-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2-6: Battery Discharge Test 2-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2-7: Heat Exchanger Test 2-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2-8: Heat Exchanger Alarm 2-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2-9: Door Alarm 2-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2-10: AC Fail Alarm 2-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2-11: Minor Alarm 2-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2-12: Single Rectifier Fail or Minor Alarm 2-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2-13: Multiple Rectifier Failure or Major Alarm 2-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2-14: Single Rectifier Fail or Minor Alarm 2-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2-15: Multiple Rectifier Failure or Major Alarm 2-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2-16: Battery Over Temperature Alarm 2-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2-17: Rectifier Over Temperature Alarm 2-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2-18: DC Power Pre–test (RF Cabinet and Power Cabinet) 2-15. . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3-2: T1/E1 Span Isolation 3-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3-3: LMF to BTS Connection 3-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3-4: CD ROM Installation 3-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3-5: Procedures to Copy Files to a Diskette 3-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3-6: Procedures to Copy CAL Files from Diskette to the CBSC 3-10. . . . . . .
Table 3-7: BTS Login Procedure 3-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3-8: Procedures to Logout of a BTS 3-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3-9: Pinging the Processors 3-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
List of Tables – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
viii
Table 3-10: Selecting and Deselecting Devices 3-20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3-11: Enabling Devices 3-21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3-13: Resetting Devices 3-22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3-14: Get Device Status 3-22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3-15: Sorting Status Report Windows 3-23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3-16: Download Code 3-25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3-17: Download Data to Non–MGLI Devices 3-25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3-18: Enable CSMs 3-27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3-19: Enable MCCs 3-28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3-20: Test Equipment Setup (GPS & LFR/HSO Verification) 3-31. . . . . . . . .
Table 3-21: GPS Initialization/Verification 3-34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3-22: LORAN–C Initialization/Verification 3-38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3-23: Test Equipment Setup 3-41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3-24: Selecting Test Equipment Manually in a Serial Connection Tab 3-52. .
Table 3-25: Selecting Test Equipment Using Auto-Detect 3-53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3-26: Selecting Test Equipment Manually Using a
Network Connection Tab 3-54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3-27: Selecting Test Equipment Using Auto-Detect 3-54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3-28: Test Equipment Calibration 3-55. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3-29: Cable Calibration 3-56. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3-30: Calibrating TX Cables Using Signal Generator and
Spectrum Analyzer 3-57. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3-31: Calibrating RX Cables Using a Signal Generator and
Spectrum Analyzer 3-58. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3-32: Setting Cable Loss Values 3-60. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3-33: BLO BTS.cal file Array Assignments 3-63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3-34: BTS.cal file Array (per sector) 3-64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3-35: Test Equipment Setup (RF Path Calibration) 3-65. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3-36: BTS TX Path Calibration 3-66. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3-37: Download BLO 3-67. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3-38: TX Path Audit 3-69. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3-39: All Cal/Audit Test 3-70. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3-40: Create CAL File 3-71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3-41: RFDS Parameter Settings 3-73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3-42: Definition of Parameters 3-74. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3-43: Valid NAM Field Ranges 3-75. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3-44: Program NAM Procedure 3-76. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3-45: RFDS Calibration 3-78. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
List of Tables – continued
July 1999 ix
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Table 3-46: VSWR Measurement Procedure – HP 8921 Test Set 3-80. . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3-47: VSWR Measurement Procedure – Advantest Test Set 3-82. . . . . . . . . .
Table 4-1: All TX Acceptance Test 4-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 4-2: All RX Acceptance Test 4-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 4-3: All TX/RX ATP 4-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 4-4: Full Optimization ATP 4-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 4-5: TX Mask ATP 4-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 4-6: Rho ATP 4-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 4-7: Pilot Time Offset Test ATP 4-17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 4-8: Code Domain Power Test 4-19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 4-9: Frame Error Rate (FER) ATP 4-22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 4-10: Generate an ATP Report 4-23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 4-11: Procedure to a Test Report 4-24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 6-1: Login Failure Troubleshooting Procedures 5-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 6-2: Troubleshooting a Power Meter Communication Failure 5-2. . . . . . . .
Table 6-3: Troubleshooting a Communications Analyzer
Communication Failure 5-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 6-4: Troubleshooting Code Download Failure 5-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 6-5: Troubleshooting Data Download Failure 5-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 6-6: Troubleshooting Device Enable (INS) Failure 5-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 6-7: Miscellaneous Failures 5-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 6-8: Troubleshooting BLO Calibration Failure 5-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 6-9: Troubleshooting Calibration Audit Failure 5-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 6-10: Troubleshooting TX Mask Measurement Failure 5-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 6-11: Troubleshooting Rho and Pilot Time Offset
Measurement Failure 5-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 6-12: Troubleshooting Code Domain Power and
Noise Floor Measurement Failure 5-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 6-13: Troubleshooting Carrier Measurement Failure 5-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 6-14: Troubleshooting Multi-FER Failure 5-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 6-15: No GLI2 Control via LMF (all GLI2s) 5-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 6-16: No GLI2 Control through Span Line Connection (Both GLI2s) 5-16. .
Table 6-17: MGLI2 Control Good – No Control over Co–located GLI2 5-16. . . . .
Table 6-18: MGLI2 Control Good – No Control over AMR 5-17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 6-19: MGLI2 Control Good – No Control over Co–located GLI2s 5-17. . . . .
Table 6-20: BBX2 Control Good – No (or Missing) Span Line Traffic 5-18. . . . . . .
Table 6-21: No MCC24 Channel Elements 5-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 6-22: No DC Input Voltage to Power Supply Module 5-19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
List of Tables – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
x
Table 6-23: No DC Input Voltage to any C–CCP Shelf Module 5-20. . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 6-24: No DC Input Voltage to any C–CCP Shelf Module 5-20. . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 5-25: Troubleshooting Control Link Failure 5-28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 6-1: External Test Equipment Removal 6-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 6-2: Procedures to Copy Files to a Diskette using the LMF 6-1. . . . . . . . . .
Table 6-3: Procedures to Copy CAL Files from Diskette to the CBSC 6-2. . . . . . .
Table 6-4: Procedures to Copy CAL Files from Diskette to the CBSC 6-3. . . . . . .
Table A-1: Verification of Test Equipment Used A-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table A-2: Site Checklist A-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table A-3: Preliminary Operations A-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table A-4: GPS Receiver Operation A-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table A-5: LFR Receiver Operation A-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table A-6: LPA IM Reduction A-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table A-7: TX BLO Calibration
(3–Sector: 1–Carrier, 2–Carrier and 4–Carrier Non–adjacent Channels) A-8. . . . .
Table A-8: TX Bay Level Offset Calibration
(3–Sector: 2–Carrier Adjacent Channels) A-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table A-9: TX Bay Level Offset Calibration
(3–Sector: 3 or 4–Carrier Adjacent Channels) A-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table A-10: TX BLO Calibration
(6–Sector: 1–Carrier, 2–Carrier Non–adjacent Channels) A-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table A-11: TX Antenna VSWR A-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table A-12: RX Antenna VSWR A-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table A-13: AMR CDI Alarm Input Verification A-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table B-1: When RF Optimization Is required on the BTS B-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table B-2: When to Optimize Inter–frame Cabling B-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table B-3: SC 4812ET BTS Optimization and ATP Test Matrix B-4. . . . . . . . . . .
Table C-1: BBX2 Gain Set Point vs. Actual BTS Output (in dBm) C-1. . . . . . . . .
Table D-1: TX and RX Frequency vs. Channel D-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table E-1: PnMaskI and PnMaskQ Values for PilotPn E-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 Chips E-3. . .
Product Information
July 1999 xi
68P64114A42
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Model & Options Charts
Refer to the SC 4812ET Field Replaceable Units manual
(68P64113A24) for detailed model structure and option information
This document covers only the steps required to verify the functionality
of the Base transceiver Subsystem (BTS) equipment prior to system
level testing, and is intended to supplement site specific application
instructions. It also should be used in conjunction with existing product
manuals. Additional steps may be required.
Foreword
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
xii
Scope of manual
This manual is intended for use by cellular telephone system
craftspersons in the day-to-day operation of Motorola cellular system
equipment and ancillary devices. It is assumed that the user of this
information has a general understanding of telephony, as used in the
operation of the Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN), and is
familiar with these concepts as they are applied in the cellular
mobile/portable radiotelephone environment. The user, however, is not
expected to have any detailed technical knowledge of the internal
operation of the equipment.
This manual is not intended to replace the system and equipment
training offered by Motorola, although it can be used to supplement or
enhance the knowledge gained through such training.
Text conventions
The following special paragraphs are used in this manual to point out
information that must be read. This information may be set-off from the
surrounding text, but is always preceded by a bold title in capital letters.
The four categories of these special paragraphs are:
Presents additional, helpful, non-critical information that
you can use.
NOTE
Presents information to help you avoid an undesirable
situation or provides additional information to help you
understand a topic or concept.
IMPORTANT
*
Presents information to identify a situation in which
equipment damage could occur, thus avoiding damage to
equipment.
CAUTION
Presents information to warn you of a potentially
hazardous situation in which there is a possibility of
personal injury.
WARNING
. . . continued on next page
Foreword – continued
July 1999 xiii
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
The following typographical conventions are used for the presentation of
software information:In text, typewriter style characters represent
prompts and the system output as displayed on a Hyperterminal screen.
Changes to manual
Changes that occur after the printing date are incorporated into your
manual by Cellular Manual Revisions (CMRs). The information in this
manual is updated, as required, by a CMR when new options and
procedures become available for general use or when engineering
changes occur. The cover sheet(s) that accompany each CMR should be
retained for future reference. Refer to the Revision History page for a list
of all applicable CMRs contained in this manual.
Receiving updates
Technical Education & Documentation (TED) maintains a customer
database that reflects the type and number of manuals ordered or shipped
since the original delivery of your Motorola equipment. Also identified
in this database is a “key” individual (such as Documentation
Coordinator or Facility Librarian) designated to receive manual updates
from TED as they are released.
To ensure that your facility receives updates to your manuals, it is
important that the information in our database is correct and up-to-date.
Therefore, if you have corrections or wish to make changes to the
information in our database (i.e., to assign a new “key” individual),
please contact Technical Education & Documentation at:
MOTOROLA, INC.
Technical Education & Documentation
1 Nelson C. White Parkway
Mundelein, Illinois 60060
U.S.A.
Phone:
Within U.S.A. and Canada 800-872-8225. . . . .
Outside of U.S.A. and Canada +1-847-435–5700. .
FAX: +1-847-435–5541. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reporting manual errors
In the event that you locate an error or identify a deficiency in your
manual, please take time to write to us at the address above. Be sure to
include your name and address, the complete manual title and part
number (located on the manual spine, cover, or title page), the page
number (found at the bottom of each page) where the error is located,
and any comments you may have regarding what you have found. We
appreciate any comments from the users of our manuals.
Foreword – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
xiv
24-hour support service
If you have any questions or concerns regarding the operation of your
equipment, please contact the Customer Network Resolution Center for
immediate assistance. The 24 hour telephone numbers are:
Arlington Heights, IL 800–433–5202. . . . . . . . .
Arlington Heights, International +1–847–632–5390.
Cork, Ireland 44–1793–565444. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Swindon, England 44–1793–565444. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Material Available from
Motorola Infrastructure Group
Worldwide Cellular Services
Material available from Motorola Infrastructure Group Worldwide
Cellular Services, identified by a Motorola part number can be ordered
from your sales account manager or by calling (800) 453–7988.
General Safety
July 1999 xv
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Remember! . . . Safety
depends on you!!
The following general safety precautions must be observed during all
phases of operation, service, and repair of the equipment described in
this manual. Failure to comply with these precautions or with specific
warnings elsewhere in this manual violates safety standards of design,
manufacture, and intended use of the equipment. Motorola, Inc. assumes
no liability for the customer’s failure to comply with these requirements.
The safety precautions listed below represent warnings of certain dangers
of which we are aware. You, as the user of this product, should follow
these warnings and all other safety precautions necessary for the safe
operation of the equipment in your operating environment.
Ground the instrument
To minimize shock hazard, the equipment chassis and enclosure must be
connected to an electrical ground. If the equipment is supplied with a
three-conductor ac power cable, the power cable must be either plugged
into an approved three-contact electrical outlet or used with a
three-contact to two-contact adapter. The three-contact to two-contact
adapter must have the grounding wire (green) firmly connected to an
electrical ground (safety ground) at the power outlet. The power jack and
mating plug of the power cable must meet International Electrotechnical
Commission (IEC) safety standards.
Do not operate in an explosive
atmosphere
Do not operate the equipment in the presence of flammable gases or
fumes. Operation of any electrical equipment in such an environment
constitutes a definite safety hazard.
Keep away from live circuits
Operating personnel must:
Snot remove equipment covers. Only Factory Authorized Service
Personnel or other qualified maintenance personnel may remove
equipment covers for internal subassembly, or component
replacement, or any internal adjustment.
Snot replace components with power cable connected. Under certain
conditions, dangerous voltages may exist even with the power cable
removed.
Salways disconnect power and discharge circuits before touching them.
Do not service or adjust alone
Do not attempt internal service or adjustment, unless another person,
capable of rendering first aid and resuscitation, is present.
General Safety – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
xvi
Use caution when exposing or
handling the CRT
Breakage of the Cathode–Ray Tube (CRT) causes a high-velocity
scattering of glass fragments (implosion). To prevent CRT implosion,
avoid rough handling or jarring of the equipment. The CRT should be
handled only by qualified maintenance personnel, using approved safety
mask and gloves.
Do not substitute parts or
modify equipment
Because of the danger of introducing additional hazards, do not install
substitute parts or perform any unauthorized modification of equipment.
Contact Motorola Warranty and Repair for service and repair to ensure
that safety features are maintained.
Dangerous procedure
warnings
Warnings, such as the example below, precede potentially dangerous
procedures throughout this manual. Instructions contained in the
warnings must be followed. You should also employ all other safety
precautions that you deem necessary for the operation of the equipment
in your operating environment.
Dangerous voltages, capable of causing death, are present in this
equipment. Use extreme caution when handling, testing, and
adjusting.
WARNING
Revision History
July 1999 xvii
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Manual Number
68P64114A42
Manual Title
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
CDMA 1900 MHz
Version Information
The following table lists the manual version , date of version, and
remarks on the version.
Version
Level Date of
Issue Remarks
1May 1999 Preliminary version
2July 1999 Preliminary version – 2
Patent Notification
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
xviii
Patent numbers
This product is manufactured and/or operated under one or more of the
following patents and other patents pending:
4128740 4661790 4860281 5036515 5119508 5204876 5247544 5301353
4193036 4667172 4866710 5036531 5121414 5204977 5251233 5301365
4237534 4672657 4870686 5038399 5123014 5207491 5255292 5303240
4268722 4694484 4872204 5040127 5127040 5210771 5257398 5303289
4282493 4696027 4873683 5041699 5127100 5212815 5259021 5303407
4301531 4704734 4876740 5047762 5128959 5212826 5261119 5305468
4302845 4709344 4881082 5048116 5130663 5214675 5263047 5307022
4312074 4710724 4885553 5055800 5133010 5214774 5263052 5307512
4350958 4726050 4887050 5055802 5140286 5216692 5263055 5309443
4354248 4729531 4887265 5058136 5142551 5218630 5265122 5309503
4367443 4737978 4893327 5060227 5142696 5220936 5268933 5311143
4369516 4742514 4896361 5060265 5144644 5222078 5271042 5311176
4369520 4751725 4910470 5065408 5146609 5222123 5274844 5311571
4369522 4754450 4914696 5067139 5146610 5222141 5274845 5313489
4375622 4764737 4918732 5068625 5152007 5222251 5276685 5319712
4485486 4764849 4941203 5070310 5155448 5224121 5276707 5321705
4491972 4775998 4945570 5073909 5157693 5224122 5276906 5321737
4517561 4775999 4956854 5073971 5159283 5226058 5276907 5323391
4519096 4797947 4970475 5075651 5159593 5228029 5276911 5325394
4549311 4799253 4972355 5077532 5159608 5230007 5276913 5327575
4550426 4802236 4972432 5077741 5170392 5233633 5276915 5329547
4564821 4803726 4979207 5077757 5170485 5235612 5278871 5329635
4573017 4811377 4984219 5081641 5170492 5235614 5280630 5339337
4581602 4811380 4984290 5083304 5182749 5239294 5285447 D337328
4590473 4811404 4992753 5090051 5184349 5239675 5287544 D342249
4591851 4817157 4998289 5093632 5185739 5241545 5287556 D342250
4616314 4827507 5020076 5095500 5187809 5241548 5289505 D347004
4636791 4829543 5021801 5105435 5187811 5241650 5291475 D349689
4644351 4833701 5022054 5111454 5193102 5241688 5295136 RE31814
4646038 4837800 5023900 5111478 5195108 5243653 5297161
4649543 4843633 5028885 5113400 5200655 5245611 5299228
4654655 4847869 5030793 5117441 5203010 5245629 5301056
4654867 4852090 5031193 5119040 5204874 5245634 5301188
July 1999
68P64114A42
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Chapter 1: Introduction
Table of Contents
Optimization Overview 1-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scope of This Document 1-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Document Composition 1-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CDMA LMF Product Description 1-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Online Help 1-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Why Optimize? 1-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
What Is Optimization? 1-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
When to Optimize 1-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Required Documents 1-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additional Information 1-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment Overview 1-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LMF Hardware Requirements 1-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Required Test Equipment 1-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment Calibration 1-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Cable Calibration 1-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equipment Warm–up 1-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment List 1-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Optional Equipment 1-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTS Equipment Identification 1-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frames 1-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTS Frame Identification 1-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sector Configuration 1-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ancillary Equipment Frame identification 1-17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
Table of Contents – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
68P64114A42
Notes
1
Optimization Overview
July 1999 1-1
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Scope of This Document
This document provides information pertaining to the optimization and
audit tests of Motorola SC 4812ET Base Transceiver Subsystem (BTS)
equipment frames equipped with trunked high–power Linear Power
Amplifiers (LPAs) and their associated internal and external interfaces.
This document assumes the following prerequisites: The BTS frames
and cabling have been installed per the BTS Hardware Installation Manual
– 68P64114A22, which covers the physical “bolt down” of all SC series
equipment frames, and the specific cabling configurations.
Document Composition
This document covers the following major areas:
SIntroduction, consisting of preliminary background information (such
as component and subassembly locations and frame layouts) to be
considered by the Cell Site Field Engineer (CFE) before optimization
or tests are performed.
SPreliminary Operations, consisting of Cabinet Power Up and Power
Down Procedures.
SOptimization/calibration, covering topics of LMF connection to the
BTS equipment, GPS Verification, Test equipment setup,
downloading all BTS processor boards, RF path verification, BLO
calibration and calibration audit, and Radio Frequency Diagnostic
System (RFDS) calibration.
SAcceptance Test Procedures (ATP) consist of automated ATP tests
executed by the LMF, and used to verify all major transmit (TX) and
receive (RX) performance characteristics on all BTS equipment. Also
generates an ATP report.
SAlarms testing.
SRFDS Optimization.
SBasic troubleshooting
SPreparing to leave the site, presents instructions on how to properly
exit customer site and ensure that all equipment is operating properly
and all work is complete according to Motorola guidelines.
SAppendices that contain pertinent Pseudorandom Noise (PN) Offset,
frequency programming, and output power data tables, along with
additional data sheets that are filled out manually by the CFE at the
site.
1
Optimization Overview – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
1-2
CDMA LMF Product Description
CDMA LMF is a graphical user interface (GUI) based Local
Maintenance Facility(LMF). This product is specifically designed to
provide cellular communications field personnel the vehicle to support
the following CDMA Base Transceiver Stations (BTS) operations:
SInstallation
SMaintenance
SCalibration
SOptimization
Online Help
Task oriented online help is available in the LMF by clicking on Help
from the menu bar.
Why Optimize?
Proper optimization and calibration assures:
SAccurate downlink RF power levels are transmitted from the site.
SAccurate uplink signal strength determinations are made by the site.
What Is Optimization?
Optimization compensates for the site-specific cabling and normal
equipment variations. Cables that interconnect the BTS and Duplexer
assemblies (if used), for example, are cut and installed at the time of the
BTS frame installation at the site. Site optimization guarantees that the
combined losses of the new cables and the gain/loss characteristics and
built-in tolerances of each BTS frame do not accumulate, causing
improper site operation.
Optimization identifies the accumulated loss (or gain) for all receive and
transmit paths at the BTS site, and stores that value in a database.
SRX path starts at the ancillary equipment frame RFDS RX directional
coupler antenna feedline port, through the RX input port on the rear of
the frame, through the DDRCs, Multicoupler Preselector Card (MPC),
and additional splitter circuitry, ending at a Code Division Multiple
Access (CDMA) Channel Processor (C–CCP) backplane Broad Band
Transceiver (BBX2) slot in the C–CCP shelf.
SA transmit path starts at the BBX2, through the C–CCP backplane
slot, travels through the LPA/Combiner TX Filter and ends at the rear
of the input/output (I/O) Panel. If the RFDS option is added, then the
TX path continues and ends at the top of the RFDS TX directional
coupler antenna feedline port installed in the ancillary equipment
frame.
These values are factored in by the BTS equipment internally, leaving
only site specific antenna feed line loss and antenna gain characteristics
to be factored in by the CFE when determining site Effective Radiated
Power (ERP) output power requirements.
1
Optimization Overview – continued
July 1999 1-3
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Each C–CCP shelf BBX2 board is optimized to a specific RX and TX
antenna port. (One BBX2 board acts in a redundant capacity for BBX2s
1–12, and is optimized to all antenna ports). A single value is generated
for each path, thereby eliminating the accumulation of error that would
occur from individually measuring and summing the gain and loss of
each element in the path.
When to Optimize
New Installations
After the initial site installation, the BTS must be prepared for operation.
This preparation includes verifying hardware installation, initial power
up, and GPS verification. Basic alarm tests are also addressed.
A calibration audit of all RF transmit paths is performed to verify factory
calibration.
A series of ATP CDMA verification tests are covered using the actual
equipment set up. An Acceptance Test Procedure (ATP) is also required
before the site can be placed in service.
Site Expansion
Optimization is also required after expansion of a site.
Periodic Optimization
Periodic optimization of a site may also be required, depending on the
requirements of the overall system.
Repaired Sites
Verify repair(s) made to the BTS by consulting an Optimization/ATP
Test Matrix table. This table outlines the specific tests that must be
performed anytime a BTS subassembly or RF cable associated with it is
replaced.
Refer to Appendix B for detailed basic guideline tables and
detailed Optimization/ATP Test Matrix.
IMPORTANT
*
Required Documents
The following documents are required to perform optimization of the
cell site equipment:
SSite Document (generated by Motorola Systems Engineering), which
includes:
– General Site Information
– Floor Plans
– Power Levels
1
Optimization Overview – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
1-4
– Site PN
– Site Paging & Traffic Channel Allocation
– Board Placement
– Site Wiring Lists
– CDF files.
SDemarcation Document (Scope of Work Agreement)
SEquipment Manuals for non-Motorola test equipment.
Additional Information
For other information, refer to the following manuals:
SCDMA LMF Operators Guide
(Motorola part number 68P64114A21)
S4812ET Field Replacement Units Guide
(Motorola part number 68P64114A24)
Test Equipment Overview
CDMA LMF is used in conjunction with Motorola recommended test
equipment, and it is a part of a “calibrated test set.” To ensure consistent,
reliable, and repeatable optimization test results, only recommended test
equipment supported by CDMA LMF must be used to optimize the BTS
equipment. Table 1-1 outlines the supported test equipment that meets the
technical criteria required for BTS optimization.
Table 1-1: CDMA LMF Test Equipment Support Table
Item Description
Hewlett Packard, Model
HP 8921A
Cellular Communications Analyzer
(includes 83203B CDMA interface
option)
Hewlett Packard, Model
HP 8983236A
PCS Interface for PCS Band
Hewlett Packard, Model
HP 8935 Cellular Communications Analyzer
Motorola CyberTest Cellular Communications Analyzer
Advantest R3465 with
3561 CDMA option
(Japan–CDMA also uses
TX test menu PCMCIA)
Cellular Communications Analyzer
Gigatronix 8541C Power Meter
HP437B Power Meter
To ensure consistent, reliable, and repeatable optimization test results,
test equipment meeting the following technical criteria should be used to
1
Optimization Overview – continued
July 1999 1-5
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
optimize the BTS equipment. You can, of course, substitute test
equipment with other test equipment models supported by the local
maintenance facility (LMF) meeting the same technical specifications.
LMF Hardware Requirements
An LMF computer platform that meets the following requirements (or
better) is recommended:
SNotebook computer
S266 MHz (32 bit CPU) Pentium processor
S4 Gbyte internal hard disk drive
SColor display with 1024 x 768 (recommended) or 800 x 600 pixel
resolution
S64 MB RAM
SCD ROM drive
S3 1/2 inch floppy drive
SSerial port (COM 1)
SParallel port (LPT 1)
SPCMCIA Ethernet interface card (for example, 3COM Etherlink III)
with a 10Base–T–to–coax adapter
SWindows 98/NT operating system
If 800 x 600 pixel resolution is used, the CDMA LMF
window must be maximized after it is displayed.
NOTE
Required Test Equipment
To ensure consistent, reliable, and repeatable optimization test results,
test equipment meeting the following technical criteria should be used to
optimize the BTS equipment. You can, of course, substitute test
equipment with other test equipment models supported by the LMF
meeting the same technical specifications.
During manual testing, you can substitute test equipment
with other test equipment models not supported by the
LMF, but those models must meet the same technical
specifications.
NOTE
The customer has the responsibility of accounting for any measurement
variances and/or additional losses/inaccuracies that can be introduced
as a result of these substitutions. Before beginning optimization or
troubleshooting, make sure that the test equipment needed is on hand
and operating properly.
1
Optimization Overview – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
1-6
Test Equipment Calibration
Optimum system performance and capacity depend on regular equipment
service, calibration, and characterization prior to BTS optimization.
Follow the original equipment manufacturer (OEM) recommended
maintenance and calibration schedules closely.
Test Cable Calibration
Equipment test cables are very important in optimization. Motorola
recommends that the cable calibration be run at every BTS with the test
cables attached. This method compensates for test cable insertion loss
within the test equipment itself. No other allowance for test cable
insertion loss needs to be made during the performance of tests.
Another method is to account for the loss by entering it into the LMF
during the optimization procedure. This method requires accurate test
cable characterization in a shop. The cable should be tagged with the
characterization information prior to field optimization.
Equipment Warm–up
After arriving at the a site, the test equipment should be plugged in and
turned on to allow warm up and stabilization to occur for as long as
possible. The following pieces of test equipment must be warmed–up for
a minimum of 60 minutes prior to using for BTS optimization or Radio
Frequency Diagnostic Subsystem (RFDS) calibration procedures.
SCommunications Test Set
SRubidium Time Base
SPower Meter
Test Equipment List
The following pieces of test equipment are required during the
optimization procedure. Common assorted tools like screwdrivers and
frame keys are not listed but are still required. Read the owner’s manual
on all of the following major pieces of test equipment to understand their
individual operation prior to use in optimization.
Always refer to specific OEM test equipment
documentation for detailed operating instructions.
NOTE
10BaseT/10Base2 Converter
Ethernet LAN transceiver
(part of
CGDSLMFCOMPAQNOV96)
SPCMCIA Ethernet Adpater + Ethernet UTP Adapter: 3COM Model –
Etherlink III 3C589B
Transition Engineering Model E–CX–TBT–03 10BaseT/10Base2
Converter
1
Optimization Overview – continued
July 1999 1-7
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Xircom Model PE3–10B2 or equivalent can also be used to
interface the LMF Ethernet connection to the frame.
NOTE
RS–232 to GPIB Interface
SNational Instruments GPIB–232–CT with Motorola CGDSEDN04X
RS232 serial null modem cable or equivalent; used to interface the
LMF to the test equipment.
SStandard RS–232 cable can be used with the following modifications:
– This solution passes only the 3 minimum electrical connections
between the LMF and the GPIB interface. The control signals are
jumpered as enabled on both ends of the RS–232 cable (9–pin D).
TX and RX signals are crossed as Null Modem effect. Pin 5 is the
ground reference.
– Short pins 7 and 8 together, and short pins 1, 4, and 6 together on
each connector.
5
3
2
7
8
1
4
6
5
2
3
7
8
1
4
6
GND
RX
TX
RTS
CTS
RSD/DCD
DTR
DSR
GND
TX
RX
RTS
CTS
RSD/DCD
DTR
DSR
ON BOTH CONNECTORS:
DSHORT PINS 7 & 8;
DSHORT PINS 1, 4, & 6
9–PIN D–FEMALE 9–PIN D–FEMALE
Model SLN2006A MMI Interface Kit
SMotorola Model TRN9666A null modem board. Connectors on
opposite sides of the board must be used as this performs a null
modem transformation between cables. This board can used for
10–pin to 8–pin, 25–pin to 25–pin and 10–pin to 10–pin conversions.
SMotorola 30–09786R01 MMI cable or equivalent ; used to interface
the LMF serial port connection to GLI2, CSM and LPA debug serial
ports.
Communications System Analyzer
The communication system analyzer is used during optimization and
testing of the RF communications portion of BTS equipment and
provides the following functions:
(1) Frequency counter
(2) RF power meter (average and code domain)
(3) RF Signal Generator (capable of CDMA modulation)
(4) Spectrum Analyzer
(5) CDMA Code Domain analyzer
Four types of Communication System Analyzer are currently supported
by the LMF. They are:
HP8921A/600 Analyzer – Including 83203B CDMA Interface and
83236A/B PCS Interface with manual control system card.
1
Optimization Overview – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
1-8
Advantest R3465 Analyzer – Including R3561L Test Source Unit
HP8935 Analyzer
CyberTest Communication Analyzer
GPIB Cables
SHewlett Packard 10833A or equivalent; 1 to 2 meters (3 to 6 feet) long
used to interconnect test equipment and LMF terminal.
Power Meter
SHewlett Packard Model HP HP437B with HP8481A power sensor
SGigatronix model 8541C
Timing Reference Cables
STwo BNC–male to BNC–male RG316 cables; 3 meters (10 ft.) long,
used to interconnect the HP8921A/600 or Advantest R3465
Communications Analyzer to the CSM front panel timing references
in the BTS.
Two Huber & Suhner 16MCX/11BNC/K02252D or
equivalent; right angle MCX–male to standard BNC–male
RG316 cables; 10 ft. long are required to interconnect the
HP8921A/600 Communications Analyzer to SGLN4132A
and SGLN1145A CSM board timing references.
NOTE
SBNC “T” adapter with 50 ohm termination.
This BNC “T” adapter (with 50 ohm termination) is
required to connect between the HP 8921A/600 (or
Advantest R3465) EVEN SECOND/SYNC IN and the
BNC cable. The BNC cable leads to the 2–second clock
connection on the TIB. Erroneous test results may occur if
the “T” adapter with the 50 ohm termination is not
connected.
NOTE
Digital Multimeter
SFluke Model 8062A with Y8134 test lead kit or equivalent; used for
precision DC and AC measurements, requiring 4–1/2 digits.
Directional Coupler
SNarda Model 30661 30 dB (Motorola part no. 58D09732W01) coupler
terminated with two Narda Model 375BN–M loads, or equivalent.
RF Attenuators
S20 dB fixed attenuators, 20 W (Narda 768–20); used with test cable
calibrations or during general troubleshooting procedures.
1
Optimization Overview – continued
July 1999 1-9
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
SNarda Model 30445 30 dB (Motorola Part No. 58D09643T01) coupler
terminated with two Narda Model 375BN–M loads, or equivalent.
RF Termination/Load
S100 W non–radiating RF load ; used (as required) to provide dummy
RF loading during BTS transmit tests.
Miscellaneous RF Adapters, Loads, etc
SAs required to interface test cables and BTS equipment and for
various test set ups. Should include at least two 50 Ohm loads (type
N) for calibration and one RF short, two N–Type Female–to–Female
Adapters.
High–impedance Conductive Wrist Strap
SMotorola Model 42–80385A59; used to prevent damage from
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) when handling or working with
modules.
RF Load (At least three (3) for Trunked Cabinets)
S100 W non–radiating RF load; used (as required) to provide dummy
RF loading during BTS transmit tests.
RF Network Box (and calibrated cables)
SMotorola Model SGLN5531A 18:3 Passive Antenna Interface used to
interface test equipment to the BTS receive and transmit antenna
inputs during optimization/ATP or general troubleshooting
procedures.
Optional Equipment
Frequency Counter
SStanford Research Systems SR620 or equivalent. If direct
measurement of the 3 MHz or 19.6608 MHz references is required.
Spectrum Analyzer
SSpectrum Analyzer (HP8594E with CDMA personality card) or
equivalent; required for tests other than standard Receive band spectral
purity and TX LPA IM reduction verification tests performed by the
LMF.
Local Area Network (LAN) Tester
SModel NETcat 800 LAN troubleshooter (or equivalent); used to
supplement LAN tests using the ohm meter.
Span Line (T1/E1) Verification Equipment
SAs required for local application
RF Test Cable (if not Provided with Test Equipment)
SMotorola Model TKN8231A; used to connect test equipment to the
BTS transmitter output during optimization or during general
troubleshooting procedures.
1
Optimization Overview – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
1-10
Oscilloscope
STektronics Model 2445 or equivalent; for waveform viewing, timing,
and measurements or during general troubleshooting procedure.
2–way Splitter
SMini–Circuits Model ZFSC–2–2500 or equivalent; provide the
diversity receive input to the BTS
High Stability 10 MHz Rubidium Standard
SStanford Research Systems SR625 or equivalent. Required for CSM
and Low Frequency Receiver/High Stability Oscillator (LFR/HSO)
frequency verification.
Alarm Test Box
SMotorola Itasca PN CGDSCMIS00014 can be used to test customer
alram inputs.
1
BTS Equipment Identification
July 1999 1-11
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Frames
The SC 4812ET is a stand alone Base Transceiver Subsystem (BTS)
which consists of a weatherized outdoor RF cabinet (see Figure 1-1 ).
An optional outdoor, weatherized power cabinet which provides AC/DC
rectified power and battery back–up is also available. An air to air heat
exchanger is used for cooling/heating each cabinet, except in the LPA
area which uses blower fans.
The Motorola SC 4812ET BTS can consist of the following equipment
frames:
SAt least one BTS starter frame (see Figure 1-2)
SAncillary equipment frame (or wall mounted equipment)
SExpansion frames
Figure 1-1: SC 4812ET RF Cabinet
Main Door
LPA Door
(Can only be opened after Main Door is open)
RF I/O
Area Cover Plate
Rear I/O Door
Rear DC Conduit Panel
Rear Conduit Panel
1
BTS Equipment Identification – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
1-12
BTS Frame Identification
The BTS is the interface between the span lines to/from the Cellsite Base
Station Controller (CBSC) and the site antennas. This frame is described
in three sections:
SThe I/O interconnect plate where all connections are made is located at
the back of the BTS.
SThe RF section of the frame which houses the circuit breakers, cooling
fans, the Combined CDMA Channel Processor (C–CCP) shelf, the
duplexors, filters, RFDS and CSU.
SThe LPA compartment which houses the LPAs and blower assembly.
Use the illustrations that follow to visually identify the major
components, that make up the Motorola SC 4812ET BTS frame.
C–CCP Shelf (Figure 1-3)
SPower supply modules
SCDMA clock distribution (CCD) boards
SCSM and HSO/LFR boards
SAlarm Monitoring and Reporting (AMR) boards
SGroup Line Interface II (GLI2) cards
SMulticoupler Preselector (MPC) boards (starter frame only)
SExpansion Multicoupler Preselector (EMPC) boards (expansion
frames)
SSwitch card
SMCC24 boards
SMCC8E boards
SBBX2 boards
SCIO boards
PA Shelves
SSingle Tone Linear Power Amplifier (STLPA, or more commonly
referred to as “LPA”) modules
SLPA blower assembly
1
BTS Equipment Identification – continued
July 1999 1-13
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Interconnect Plate (see Figure 1-4)
All cabling to and from the BTS equipment frames is via the
interconnect panel on the top of each frame. Connections made here
include:
SSpan lines
SRX antennas
STX antenna
SAlarm connections
SPower input
SLAN connections
SClock inputs
SExpansion frame connection
SGround connections
Figure 1-2: SC4812ET RF Cabinet Internal FRUs
C–CCP
Shelf
DRDC
Combiner
Cage
LPA
1
BTS Equipment Identification – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
1-14
4 1
5 2
6 3
Figure 1-3: C-CCP Shelf Layout
PS–3
AMR–1
HSO/LFR
CSM–1
CSM–2
MODEM
AMR–2
GLI2–1GLI2–2
MCC24–6
BBX2–1
BBX2–2
BBX2–3
BBX2–4
BBX2–5
BBX2–6
BBX2–13Switch Card
MPC/EMPC–1MPC/EMPC–2
CIO
BBX2–7
BBX2–8
BBX2–9
BBX2–10
BBX2–11
BBX2–12
MCC24–5
MCC24–4
MCC24–3
MCC24–2
MCC24–1
MCC24–12
MCC24–11
MCC24–10
MCC24–9
MCC24–8
MCC24–7
PS–2
PS–1
CCD–2 CCD–1
19 mm Filter Panel
1
BTS Equipment Identification – continued
July 1999 1-15
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Figure 1-4: SC 4812ET Intercabinet I/O Detail (Rear View)
RF CABINET
RFDS Expansion
RF Expansion
Exp. Punch
Punch
Block
Block
27V
27V Ret
DC
Conduit
Microwave
RF GPS
LAN
2 Sec
Tick
19 MHz
Clock
Ground Cable Lugs
1–3 Sector Antennas
4–6 Sector Antennas
Span/Alarm
Expansion 1 Pilot Beacon
Sector Configuration
There are a number of ways to configure the BTS frame. Table 1-2
outlines the basic requirements. When carrier capacity is greater than
two, a 2:1 or 4:1 cavity combiner must be used. For one or two carriers,
bandpass filters or cavity combiners may be used, depending on
sectorization and channel sequencing.
Table 1-2: BTS Sector Configuration
Number of
carriers Number of
sectors Channel spacing Filter requirements
13 or 6 N/A Bandpass Filter, Cavity Combiner (2:1 or 4:1)
2 6 Non–adjacent Cavity Combiner (2:1 Only)
2 6 Adjacent Dual Bandpass Filter
2 3 Non–adjacent Cavity Combiner (2:1 or 4:1)
2 3 Adjacent Bandpass Filter
3,4 3 Non–adjacent Cavity Combiner (2:1 or 4:1)
3,4 3 Adjacent Cavity Combiner (2:1 Only)
1
BTS Equipment Identification – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
1-16
Table 1-3: Sector Configurations
Configuation Description
1
3–Sector / 2–ADJACENT Carriers
The configuration below maps RX and TX with optional 2:1 cavity combiners for 3 sectors / 2 carriers for adjacent channels. Note
that 2:1 cavity combiners are used (6 total).
TX1 / RX1 TX2 / RX2 TX3 / RX3 TX4 / RX1 TX5 / RX2 TX6 / RX3 Carrier #
BBX2–1 BBX2–2 BBX2–3 N/A N/A N/A 1
N/A N/A N/A BBX2–4 BBX2–5 BBX2–6 2
2
6–Sector / 2–NON–ADJACENT Carriers
The configuration below maps RX and TX with 2:1 cavity combiners for 6 sectors / 2 carriers for non–adjacent channels.
TX1 / RX1 TX2 / RX2 TX3 / RX3 TX4 / RX4 TX5 / RX5 TX6 / RX6 Carrier #
BBX2–1 BBX2–2 BBX2–3 BBX2–4 BBX2–5 BBX2–6 1
BBX2–7 BBX2–8 BBX2–9 BBX2–10 BBX2–11 BBX2–12 2
3
3–Sector / 2–NON–ADJACENT Carriers
The configuration below maps RX and TX with 2:1 cavity combiners for 3 sectors / 2 carriers for non–adjacent channels. RX ports 4
through 6 are not used
TX1 / RX1 TX2 / RX2 TX3 / RX3 TX4 / RX1 TX5 / RX2 TX6 / RX3 Carrier #
BBX2–1
BBX2–7
BBX2–2
BBX2–8
BBX2–3
BBX2–9
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
1
2
4
.3–Sector / 4–ADJACENT Carriers
The configuration below maps RX and TX with 2:1 cavity combiners for 3 sector / 4 carriers for adjacent channels.
TX1 / RX1 TX2 / RX2 TX3 / RX3 TX4 / RX1 TX5 / RX2 TX6 / RX3 Carrier #
BBX2–1
BBX2–7
N/A
N/A
BBX2–2
BBX2–8
N/A
N/A
BBX2–3
BBX2–9
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
BBX2–4
BBX2–10
N/A
N/A
BBX2–5
BBX2–11
N/A
N/A
BBX2–6
BBX2–12
1
2
3
4
5
3–Sector / 2–ADJACENT Carriers
The configuration below maps RX and TX with bandpass filters for 3 sectors / 2 carriers for adjacent channels.
TX1 / RX1 TX2 / RX2 TX3 / RX3 TX4 / RX4 TX5 / RX5 TX6 / RX6 Carrier #
BBX2–1
N/A
BBX2–2
N/A
BBX2–3
N/A
N/A
BBX2–7
N/A
BBX2–8
N/A
BBX2–9
1
2
6
3–Sector / 3 or 4–NON–ADJACENT Carriers
The configuration below maps RX and TX with 4:1 cavity combiners for 3 sectors / 3 or 4 carriers for non–adjacent channels.
TX1 / RX1 TX2 / RX2 TX3 / RX3 TX4 / RX4 TX5 / RX5 TX6 / RX6 Carrier #
BBX2–1 BBX2–2 BBX2–3 N/A N/A N/A 1
BBX2 1
BBX2
–
7
BBX2 2
BBX2
–
8
BBX2 3
BBX2
–
9
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
1
2
BBX2
–
7
BBX2 4
BBX2
–
8
BBX2 5
BBX2
–
9
BBX2 6
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
2
3
BBX2–4 BBX2–5 BBX2–6 N/A N/A N/A 3
BBX2–10 BBX2–11 BBX2–12 N/A N/A N/A 4
1
BTS Equipment Identification – continued
July 1999 1-17
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Table 1-3: Sector Configurations
7
6–Sector / 1–Carrier
The configuration below maps RX and TX with either bandpass filters or 2:1 cavity combiners for 6 sector / 1 carrier.
TX1 / RX1 TX2 / RX2 TX3 / RX3 TX4 / RX4 TX5 / RX5 TX6 / RX6 Carrier #
BBX2–1 BBX2–2 BBX2–3 BBX2–4 BBX2–5 BBX2–6 1
Ancillary Equipment Frame
identification
Equipment listed below can be wall mounted or mounted
in a standard 19” frame. The description assumes that all
equipment is mounted in a frame for clarity.
NOTE
If equipped with the RF Diagnostic Subsystem (RFDS) option, the
RFDS and directional couplers are the interface between the site
antennas, and the BTS or Modem frame. The RFDS equipment
includes:
Sthe directional couplers
Sthe (site receive bandpass/bandreject filters)
Sthe RF Diagnostic Subsystem (RFDS).
1
BTS Equipment Identification – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
1-18
RFDS
FRONT VIEW
(door not shown for clarity)
DRDC CAGE
Figure 1-5: RFDS Location in an SC 4812ET RF Cabinet
DRDC
BTS
CPLD
ANT
CPLD
WALL
MOUNTING
BRACKET
1A2A3A
4A5A6A
1B2B3B
4B
5B6B
1
July 1999
68P64114A42
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Chapter 2: Preliminary Operations
Table of Contents
Preliminary Operations: Overview 2-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction 2-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cellsite Types 2-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CDF 2-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Site Equipage Verification 2-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Initial Installation of Boards/Modules 2-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting Frame C–CCP Shelf Configuration Switch 2-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Cabinet Initial Power Up 2-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction 2-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Required Tools 2-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Initial Inspection and Setup 2-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Up Sequence 2-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Up Tests 2-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery Charge Test 2-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF Cabinet Power Up 2-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery Discharge Test 2-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heat Exchanger Test 2-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alarm Verification 2-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alarm Reporting Display 2-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heat Exchanger Alarm Test 2-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Door Alarm 2-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Fail Alarm 2-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Minor Alarm 2-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rectifier Alarms 2-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Single Rectifier Failure 2-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Multiple Rectifier Failure 2-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Single Rectifier Failure 2-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Multiple Rectifier Failure 2-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery Over Temperature Alarm (Optional ONLY) 2-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rectifier Over Temperature Alarm 2-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pre–Power–up Tests 2-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Objective 2-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment 2-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cabling Inspection 2-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DC Power Pre-test (BTS Frame) 2-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
Table of Contents – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
68P64114A42
Notes
2
Preliminary Operations: Overview
July 1999 2-1
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Introduction
This section first verifies proper frame equipage. This includes verifying
module placement, jumper, and dual in–line package (DIP) switch
settings against the site-specific documentation supplied for each BTS
application. Next, pre-power up and initial power-up procedures are
presented.
Cellsite Types
Sites are configured as with a maximum of 4 carriers, 3–sectored with a
maximum of 4 carriers, and 6–sectored with a maximum of 2 carriers.
Each type has unique characteristics and must be optimized accordingly.
For more information on the differences in site types, please refer to the
BTS/Modem Frame Hardware Installation manual.
CDF
The Cell-site Data File (CDF) contains site type and equipage data
information and passes it directly to the LMF during optimization. The
number of modem frames, C–CCP shelves, BBX2 and MCC24/MCC8E
boards (per cage), and linear power amplifier assignments are some of
the equipage data included in the CDF.
Site Equipage Verification
Review the site documentation. Match the site engineering equipage data
to the actual boards and modules shipped to the site. Physically inspect
and verify the equipment provided for the BTS or Modem frame and
ancillary equipment frame.
Always wear a conductive, high impedance wrist strap
while handling any circuit card/module to prevent damage
by ESD. After removal, the card/module should be placed
on a conductive surface or back into the anti–static bag it
was shipped in.
CAUTION
Initial Installation of
Boards/Modules
Table 2-1: Initial Installation of Boards/Modules
Step Action
1Refer to the site documentation and install all boards and modules into the appropriate shelves as
required. Verify they are NOT SEATED at this time.
2As the actual site hardware is installed, record the serial number of each module on a “Serial Number
Checklist” in the site logbook.
2
Preliminary Operations: Overview – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
2-2
68P64114A42
Setting Frame C–CCP Shelf
Configuration Switch
If the frame is a Starter BTS, the backplane switch settings behind the
fan module nearest the breaker panel should be set to the ON position
(see Figure 2-1).
The switch setting must be verified and set before power is applied to the
BTS equipment.
Figure 2-1: Backplane DIP Switch Settings
ON
OFF
SC 4812ET C–CCP SHELF
FAN MODULE
REMOVED
STARTER FRAME
FAN
MODULE
PWR/ALM
REAR
FRONT
FAN
MODULE
PWR/ALM
REAR
FRONT
PS–3
AMR–1
HSO/LFR
CSM–1
CSM–2
MODEM
AMR–2
GLI2–1GLI2–2
MCC24–6
BBX2–1
BBX2–2
BBX2–3
BBX2–4
BBX2–5
BBX2–6
BBX2–13Switch Card
MPC/EMPC–1MPC/EMPC–2
CIO
BBX2–7
BBX2–8
BBX2–9
BBX2–10
BBX2–11
BBX2–12
MCC24–5
MCC24–4
MCC24–3
MCC24–2
MCC24–1
MCC24–12
MCC24–11
MCC24–10
MCC24–9
MCC24–8
MCC24–7
PS–2
PS–1
CCD–2 CCD–1
19 mm Filter Panel
2
Power Cabinet Initial Power Up
July 1999 2-3
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Introduction
This section of the manual contains instructional information on the
proper power up procedure for the SC 4812ET BTS. Also presented in
this chapter is the Optimization/ATP tests to be preformed on the Power
cabinet. Please pay attention to all Cautions and Warning statements in
order to prevent accidental injury to personnel.
The following tools are used in the Power Cabinet Power Up procedures.
Required Tools
SDigital Voltmeter
SDC current clamp (600 Amp capability with jaw size to accommodate
2/0 cable).
SHot Air Gun – (optional for part of the Alarm Verification)
Initial Inspection and Setup
Ensure all battery breakers for unused battery positions are
open (pulled out) during any part of the power up process,
and remain in the off position when leaving the site.
CAUTION
Verify that ALL AC and DC breakers are turned OFF in the Power
cabinet. Verify all DC circuit breakers are OFF in the RF cabinet. Verify
that the DC power cables between the Power and RF cabinets are
connected with the correct polarity
The RED cables connect to the uppermost three (3) terminals (marked
+) in both cabinets. Confirm that the split phase 240/120 AC supply is
correctly connected to the AC load center input.
Failure to connect the proper AC feed will damage the
surge protection module inside the AC load center.
CAUTION
Power Up Sequence
The first task in the power up sequence is to apply AC power to the
Power cabinet. Once power is applied a series of AC Voltage
measurements is required.
Table 2-2: AC Voltage Measurements
Step Action
1Measure the AC voltages connected to the AC load center (access the terminals from the rear of
the cabinet after removing the AC load center rear panel).
2Measure the AC voltage from terminal L1 to neutral. This voltage should be in the range of
nominally 115 to 120 V AC.
. . . continued on next page
2
Power Cabinet Initial Power Up – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
2-4
Table 2-2: AC Voltage Measurements
Step Action
3Measure the AC voltage from terminal L1 to ground. This voltage should be in the range of
nominally 115 to 120 V AC.
4Measure the AC voltage from terminal L2 to neutral. This voltage should be in the range of
nominally 115 to 120 V AC.
5Measure the AC voltage from terminal L2 to ground. This voltage should be in the range of
nominally 115 to 120 V AC.
If the AC voltages are in excess of 120 V (or exceed 200
V) when measuring between terminals L1 or L2 to neutral
or ground, STOP and Do Not proceed until the cause of
the higher voltages are determined. The power cabinet
WILL be damaged if the Main breaker is turned on with
excessive voltage on the inputs.
CAUTION
When the input voltages are verified as correct, turn the Main AC
breaker (located on the front of the AC Load Center) ON. Observe that
all eight (8) green LEDs on the front of the AC Load Center are
illuminated.
Turn Rectifier 1 and Rectifier 2 AC branch breakers (on the AC Load
Center) ON. All the installed rectifier modules will start up and should
each have two green LEDs (DC and Power) illuminated.
Turn the DMAC (Digital Metering and Alarms Control) module, ON
while observing the K2 contact in the PDA assembly. The contact should
close. The DMAC voltage meter should read approximately 27.4 + 0.2
VDC.
Turn the TCP (Temperature Control Panel) ON, .The DMAC should not
be have any alarm LEDs illuminated .
Check the rectifier current bargraph displays. None should be
illuminated at this point.
If batteries are fitted, turn on the two battery heater AC
breakers on the AC Load Center.
NOTE
2
Power Cabinet Initial Power Up – continued
July 1999 2-5
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Power Up Tests
Table 2-3 lists the step–by–step instructions for Power Up Tests.
Table 2-3: Power Up Tests
Step Action
1Probe the output voltage test point on the DMAC while pressing the 25° C set button on the TCP.
The voltage should read 27.4 + 0.2 VDC. Adjust Master Voltage on DMAC if necessary. Release
the TCP 25° C set button.
2Depending on the ambient temperature, the voltage reading may now change by up to + 1.5 V
compared to the reading just measured. If it is cooler than 25_C, the voltage will be higher, and if
it is warmer than 25_C, the voltage will be lower.
3Close the three (3) Main DC breakers on the Power Cabinet ONLY. Close by holding in the reset
button on the front of the PDA, and engaging one breaker at a time.
4Measure the voltage between the + and – terminals at the rear of the Power Cabinet and the RF
Cabinet, observing that the polarity is correct. The voltage should be the same as the measurement
in step 2.
5Place the probes across the black and red battery buss bars in each battery compartment. Place the
probe at the bottom of the buss bars where the cables are connected. The DC voltage should
measure the same as the previous step.
Battery Charge Test
Table 2-4 lists the step–by–step instructions for testing the batteries.
Table 2-4: Battery Charge Test
Step Action
1Close the battery compartment breakers for connected batteries ONLY. This process should be
completed quickly to avoid individual battery strings with excess charge current
NOTE
If the batteries are sufficiently discharged, the battery circuit breakers may not engage individually
due to the surge current. If this condition is observed, turn off the DMAC power switch, and then
engage all the connected battery circuit breakers, the DMAC power switch should then be turned
on.
2Using the DC current probe, measure the current in each of the battery string connections to the
buss bars in each battery cabinet. The charge current may initially be high but should quickly
reduce in a few minutes if the batteries have a typical new battery charge level.
3The current in each string should be approximately equal (+ 5 amps).
. . . continued on next page
2
Power Cabinet Initial Power Up – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
2-6
Table 2-4: Battery Charge Test
Step Action
4The bargraph meters on the rectifier modules can be used as a rough estimate of the total battery
charge current. Each rectifier module has eight (8) LEDs to represent the output current. Each
illuminated LED indicates that approximately 12.5% (1/8 or 8.75 Amps) of the rectifiers
maximum (70 Amps) current is flowing.
EXAMPLE:
Question: A system fitted with three (3) rectifier modules each have three bargraph LEDs
illuminated. What is the total output current into the batteries?
Answer: Each bargraph is approximately indicating 12.5% of 70 Amps, therefore, 3 X 8.75 equals
26.25 Amps. As there are three rectifiers, the total charge current is equal to (3 X 26.25 A) 78.75
Amps.
This charge current calculation only applies at this part of the start up procedure, when the RF
Cabinet is not powered on, and the power cabinet heat exchanger is turned off.
5Allow a few minutes to ensure that the battery charge current stabilizes before taking any further
action. Recheck the battery current in each string. If the batteries had a reasonable charge, the
current in each string should reduce to less than 5A.
6Recheck the DC output voltage. It should remain the same as measured in step 4 of the Power Up
Test.
NOTE
If discharged batteries are installed, all bargraphs may be illuminated on the rectifiers during the
charge test. This indicates that the rectifiers are at full capacity and are rapidly charging the
batteries. It is recommended in this case that the batteries are allowed to charge and stabilize as in
the above step before commissioning the site. This could take several hours.
RF Cabinet Power Up
Table 2-5 covers the procedures for properly powering up the RF
Cabinet.
Table 2-5: RF Cabinet Power Up
Step Action
1Turn the 400 Amp Main DC breaker in the RF Cabinet ON.
NOTE
Ensure that no alarms or voltage change has occurred in the power cabinet, and that the power
cabinet Main DC breakers have not tripped. The rectifier bargraph readings should be the same as
before the main breaker in the RF cabinet was turned ON.
2Proceed to RF cabinet power up sequence.
3The RF Cabinet ATP procedure can now proceed in parallel with the remaining Power Supply
Cabinet tests.
. . . continued on next page
2
Power Cabinet Initial Power Up – continued
July 1999 2-7
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Table 2-5: RF Cabinet Power Up
Step Action
4Measure the voltage drop between the Power Cabinet meter test point and the 27 V buss bar inside
the RF Cabinet PDA while the RF Cabinet is transmitting.
NOTE
For a three (3) sector carrier system, the voltage drop should be less than 0.2 VDC.
For a twelve (12) sector carrier system, the voltage drop should be less than 0.3 VDC.
5Using a DC current probe, measure the current in each of the six (6) DC cables that are connected
between the RF and Power Cabinet. The DC current measured should be approximately the same.
If there is a wide variation between one cable and the others (>10 A), check the tightness of the
connections (torque settings) at each end of the cable.
Battery Discharge Test
The test procedures in Table 2-6 should only be performed when the
battery current is less than 5 A per string. Refer to Table 2-4 on the
procedures for checking current levels.
Table 2-6: Battery Discharge Test
Step Action
1Turn the battery test switch on the DMAC ON. The rectifier output voltage and current should
decrease as the batteries assume the load. Alarms for the DMAC may occur.
2Measure the individual battery string current using the DC current probe. The battery discharge
current in each string should be approximately the same (within + 5 A).
3Turn Battery Test Switch OFF.
Heat Exchanger Test
Table 2-7: Heat Exchanger Test
Step Action
1Turn the Power Cabinet Heat Exchanger breakers ON.
2The Heat Exchanger will now go into a 5 minute test sequence. Ensure that the internal and
external fans are operating. Place a hand on the internal and external Heat Exchanger grills to feel
for air draft.
2
Power Cabinet Initial Power Up – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
2-8
Alarm Verification
The alarms test should be performed at a convenient point in the RF
Cabinet ATP procedure, since an LMF is necessary to ensure that the RF
Cabinet is receiving the appropriate alarms from the Power Cabinet.
The SC 4812ET is capable of concurrently monitoring 10 customer
defined input signals and four customer defined outputs, which interface
to the 50–pin punchblock. All alarms are defaulted to “Not Equipped”
during ATP testing. Testing of these inputs is achieved by triggering the
alarms and monitoring the LMF for state–transition messages from the
active MGLI2.
All customer alarms are routed through the 50 pair punchblock located
in the I/O compartment at the back of the frame. Testing is best
accomplished by using a specialized connector that interfaces to the
50–pair punchblock. This connector is wired so that customer return 1 (2
for the B side) is connected to every input, CDI 0 through CDI 17.
Alarm Reporting Display
The Alarm Monitor window can be displayed to list alarms that occur
after the window is displayed. To access the Alarm Monitor window,
select Util>Alarm Monitor.
The following buttons are included.
SThe Options button allows for a severity level (Warning, Minor, and
Major) selection. The default is all levels. To change the level of
alarms reported click on the Options button and highlight the desired
alarm level(s). To select multiple levels press the Ctrl key (for
individual selections) or Shift key (for a range of selections) while
clicking on the desired levels.
SThe Pause button can be used to pause/stop the display of alarms.
When the Pause button is clicked the name of the button changes to
Continue. When the Continue button is click the display of alarms
will continue. Alarms that occur between the time the Pause button is
clicked and the Continue button is clicked will not be displayed.
SThe Clear button can be used to clear the Alarm Monitor display.
New alarms that occur after the Clear button is clicked will be
displayed.
SThe Dismiss button is used to dismiss/close the Alarm Monitor
display.
Heat Exchanger Alarm Test
Table 2-8 gives instructions on testing the Heat Exchanger alarm.
2
Power Cabinet Initial Power Up – continued
July 1999 2-9
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Table 2-8: Heat Exchanger Alarm
Step Action
1Turn circuit breaker “B” of the Heat Exchanger circuit breakers OFF. This will generate a Heat
Exchanger alarm, ensure that the LMF reports the correct alarm condition in the RF Cabinet.
2Alarm condition will be reported as BTS Relay 25 – contact alarm.
3Turn the circuit breaker “B” ON. Ensure that the alarm condition is now removed.
NOTE
The Heat Exchanger will go through the Start Up sequence.
Door Alarm
Table 2-9 gives instructions on testing the door alarms.
Table 2-9: Door Alarm
Step Action
1Close all doors on the Power Cabinet. Ensure that no alarms are reported on the LMF.
2Alarm condition will be reported as BTS Relay 27 – contact alarm.
3Individually open and then close each power supply cabinet door. Ensure that the LMF reports an
alarm when each door is opened.
AC Fail Alarm
Table 2-10 gives instructions on testing the AC Fail Alarm.
Table 2-10: AC Fail Alarm
Step Action
1NOTE
The batteries should have a stable charge before performing this test.
Turn the Main AC breaker on the Power Cabinet OFF. The LMF should report an alarm on an AC
Fail (Rectifier Fail, Minor Alarm & Major Alarm) condition.
2Alarm condition will be reported as BTS–23, BTS–21, BTS–24 and BTS–29 contacts
respectively.
3Turn the Main AC breaker on the Power Cabinet ON. The AC Fail alarm should clear.
Minor Alarm
Table 2-11gives instructions on testing minor alarm.
2
Power Cabinet Initial Power Up – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
2-10
Table 2-11: Minor Alarm
Step Action
1Turn the TCP power switch OFF. This will generate a minor alarm. Verify that the minor alarm
LED (amber) is illuminated on the DMAC and the LMF reports this minor alarm.
2Alarm condition will be reported as BTS–24 contact.
3Turn the TCP power switch ON. The alarm condition should clear.
Rectifier Alarms
The following series of tests are for single rectifier modules in a multiple
rectifier system. The systems include a three rectifier and a six rectifier
system.
Single Rectifier Failure
Table 2-11 gives instructions on testing single rectifier failure or minor
alarm in a three (3) rectifier system.
Table 2-12: Single Rectifier Fail or Minor Alarm
Step Action
1Remove a single rectifier module and place it into the unused rectifier shelf #2.
2Turn the AC breaker OFF, for this 2nd shelf.
3Verify that a rectifier fail alarm is generated. The single rectifier module will illuminate two (2)
RED fail LED (DC and Power), and the DMAC and LMF will also indicate a minor alarm and
rectifier fail status. The RECTIFIER FAIL LED will illuminate.
4Check that the LMF reports both of these alarm conditions. Alarm condition will be reported as
BTS–24 and BTS–21 contacts respectively.
5Turn the AC breaker for the 2nd shelf ON and verify that Rectifier Fail and minor alarm
conditions clear on the DMAC and LMF.
Multiple Rectifier Failure
Table 2-13gives instructions on testing multiple rectifier failure or major
alarm in a three (3) rectifier system.
Table 2-13: Multiple Rectifier Failure or Major Alarm
Step Action
1With the rectifier module still in the unused shelf position from Table 2-12 test procedures, turn
the AC breaker for the 1st shelf OFF.
2Verify that a rectifier alarm is generated. Each of the two rectifier modules will illuminate two (2)
RED fail LED (DC and Power), and the DMAC and LMF will indicate a major alarm (Rectifier
Fail and Major Alarm). The RECTIFIER FAIL LED will illuminate.
. . . continued on next page
2
Power Cabinet Initial Power Up – continued
July 1999 2-11
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Table 2-13: Multiple Rectifier Failure or Major Alarm
Step Action
3Verify that the LMF reports both alarm conditions. Alarm condition will be reported as BTS–29
and BTS–21 contacts respectively.
4Turn the AC breaker for the 1st shelf ON. Verify that all alarms have cleared.
5Return the rectifier module to its original location. This completes the alarm test on the Power
Cabinet.
Single Rectifier Failure
Table 2-14 gives instructions on testing single rectifier failure or minor
alarm in a six (6) rectifier system.
Table 2-14: Single Rectifier Fail or Minor Alarm
Step Action
1Remove two(2) rectifier modules from shelf #2.
2Turn the AC breaker OFF, for shelf #2.
3Verify that a rectifier fail alarm is generated. The single rectifier module will illuminate two (2)
RED fail LED (DC and Power), and the DMAC and LMF will also indicate a minor alarm and
rectifier fail status. The RECTIFIER FAIL LED will illuminate.
4Check that the LMF reports both of these alarm conditions. Alarm condition will be reported as
BTS–24 and BTS–31 contacts respectively.
5Turn the AC breaker for this shelf ON and verify that Rectifier Fail and Minor Alarm conditions
have cleared.
Multiple Rectifier Failure
Table 2-15 gives instructions on testing multiple rectifier failure or major
alarm in a six (6) rectifier system.
Table 2-15: Multiple Rectifier Failure or Major Alarm
Step Action
1Replace one rectifier module previously removed and turn the AC breaker for this shelf, OFF.
2Verify that a rectifier alarm is generated. Each of the two rectifier modules will illuminate a RED
fail LED, and the DMAC will indicate a major alarm. The RECTIFIER FAIL LED will
illuminate.
3Verify that the LMF reports both alarm conditions. Alarm condition will be reported as BTS–29
contact.
. . . continued on next page
2
Power Cabinet Initial Power Up – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
2-12
Table 2-15: Multiple Rectifier Failure or Major Alarm
Step Action
4Turn the AC breaker for this shelf ON. Verify that all alarms have cleared.
5Return all rectifier module to their original location. This completes the rectifier alarm tests on the
Power Cabinet.
Battery Over Temperature
Alarm (Optional ONLY)
Use special care to avoid damaging insulation on cables, or
damaging battery cases when using a power heat gun.
CAUTION
Table 2-16 gives instructions on testing the battery over temperature
alarm system.
Table 2-16: Battery Over Temperature Alarm
Step Action
1Use a low powered heat gun and gently heat the battery over temperature sensor. Do Not hold the
hot air gun closer than three (3) inches to the sensor. This will avoid burning the cable insulation.
2When the sensor is heated to approximately 50° C, a battery Over Temperature alarm is generated.
NOTE
An auditable click will sound as K1 contacts engage and K2 contacts disengage.
3Visually inspect the K1 and K2 relays to verify state changes. The LMF should be displaying
correct alarms. Alarm condition will be reported as BTS–22 contact.
4Verify that the CHARGE DISABLE LED (amber) on the DMAC and the BATTERY MAIN LED
(green) are both illuminated.
5Switch the hot air gun to cool. Cool the sensor until the K1 and K2 contact return to normal
position (K1 open and K2 closed). Using the LMF verify that all alarms have cleared.
2
Power Cabinet Initial Power Up – continued
July 1999 2-13
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Rectifier Over Temperature
Alarm
This is the J8 on the rear of the DMAC itself, this is not
connector J8 on the connector bulkhead at the rear of the
cabinet.
NOTE
Table 2-16 gives instructions on testing the battery over temperature
alarm system.
Table 2-17: Rectifier Over Temperature Alarm
Step Action
1Remove the J8 link on the rear of the DMAC.
NOTE
This is the J8 on the rear of the DMAC itself, this is not connector J8 on the connector bulkhead at
the rear of the cabinet.
2Verify that RECTIFIER OVERTEMP LED (red) is illuminated. Contacts on K1 and K2 change
states (K1 now closed and K2 open).
3Verify that the LMF has reported an alarm condition. Alarm condition will be reported as BTS–26
contact.
4Reinstall J8 connector and verify that all alarm conditions have cleared. K1 and K2 should now be
in their normal states (K1 open and K2 closed).
5This completes the system tests of the SC 4812ET Power Cabinet.
2
Pre–Power–up Tests
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
2-14
Objective
This procedure checks for any electrical short circuits and verifies the
operation and tolerances of the cellsite and BTS power supply units prior
to applying power for the first time.
Test Equipment
The following test equipment is required to complete the pre–power–up
tests:
SDigital Multimeter (DMM)
Always wear a conductive, high impedance wrist strap
while handling the any circuit card/module to prevent
damage by ESD.
CAUTION
Cabling Inspection
Using the site-specific documentation generated by Motorola Systems
Engineering, verify that the following cable systems are properly
connected:
SReceive RF cabling – up to 12 RX cables
STransmit RF cabling – up to six TX cables
For positive power applications (+27 V):
SThe positive power cable is red.
SThe negative power cable is black. (The black power
cable is at ground potential.)
IMPORTANT
*
2
Pre–Power–up Tests – continued
July 1999 2-15
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
DC Power Pre-test (BTS Frame) Before applying any power to the BTS cabinet, follow the steps outlined
in Table 2-18 while referring to Figure 2-2 to verify there are no shorts in
the RF or Power Cabinet’s DC distribution system.
Table 2-18: DC Power Pre–test (RF Cabinet and Power Cabinet)
Step Action
1Physically verify that all DC/DC converters supplying power to the cabinets are OFF or disabled.
2On each RF cabinet:
SUnseat all circuit boards/ modules in the distribution shelf, transceiver shelf, and Single Carrier
Linear Power Amplifier (SCLPA) shelves, but leave them in their associated slots.
SUnseat all circuit boards (except CCD and CIO cards) in the C–CCP shelf and LPA shelves, but
leave them in their associated slots.
SSet C–CCP shelf breakers to the OFF position by pulling out power distribution breakers (labeled
C–CCP 1, 2, 3 – located on the power distribution panel).
SSet LPA breakers to the OFF position by pulling out power distribution breakers (8 breakers,
labeled 1A–1B through 4C–4D – located on the power distribution panel).
–1A through 3B – ELPA breakers (earlier model breaker panel – use breakers 1 through 24)
3Verify that the resistance from the power (+ or –) feed terminals with respect to the ground terminal on
the cabinet measures > 500 Ω.
SIf reading is < 500 Ω, a short may exist somewhere in the DC distribution path supplied by the
breaker. Isolate the problem before proceeding. A reading > 3 MΩ could indicate an open (or
missing) bleeder resistor (installed across the filter capacitors behind the breaker panel).
4Set the C–CCP breakers (C–CCP 1, 2, 3) to the ON position by pushing them IN one at a time.
Repeat step 3 after turning on each breaker.
* IMPORTANT
If, after inserting any board/module, the ohmmeter stays at 0 Ω, a short probably exists in that
board/module. Replace the suspect board/module and repeat the test. If test still fails, isolate the
problem before proceeding.
5Insert and lock the DC/DC converter modules into their associated slots one at a time. Repeat step 3
after inserting each module.
SA typical response is that the ohmmeter will steadily climb in resistance as capacitors charge, finally
indicating approximately 500 Ω.
! CAUTION
Verify the correct power/converter modules by observing the locking/retracting tabs appear as follows:
– (in +27 volt systems)
6Insert and lock all remaining circuit boards and modules into their associated slots in the C–CCP shelf.
Repeat step 3 after inserting and locking each board or module.
SA typical response is that the ohmmeter will steadily climb in resistance as capacitors charge,
stopping at approximately 500 Ω..
. . . continued on next page
2
Pre–Power–up Tests – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
2-16
Table 2-18: DC Power Pre–test (RF Cabinet and Power Cabinet)
Step Action
7Set the 8 LPA breakers ON by pushing them IN one at a time. Repeat step 3 after turning on each
breaker.
SA typical response is that the ohmmeter will steadily climb in resistance as capacitors charge,
stopping at approximately 500 Ω..
8Plug all LPAs and EBA fan module into associated plugs in the chassis one at a time. Repeat step 3
after connecting each LPA and EBA fan module.
SA typical response is that the ohmmeter will steadily climb in resistance as capacitors charge,
stopping at approximately 500 Ω..
SDisconnect Ohm meter after all tests are successfully completed.
9Seat the heat exchanger, ETIB, and Options breaker one at a time. Repeat Step 3.
Figure 2-2: DC Distribution Pre-test
4 1
5 2
6 3
SC 4812ET BTS RF Cabinet
LPA1C
LPA1A
LPA1B
LPA1D
LPA2C
LPA2A
LPA2B
LPA2D
LPA3C
LPA3A
LPA3B
LPA3D
LPA4C
LPA4A
LPA4B
LPA4D
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
HEAT EXCHANGER
OPTIONS
MAIN BREAKER
400
50
1B
L
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
50
50
1D
2B
2D
3B
3D
4B
4D
1A
1C
2A
2C
3A
3C
4A
4C
P
A
C
C
C
P
1
2
3
10
15
15
LPA
BLOWER
ETIB 10
2
July 1999
68P64114A42
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Chapter 3: Optimization/Calibration
Table of Contents
Introduction 3-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cell–site Types 3-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cell–site Data File (CDF) 3-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTS System Software Download 3-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Site Equipage Verification 3-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Isolate Span Lines/Connect LMF 3-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Isolate BTS from T1/E1 Spans 3-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alarm and Span Line Cable Pin/Signal Information 3-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Channel Service Unit 3-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LMF to BTS Connection 3-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparing the LMF 3-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview 3-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Update Procedure 3-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Updating CBSC LMF Files 3-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Folder Structure Overview 3-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
wlmf Folder 3-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
cdma Folder 3-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
bts–nnn Folders 3-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
bts–nnn.cal File 3-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
bts–nnn.cdf File 3-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
cbsc File 3-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
loads folder 3-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
version Folder 3-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
code Folder 3-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
data Folder 3-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Logging Into a BTS 3-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Logging Out 3-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pinging the Processors 3-17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
What is Ping? 3-17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using CDMA LMF 3-19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graphical User Interface Overview 3-19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selecting and Deselecting Devices 3-20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enabling Devices 3-21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disabling Devices 3-22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Resetting Devices 3-22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Getting Status of Devices 3-22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sorting a Status Report Window 3-23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
Table of Contents – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
68P64114A42
Download the BTS 3-24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview 3-24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Download Code 3-24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Download Data to Non–MGLI Devices 3-25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enable CSMs 3-26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enable MCCs 3-28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CSM System Time – GPS & HSO Verification 3-29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CSM & LFR Background 3-29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Panel LEDs 3-29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Stability Oscillator (HSO) 3-30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equipment Warm–up 3-30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CSM frequency verification 3-30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment Setup (GPS & LFR/HSO Verification) 3-31. . . . . . . . . . .
GPS Initialization/Verification 3-34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LORAN–C Initialization/Verification 3-38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment Setup 3-40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting Test Equipment to the BTS: Overview 3-40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equipment Warm-up 3-42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Null Modem Cable 3-42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment 3-42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Set Calibration 3-51. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Background 3-51. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purpose 3-51. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selecting Test Equipment 3-52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manually Selecting Test Equipment in a Serial Connection Tab 3-52. . . . .
Automatically Selecting Test Equipment in a Serial Connection Tab 3-53. .
Network Test Equipment Setup 3-53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manually Selecting Test Equipment Using the Network Tab 3-54. . . . . . . .
Automatically Selecting Test Equipment Using the Network Tab 3-54. . . .
Calibrating Test Equipment 3-55. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibrating Cables 3-55. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibrating Cables with a CDMA Analyzer 3-56. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibrating TX Cables Using a Signal Generator and
Spectrum Analyzer 3-57. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibrating RX Cables Using a Signal Generator and
Spectrum Analyzer 3-58. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting Cable Loss Values 3-60. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bay Level Offset Calibration 3-61. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction 3-61. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF Path Bay Level Offset Calibration 3-61. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
When to Re-calibrate BLOs 3-61. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TX Path Calibration 3-62. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BLO Calibration Data File 3-63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment Setup: RF Path Calibration 3-65. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transmit (TX) Path Calibration 3-66. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TX Calibration Test 3-66. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exception Handling 3-67. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
Table of Contents – continued
July 1999
68P64114A42
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Download BLOs to BBX2s 3-67. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Download BLO Procedure 3-67. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration Audit Introduction 3-67. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transmit (TX) Path Audit 3-68. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TX Audit Test 3-69. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exception Handling 3-69. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
All Cal/Audit test 3-70. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Create CAL File 3-71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RFDS Setup and Calibration 3-72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RFDS Description 3-72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RFDS Parameter Settings 3-72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RFDS TSU NAM Programming 3-74. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Explanation of Parameters used when Programming the TSU NAM 3-74. .
Valid NAM Ranges 3-75. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Program TSU NAM 3-76. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prerequisite 3-76. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Program TSU NAM 3-76. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prerequisites 3-76. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RFDS Calibration 3-77. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transmit & Receive Antenna VSWR 3-79. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purpose 3-79. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test equipment 3-79. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equipment Setup – HP Test Set 3-80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
Table of Contents – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
68P64114A42
Notes
3
Optimization/Calibration – Introduction
July 1999 3-1
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Introduction
This section describes procedures for downloading system operating
software, set up of the supported test equipment, CSM reference
verification/optimization, and transmit/receive path verification.
Cell–site Types
Sites are configured as Omni/Omni or Sector/Sector (TX/RX). Each type
has unique characteristics and must be optimized accordingly.
For more information on the differences in site types,
please refer to the applicable BTS/Modem Frame Hardware
Installation and Functional Hardware Description
manuals.
NOTE
Cell–site Data File (CDF)
The CDF includes the following information:
SDownload instructions and protocol
SSite specific equipage information
SC–CCP shelf allocation plan
– BBX2 equipage (based on cell–site type) including redundancy
– CSM equipage including redundancy
– Multi Channel Card 24 (MCC24 or MCC8E) channel element
allocation plan. This plan indicates how the C–CCP shelf is
configured, and how the paging, synchronization, traffic, and access
channel elements (and associated gain values) are assigned among
the (up to 12) MCC24s or MCC8Es in the shelf.
SCSM equipage including redundancy
SEffective Rated Power (ERP) table for all TX channels to antennas
respectively. Motorola System Engineering specifies the ERP of a
transmit antenna based on site geography, antenna placement, and
government regulations. Working from this ERP requirement, the
antenna gain, (dependent on the units of measurement specified) and
antenna feed line loss can be combined to determine the required
power at the top of the BTS frame. The corresponding BBX2 output
level required to achieve that power level on any channel/sector can
also be determined.
Refer to the CDMA Operator’s Guide, 68P64114A21, for
additional information on the layout of the LMF directory
structure (including CDF file locations and formats).
NOTE
3
Optimization/Calibration – Introduction – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-2
BTS System Software
Download
BTS system software must be successfully downloaded to the BTS
processor boards before optimization can be performed. BTS operating
code is loaded from the LMF computer terminal. Before you can log
into a site, the LMF must have a BTS folder for that site. Whenever
there is a new release of BTS system software (binaries), it must first be
loaded on the LMF from a CD–ROM before it can be downloaded to the
BTS. The CDF is normally obtained from the CBSC on a floppy disk or
through a file transfer protocol (ftp) if the LMF computer has the
capability.
Site Equipage Verification
If you have not already done so, use an LMF to view the CDF, and
review the site documentation. Verify the site engineering equipage data
in the CDF to the actual site hardware.
Always wear a conductive, high impedance wrist strap
while handling any circuit card/module to prevent damage
by ESD. Extreme care should be taken during the removal
and installation of any card/module. After removal, the
card/module should be placed on a conductive surface or
back into the anti–static bag in which it was shipped.
CAUTION
3
Isolate Span Lines/Connect LMF
July 1999 3-3
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Isolate BTS from T1/E1 Spans
–At active sites, the OMC/CBSC must disable the
BTS and place it out of service (OOS). DO NOT
remove the span surge protectors until the
OMC/CBSC has disabled the BTS!
IMPORTANT
*
Each frame is equipped with one 50 pair punchblock for spans, customer
alarms, remote GPS, and power cabinet alarms (see Figure 3-1 and
Table 3-1). To disable the span, pull out the surge protectors for the
respective span.
Before connecting the LMF to the frame LAN, the OMC/CBSC must
disable the BTS and place it OOS to allow the LMF to control the
CDMA BTS. This prevents the CBSC from inadvertently sending
control information to the CDMA BTS during LMF based tests.
Alarm and Span Line Cable
Pin/Signal Information
Table 3-1 lists the complete pin/signal identification for the 50–pin
punch block.
Channel Service Unit
The channel service unit (CSU) contains a modular Eternet jack on its
fron panel, allowing Eternet UP access to CSUs installed in the same
shelf Each 19 inch rack can support two CSU (M–PATH 538) modules.
Each module supports one span connection. Programming of the CSU is
accomplished through the DCE 9–pin connector on the front panel.
3
Isolate Span Lines/Connect LMF – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-4
Figure 3-1: Punch Block for Span I/O
TOP VIEW OF PUNCH BLOCK
STRAIN RELIEVE INCOMING
CABLE TO BRACKET WITH
TIE WRAPS
2T
1T 1R 2T 2R
12
1R
2R
LEGEND
1T = PAIR 1 – TIP
1R = PAIR 1 –RING
” ”
” ”
” ”
RF Cabinet I/O Area
50R
50T
49R
49T
1T
Surge protectors
3
LMF Connection to the BTS – continued
July 1999 3-5
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Table 3-1: Pin–Out for 50 Pin Punch Block
Signal Name Pin Color Signal Name Pin Color
Power Cab Control – NC 1T Blue PCustomer Outputs 4 – NO 18R
Power Cab Control – NO 1R Blk/Blue OCustomer Outputs 4–COM 19T I
Power Cab Control – Com 2T Yellow WCustomer Outputs 4 – NC 19R N
Reserved 2R N/C ECustomer Inputs 1 20T P
Rectifier Fail 3T Blk/Yello RCust_Rtn_A_1 20R U
AC Fail 3R Green Customer Inputs 2 21T T
Power Cab Exchanger Fail 4T Blk/Grn CCust_Rtn_A_2 21R /
Power Cab Door Alarm 4R White ACustomer Inputs 3 22T O
Power Cab Major Alarm 5T Blk/Whit BCust_Rtn_A_3 22R U
Battery Over Temp 5R Red ICustomer Inputs 4 23T T
Power Cab Minor Alarm 6T Blk/Red NCust_Rtn_A_4 23R P
Reticifier Over Temp 6R Brown ECustomer Inputs 5 24T U
Power Cab Alarm Rtn 7T Blk/Brn TCust_Rtn_A_5 24R T
LFR_HSO_GND 7R LCustomer Inputs 6 25T
EXT_1PPS_POS 8T FCust_Rtn_A_6 25R
EXT_1PPS_NEG 8R RCustomer Inputs 7 26T
CAL_+ 9T /Cust_Rtn_A_7 26R
CAB_– 9R HCustomer Inputs 8 27T
LORAN_+ 10T SCust_Rtn_A_8 27R
LORAN_– 10R OCustomer Inputs 9 28T
Pilot Beacon Alarm – Minor 11T BCust_Rtn_A_9 28R
Pilot Beacon Alarm – Rtn 11R ECustomer Inputs 10 29T
Pilot Beacon Alarm – Major 12T ACust_Rtn_A_10 29R
Pilot Beacon Control – NO 12R CRVC_TIP_A 30T
Pilot Beacon Control–COM 13T ORVC_RING_A 30R S
Pilot Beacon Control – NC 13R NXMIT_TIP_A 31T P
Customer Outputs 1 – NO 14T CXMIT_RING_A 31R A
Customer Outputs 1 – COM 14R URVC_TIP_B 32T N
Customer Outputs 1 – NC 15T SRVC_RING_B 32R
Customer Outputs 2 – NO 15R TXMIT_TIP_B 33T
Customer Outputs 2 – COM 16T OXMIT_RING_B 33R
Customer Outputs 2 – NC 16R MRVC_TIP_C 34T
Customer Outputs 3 – NO 17T ERVC_RING_C 34R
Customer Outputs 3 – COM 17R RXMIT_TIP_C 35T
Customer Outputs 3 – NC 18T
3
Isolate Span Lines/Connect LMF – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-6
Pin–Out for 50 Pin Punch Block (Continued)
XMIT_RING_C 35R GPS_POWER_1+ 42T Blue
RVC_TIP_D 36T SGPS_POWER_1– 42R Bk/Blue R
RVC_RING_D 36R PGPS_POWER_2+ 43T Yellow G
XMIT_TIP_D 37T AGPS_POWER_2– 43R Bk/Yello P
XMIT_RING_D 37R NGPS_RX+ 44T Green S
RVC_TIP_E 38T GPS_RX– 44R Bk/Grn
RVC_RING_E 38R GPS_TX+ 45T White
XMIT_TIP_E 39T GPS_TX– 45R Bk/White
XMIT_RING_E 39R Signal Ground (TDR+) 46T Red
RVC_TIP_F 40T Master Frame (TDR–) 46R Bk/Red
RVC_RING_F 40R GPS_lpps+ 47T Brown
XMIT_TIP_F 41T GPS_lpps– 47R Bk/Brn
XMIT_RING_F 41R Telco_Modem_T 48T
Telco_Modem_R 48R
Chasis Ground 49T
Reserved 49R, 50T, 50R
3
LMF Connection to the BTS – continued
July 1999 3-7
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Table 3-2: T1/E1 Span Isolation
Step Action
1From the OMC/CBSC, disable the BTS and place it OOS.
– The T1/E1 span 50–pin TELCO cable connected to the BTS frame SPAN I/O board J1 connector
can be removed from both Span I/O boards, if equipped, to isolate the spans.
* IMPORTANT
Verify that you remove the SPAN cable, not the “MODEM/TELCO” connector.
LMF to BTS Connection
The LMF is connected to the LAN A or B connector located on the left
side of the frame’s lower air intake grill, behind the LAN Cable Access
door (see Figure 3-2).
Table 3-3: LMF to BTS Connection
Step Action
1To gain access to the connectors, open the LAN Cable Access door, then pull apart the Velcro tape
covering the BNC ”T” connector and slide out the computer service tray, if desired. See Figure 3-2.
2Connect the LMF to the LAN A BNC connector via PCMCIA Ethernet Adapter with an unshielded
twisted–pair (UTP) Adapter and 10BaseT/10Base2 converter (powered by an external AC/DC
transformer).
NOTE
– Xircom Model PE3–10B2 or equivalent can also be used to interface the LMF Ethernet
connection to the frame connected to the PC parallel port, powered by an external AC/DC
transformer. In this case, the BNC cable must not exceed 91 cm (3 ft) in length.
* IMPORTANT
The LAN shield is isolated from chassis ground. The LAN shield (exposed portion of BNC
connector) must not touch the chassis during optimization.
3
Isolate Span Lines/Connect LMF – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-8
Figure 3-2: LMF Connection Detail
LMF BNC “T” CONNECTIONS ON LEFT
SIDE OF FRAME (ETHERNET “A”
SHOWN; ETHERNET “B” COVERED
WITH VELCRO TAPE)
Open LAN CABLE ACCESS door.
Pull apart Velcro tape and gain access to
the LAN A or LAN B LMF BNC connector.
LMF
COMPUTER
TERMINAL
WITH MOUSE PCMCIA ETHERNET
ADPATER & ETHERNET
UTP ADAPTER
UNIVERSAL TWISTED PAIR (UTP)
CABLE (RJ11 CONNECTORS)
10BASET/10BASE2
CONVERTER
CONNECTS
DIRECTLY TO BNC T
115 VAC POWER
CONNECTION
4 1
5 2
6 3
3
Preparing the LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999 3-9
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
Overview
Software and files for installation and updating of LMF are provided on
CD ROM disks. The following installation items must be available:
SLMF Program on CD ROM
SLMF Binaries on CD ROM
SConfiguration Data File (CDF) File for each supported BTS (on
floppy disk or available from the CBSC)
SCBSC File for each supported BTS (on floppy disk or available from
the CBSC)
The section that follows provides information and instructions for
installing and updating LMF software and files.
Update Procedure
Follow the procedure in Table 3-4 to update the LMF program and
binaries.
SInstall the LMF program using the LMF CD ROM and follow the
procedure in Table 3-4.
SInstall binary files using the LMF CD ROM and follow the procedure
in Table 3-4.
S folders in the wlmf\cdma folder.
SMove applicable CDF and CBSC files into each BTS folder.
Table 3-4: CD ROM Installation
nStep Action
1Insert the LMF Program CD ROM disk into the LMF CD
ROM drive.
– If the Setup screen is displayed, follow the
instructions provided.
– If the Setup screen is not displayed, proceed to step
2.
2Click on the Start button.
3 Select Run.
4 Enter d:\autorun in the Open box and click on the OK
button.
(If applicable, replace the letter d with the correct
CD ROM drive letter.)
5Follow the directions displayed in the Setup screen.
3
Preparing the LMF – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-10
Updating CBSC LMF Files
After completion of the TX calibration and audit, updated CAL file
information must be moved from the LMF Windows environment back
to the CBSC, residing in a Unix environment. The following procedures
detail moving files from one environment to the other.
Copying CAL files from LMF to a Disk
Follow the procedures in Table 3-5 to copy the CAL files from an LMF
computer to a 3.5 diskette.
Table 3-5: Procedures to Copy Files to a Diskette
nStep Action
1Insert a disk into Drive A:.
2 Launch Windows Explorer from your Programs menu list.
3Select the applicable wlmf/cdma/bts–# folder.
4Drag the bts–#.cal file to drive A.
5Repeat Steps 3 and 4 as required for other bts–# folders.
Copying CAL Files from Diskette to the CBSC
Follow the procedures in Table 3-6 to copy CAL files from a diskette to
the CBSC.
Table 3-6: Procedures to Copy CAL Files from Diskette to the CBSC
nStep Action
1Log in to the CBSC on the workstation using your account name and password.
2Place your diskette containing calibration file(s) in the workstation diskette drive.
3Type in the following and press the Enter key.
=> eject –q
4Type in the following and press the Enter key.
=> mount
NOTE
Check to see that the message “floppy/no_name” is displayed on the last line.
5Type in the following and press the Enter key.
=> cd /floppy/no_name
6Type in the following and press the Enter key.
=> cp /floppy/no_name/bts–#.cal bts–#.cal
7Type in the following and press the Enter key.
=> pwd
Verify you are in your home directory
. . . continued on next page
3
Preparing the LMF – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999 3-11
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
Table 3-6: Procedures to Copy CAL Files from Diskette to the CBSC
nActionStep
8Type in the following and press the Enter key.
=> ls –l *.cal
Verify the cal files have been copied.
9Type in the following and press the Enter key.
=> eject
10 Remove the diskette from the workstation.
Folder Structure Overview
The LMF uses a wlmf folder that contains all of the essential data for
installing and maintaining the BTS. The list that follows outlines the
folder structure for the LMF. Except for the bts–nnn folders, these
folders are created as part of the the LMF installation.
Figure 3-3: LMF Folder Structure
version folder (A separate folder is
required for each different version; for
example, a folder name 2.8.1.1.1.5)
loads
folder
(C:)
wlmf
folder
cdma
folder
code
folder
data
folder
BTS–nnn
folders (A separate folder is
required for each BTS where bts–nnn is the
unique BTS number; for example, bts–163)
wlmf
Folder
The wlmf folder contains the LMF program files.
cdma
Folder
The cdma folder contains the following:
Sbts–nnn folders
Sloads folder
. . . continued on next page
3
Preparing the LMF – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-12
Sdefault cbsc–1.cdf file is provided that can be copied to a bts–nnn
folder for use if one can not be obtained from the CBSC when needed.
bts–nnn
Folders
A bts–nnn folder must be created for each BTS that is to be accessed.
The bts–nnn folder must be correctly named (for example: bts–273) and
placed in the cdma folder. Figure 3-4 shows an example of the file
naming syntax for a BTS folder. Each bts–nnn folder contains the
following files for the BTS:
Sa CAL file
Sa CDF file
Sa cbsc file
Figure 3-4: BTS Folder Name Syntax Example
bts–259
BTS Number
bts–nnn.cal
File
The CAL file contains the bay level offset data (BLO) that is used for
BLO downloads to the BBX devices. The LMF automatically creates
and updates the CAL file during TX calibration. Figure 3-5 shows the
file name syntax for the CAL file.
Figure 3-5: CAL File Name Syntax Example
bts–259.cal
BTS Number
3
Preparing the LMF – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999 3-13
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
bts–nnn.cdf
File
The CDF file contains data that defines the BTS and data that is used to
download data to the devices. A CDF file must be placed in the
applicable BTS folder before the LMF can be used to log into that BTS.
CDF files are normally obtained from the CBSC using a floppy disk. A
file transfer protocol (ftp) method can be used if the LMF computer has
that capability. Figure 3-6 shows the file name syntax for the CDF file.
Figure 3-6: CDF Name Syntax Example
bts–259.cdf
BTS Number
cbsc File
The cbsc–1.cdf file contains data for the BTS. If one is not obtained
from the CBSC, a copy of the default cbsc–1.cdf file, located in the
cdma folder, can be used.
loads folder
The loads folder contains the version folder(s), but not contain any files.
version Folder
The version folder(s) contains the code and data folders, but does not
contain any files. The name of version folders is the software version
number of the code files that are included in its code folder. Version
folders are created as part of the LMF installation and the LMF updates.
Each time the LMF is updated, another version folder is created with the
number of the software version for the code files being installed.
3
Preparing the LMF – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-14
code Folder
The code folder contains the binary files used to load code into the
devices. A unique binary code file is required for each device type in the
BTS to be supported with the LMF. Current version code files for each
supported device created in this folder from the LMF CD ROM as part
of the LMF installation/update process. Figure 3-7 shows an example of
the file naming syntax for a code load file.
Figure 3-7: Code Load File Name Syntax Example
bbx.ram.bin–0600
Device Type Hardware bin number
If this number matches
the bin number of the
device, the code file will
automatically be used
for the download*
* The device bin number can be determined by using the
Status function after logging into a BTS. If the device
does not have a bin number, one of the following default
numbers must be used:
GLI=0100
LCI=0300
MCC=0C00
BBX=0600
BDC=0700
CSM=0800
TSU=0900
LPAC=0B00
MAWI=0D00
If a code file with the correct version and bin numbers is not found, a file
selection window appears.
3
Preparing the LMF – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999 3-15
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
data Folder
The data folder contains a Device Definition Structure (DDS) data file
for each supported device type. The DDS files are used to specify the
CDF file data that is used to download data to a device. Current version
DDS files for each supported device type are created in this folder from
the LMF CD ROM as part of the LMF installation/update process.
Figure 3-8 shows an example of the file naming syntax for a code load
file.
Figure 3-8: DDS File Name Syntax Example
csm.dds–0800
Device Type Device Bin Type Number
If this number matches the bin
number of the device, the DDS file
will automatically be used for the
download*
* The device bin number can be determined by using the Status
function after logging into a BTS. If the device does not have a bin
number, one of the following default numbers must be used:
GLI=0100
LCI=0300
MCC=0C00
BBX=0600
BDC=0700
CSM=0800
TSU=0900
LPAC=0B00
Logging Into a BTS
Logging into a BTS establishes a communications link between the BTS
and the LMF. You may be logged into one or more BTS’s at a time, but
only one LMF may be logged into each BTS.
Before attempting to log into the BTS, confirm the LMF is properly
connected to the BTS (see Figure 3-2). Follow the procedures in
Table 3-7 to log into a BTS.
Table 3-7: BTS Login Procedure
nStep Action
NOTE
Confirm a bts-nnn folder with the correct CDF and CBSC file exists.
1Click on Login tab (if not displayed).
2Double click on CDMA (in the Available Base Stations pick list).
. . . continued on next page
3
Preparing the LMF – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-16
Table 3-7: BTS Login Procedure
nActionStep
3Click on the desired BTS number.
4Click on the Network Login tab (if not already in the forefront).
5Enter correct IP address (normally 128.0.0.2 for a field BTS, if not correctly displayed in the IP
Address box).
6Type in the correct IP Port number (normally 9216 if not correctly displayed in the IP Port box).
7Change the Multi-Channel Preselector (from the Multi-Channel Preselector pick list), normally
MPC, corresponding to your BTS configuration, if required.
8Click on the Use a Tower Top Amplifier, if applicable.
9Click on Login. (A BTS tab with the BTS is displayed.)
NOTE
SIf you attempt to log in to a BTS that is already logged on, all devices will be gray.
SThere may be instances where the BTS initiates a log out due to a system error (i.e., a device
failure).
SIf the MGLI is OOS_ROM (blue), it will have to be downloaded with code and data, and then
enabled before other devices can be seen.
Logging Out
Follow the procedure in Table 3-8 to logout of a BTS.
Table 3-8: Procedures to Logout of a BTS
nStep Action
1Click on Select menu.
2Click on Logout menu item (A Confirm Logout pop-up message will appear).
3Click on Yes (or press the Enter key) to confirm logout and return to the Login tab.
NOTE
The Select menu on either the BTS tab or the Select menu on the displayed cage/shelf can be
used. In either case you will only be logged out of the displayed BTS.
You may also log out of all BTS login sessions and exit the LMF by using the File –> Exit menu
item. (A Confirm Logout pop–up message will appear.)
Pinging the Processors
If the LMF is unable to login to a BTS, the integrity of the Ethernet
LAN A & B links must be be verified for proper operation. The cell–site
must be powered up first.
. . . continued on next page
3
Preparing the LMF – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999 3-17
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
Always wear a conductive, high impedance wrist strap
while handling any circuit card/module to prevent damage
by ESD.
CAUTION
Figure 3-9I represents a typical BTS Ethernet configuration. The
drawing depicts one (of two identical) links, A and B.
Figure 3-9: BTS Ethernet LAN Interconnect Diagram
CHASSIS
GROUND
SIGNAL
GROUND
50Ω
SIGNAL
GROUND
50Ω
B
AB
IN
A
B
A
OUT
IN
BTS
(master)
B
AB
IN
A
B
A
OUT
OUT
BTS
(expansion)
FW00106
What is Ping?
Ping is a program that sends request packets to the LAN network
modules to get a response from the specified “target” module.
Follow the steps in Table 3-9 to ping each processor (on both LAN A
and LAN B) and verify LAN redundancy is working properly.
. . . continued on next page
3
Preparing the LMF – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-18
*The Ethernet LAN A and B cables must be installed on
each frame/enclosure before performing this test. All other
processor board LAN connections are made via the
backplanes.
IMPORTANT
Table 3-9: Pinging the Processors
nStep Action
1From the Windows desktop, click the Start button and select Run.
2In the Open box, type ping and the GLI2 IP address (for example, ping 128.0.0.2).
NOTE
128.0.0.2 is the default IP address for the GLI2 in field BTS units.
3Click on the OK button.
NOTE
128.0.0.2 is the default IP address for the GLI2 in field BTS units.
4If the targeted module responds, text similar to the following is displayed:
Reply from 128 128.0.0.2: bytes=32 time=3ms TTL=255
If there is no response the following is displayed:
Request timed out
If the GLI2 fails to respond, it should be reset and re–pinged. If it still fails to respond, typical
problems are shorted BNC to inter-frame cabling, open cables, crossed A and B link cables, or the
GLI2 itself.
3
Using CDMA LMF
July 1999 3-19
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Graphical User Interface
Overview
This section provides overview information on using the LMF graphical
user interface (GUI). The GUI works as follows:
SSelect the device or devices to perform an action on.
SSelect the action to apply to the selected device(s).
SWhile action is in progress, a status report window displays the action
taking place and other status information.
SThe status report window indicates when the the action is complete,
along with other pertinent information displayed.
SClicking the OK button closes the status report window.
The R9 BTS software release implements the virtual BTS capability,
also known as Logical BTS. A virtual BTS can consist of up to four
four SC 4812ET frames. When the LMF is connected to frame 1 of a
virtual BTS, you can access all devices in all of the frames that make up
the virtual BTS A virtual BTS CDF file that includes equippage
information for all of the virtual BTS frames and their devices is
required. A CBSC file that includes channel data for all of the virtual
BTS fames is also required. The first frame of a virtual BTS has a –1
suffix (e.g., BTS–812–1) and other frames of the virtual BTS are
numbered with suffixed, –101, –201, and –301 (e. g. BTS–812–201).
When you log into a BTS a FRAME tab is displayed for each frame. If
there is only one frame for the BTS, there will only be one tab (e.g.,
FRAME–282–1) for BTS–282. If a virtual BTS has more than one
frame, there will be a separate FRAME tab for each frame (e.g.
FRAME–438–1, FRAME–438–101, and FRAME–438–202 for a
BTS–438 that has all three frames). If an RFDS is included in the CDF
file, an RFDS tab (e.g., RFDS–438–1) will be displayed.
Actions (e.g., ATP tests) can be initiated for selected devices in one or
more, frames of a virtual BTS. Refer to the Select devices help screen
for information on how to select devices.
Following are visual examples of the BTS tabs for a single–frame BTS
with RFDS and a four–frame BTS with RFDS.
Figure 3-10: Single–frame BTS with a RFDS
3
Using CDMA LMF – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-20
Figure 3-11: Four–frame BTS with an RFDS BTS
Selecting and Deselecting
Devices
Devices can be selected by clicking on a device or by using the Select
menu. Devices can also be deselected by clicking on a device or by using
the Select menu. Table 3-10 provides the procedure to select or deselect
devices from the menu bar. Follow this procedure to select or deselect all
of the devices of a particular type.
Prerequisite: Device is listed in the CDF file and is responding (not
gray or purple).
Table 3-10: Selecting and Deselecting Devices
nStep Action
1From the menu bar, click on Select.
2From the Select menu list, make your selection. The device selected will be darkened to indicate
your selection.
3NOTE
If the Select menu list on the BTS tab is used, all devices in the BTS are selected (based on the
selection menu item used). If the Select menu list on the cage display is used, only devices in the
displayed cage are selected.
The LMF allows you to invert the menu list items by clicking on the Invert Selection menu item
from Select on the menu bar.
4To deselect devices, from the Select menu list, click on Deselect All. The color of devices changes
to reflect their current state.
An alternative way of selecting or deselecting devices is to
click on the device displayed. As you place the cursor over
the device, the name and number of the device is
displayed.
NOTE
3
Using CDMA LMF – continued
July 1999 3-21
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Enabling Devices
Use the Enable menu from the Device menu to place a device in
service (INS). Before a device can be INS, it must be in the
disabled (OOS_RAM) state (yellow) with data downloaded to the
device. The color of the device changes to green, once it is INS.
Prerequisite: Ensure the data has been downloaded to the device.
(1) A CSM device can take up to 20 minutes to enable and
Fail may appear in the P/F column of the Enabling
Devices window. The color of the CSM changes to green
when it is enabled.
(2) Some enabled devices can be either in service
active (INS_ACT) or in service standby (INS_STB).
Bright green indicates that the device is INS_ACT and
dark green indicates that the device is INS_STB.
NOTE
Putting a BBX2 in service keys the BBX2. If the TX is not
properly terminated and if incorrect transceiver parameters
are provided, the BTS can be damaged.
CAUTION
Follow the procedure in Table 3-11 to change the state of device(s) to
Enable.
Table 3-11: Enabling Devices
nStep Action
1Select the device(s) you wish to enable.
NOTE
The MGLI and CSM must be INS before an MCC can be put INS.
2Click on Device from the menu bar.
3Click on Enable from the Device menu. A status report window is displayed.
NOTE
If a BBX2 is selected, a transceiver parameters window is displayed to collect keying information.
Do not enable the BBX2.
4 Click OK to close the status report window.
The selected devices that successfully change to INS change color to green.
3
Using CDMA LMF – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-22
Disabling Devices
Use the Disable menu item from the Device menu list is to take an
INS (green) device out of service and place it in the OOS_RAM
state (yellow). The device retains its code load and data load. The device
can be put back in service using the Enable menu.
Follow the procedures in Table 3-12 to disable devices.
Table 3-12: Disable Devices
nStep Action
1Select the device(s) you wish to disable.
2Click on Device from the menu bar.
3Click on Disable from the Device menu list.
The selected device(s) that successfully go to OOS_RAM change color to yellow.
4Click on OK to close the status report window.
Resetting Devices
Use Reset to place a device into OOS_ROM. The code and data load for
the device are lost. Follow the procedure in Table 3-13 to reset devices.
Table 3-13: Resetting Devices
nStep Action
1Select the device(s) to be placed out of service.
2From the Device menu bar, select Reset.
3Click on Reset from the Device menu list.
The selected devices that successfully change status to OOS_ROM change color to blue.
4Click on OK to close the status report window.
Getting Status of Devices
Use the Status menu item from the Device menu list to get a status
report of the device(s) in your BTS configuration.
Follow the procedures in Table 3-14 to get the status of devices.
Table 3-14: Get Device Status
nStep Action
1Click on the device(s) you wish to get status for.
2Click on the Device from the menu bar.
3Click on the Status menu item from the Device menu.
4In the Status Report window, if a checked box appears in the Detail/warnings column for a row,
double click on that row to display additional information.
5 Click OK to close the status report window.
3
Using CDMA LMF – continued
July 1999 3-23
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Sorting a Status Report
Window
The columns of a status report window can be sorted after the status
information is displayed.
Follow the procedure in Table 3-15 to sort a status report window.
Table 3-15: Sorting Status Report Windows
nStep Action
1Click on a column heading to sort the displayed data by the column. The first click sorts the data
in either ascending or descending order.
2Click on the column a second time to sort the data in the opposite order. Refer to Figure 3-12.
Figure 3-12: Sample LMF Status Report
3
Download the BTS
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-24
Overview
Code can be downloaded to a device that is in any state. After the
download starts, the device being downloaded changes to
OOS_ROM (blue). If the download is completed successfully, the device
changes to OOS_RAM with code loaded (yellow). Prior to downloading
a device, a code file must exist. The code file is selected automatically if
the code file is in the /lmf/cdma/n.n.n.n/code folder (where n.n.n.n is the
version number of the download code that matches the “NextLoad”
parameter in the CDF file). The code file in the code folder must have
the correct hardware bin number. Code can be automatically or manually
selected.
Data must be downloaded to a device before the device is placed INS.
The CSM must be INS before an MCC can be put INS. The devices to
be downloaded are as follows:
SMaster Group Line Interface (MGLI2)
SClock Sync Module (CSM)
SMulti Channel Card (MCC)
SBroadband Transceiver (BBX2)
The MGLI must be successfully downloaded with code and
data, and put INS before downloading any other device.
The download code process for an MGLI automatically
downloads data and then enables the MGLI before
downloading other devices.
IMPORTANT
*
Downloading requires a few minutes. After the download starts, the
device being downloaded changes to OOS_ROM (blue). If the download
is completed successfully, the device changes to OOS_RAM (yellow)
with code loaded (INS_ACT (green) for MGLI).
Download Code Follow the steps in Table 3-16 to download the firmware application
code.
When downloading multiple devices, the download may
fail for some of the devices (a time out occurs). These
devices can be downloaded separately after completing the
multiple download.
NOTE
3
Download the BTS – continued
July 1999 3-25
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Table 3-16: Download Code
nStep Action
1Download code to all devices.
2Select all devices to be downloaded.
3From the Device pull down menu, select Download Code.
Download Data to Non–MGLI
Devices
Non–MGLI2 devices can be downloaded individually or all equipped
devices can be downloaded with one action. Data is downloaded to the
MGLI as part of the download code process.
When downloading multiple devices, the download may
fail for some of the devices (a time out occurs). These
devices can be downloaded separately after completing the
multiple download.
NOTE
Follow the steps in Table 3-17 to download the code and data to the
non–MGLI2 devices.
Table 3-17: Download Data to Non–MGLI Devices
nStep Action
1Select the target CSM, BBX2 and MCC device(s). From the Device pull down menu, select
Download Data.
NOTE
If the CSM(s) and other shelf devices are selected, the Device pull down on the BTS tab must be
used (not the one on the shelf).
A status report is displayed that shows the result of the download for each selected device.
2 Click OK to close the status report window.
NOTE
After a BBX2, CSM or MCC is successfully downloaded with code and has changed to the
OOS–RAM state (yellow), the status LED should be rapidly flashing GREEN.
3
Download the BTS – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-26
Enable CSMs
Each BTS CSM system features two CSM boards per site. The GPS
receiver (mounted on CSM 1) is used as the primary timing reference
and synchronizes the entire cellular system. CSM 2 provides redundancy
(but does not have a GPS receiver).
The BTS may be equipped with a LORAN–C Low Frequency Receiver
(LFR), or external 10 MHz Rubidium source which the CSM can use as
a secondary timing reference. In all cases, the CSM monitors and
determines what reference to use at a given time.
– Each CSM (of a redundant pair at each BTS) is
associated with “partner” MCCs. CSMs must be
enabled before the partner MCC can be enabled.
– The CSM(s) and MCC(s) to be enabled must have
been downloaded with code (Yellow, OOS–RAM)
and have been downloaded with data.
– Verify the CSM configured with the GPS receiver
“daughter board” is installed in the frame’s CSM 1
slot before continuing.
IMPORTANT
*
Follow the steps outlined in Table 3-18 to enable the CSMs installed in
the C–CCP shelves.
3
Download the BTS – continued
July 1999 3-27
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Table 3-18: Enable CSMs
nStep Action
1Click on the target CSM.
From the Device pull down, select Enable.
NOTE
If equipped with two CSMs, enable CSM–2 first
A status report is displayed confirming change in the device(s) status.
Click OK to close the status report window.
NOTE
FAIL may be shown in the status table for enable action. If Waiting For Phase Lock is shown in
the Description field, the CSM changes to the Enabled state after phase lock is achieved.
CSM 1 houses the GPS receiver. The enable sequence can take up to one hour (see below).
* IMPORTANT
The GPS satellite system satellites are not in a geosynchronous orbit and are maintained and
operated by the United States Department of Defense (D.O.D.). The D.O.D. periodically alters
satellite orbits; therefore, satellite trajectories are subject to change. A GPS receiver that is INS
contains an “almanac” that is updated periodically to take these changes into account.
If a GPS receiver has not been updated for a number of weeks, it may take up to an hour for the
GPS receiver “almanac” to be updated.
Once updated, the GPS receiver must track at least four satellites and obtain (hold) a 3–D position
fix for a minimum of 45 seconds before the CSM will come in service. (In some cases, the GPS
receiver needs to track only one satellite, depending on accuracy mode set during the data load).
2NOTE
If equipped with two CSMs, CSM–1 should be bright green (INS–ACT) and CSM–2 should be
dark green(INS–STB)
If more than an hour has passed, refer to CSM Verification, see Figure 3-20 and Table 3-21 to
determine the cause.
NOTE
After the CSMs have been successfully enabled, observe the PWR/ALM LEDs are steady green
(alternating green/red indicates the card is in an alarm state).
3
Download the BTS – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-28
Enable MCCs
This procedure configures the MCC and sets the “tx fine adjust”
parameter. The “tx fine adjust” parameter is not a transmit gain setting,
but a timing adjustment that compensates for the processing delay in the
BTS (approximately 3 mS).
Follow the steps outlined in Table 3-19 to enable the MCCs installed in
the C–CCP shelves.
The MGLI, and CSM must be downloaded and enabled,
prior to downloading and enabling the MCC.
IMPORTANT
*
Table 3-19: Enable MCCs
nStep Action
1Click on the target MCC(s) or from the Select pull down menu choose All MCCs.
2From the Device menu, select Enable
A status report is displayed confirming change in the device(s) status.
Click OK to close the status report window.
3
CSM System Time – GPS & HSO Verification
July 1999 3-29
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
CSM & LFR Background
The primary function of the Clock Synchronization Manager (CSM)
boards (1 & 2) is to maintain CDMA System Time. The master GLI can
request and distribute system time to the appropriate modules within a
C–CCP shelf. The redundant GLI (slave) obtains system time from the
master GLI over the LAN. All boards are mounted in the C–CCP shelf.
Each CSM board features an ovenized, crystal oscillator that provides
19.6608 MHz clock, even second tick reference, and 3 MHz sinewave
reference, referenced to the selected synchronization source (GPS,
LORAN–C Frequency Receiver (LFR), or High Stability Oscillator
(HSO), T1 Span, or external reference oscillator sources). The 3 MHz
signals are also routed to the RDM EXP 1A & 1B connectors on the top
interconnect panel for distribution to co–located frames at the site.
Fault management has the capability of switching between the CSM 1
and 2 boards in the event of a GPS receiver failure on CSM 1 or a
reference oscillator failure on either CSM board. During normal
operation, the CSM 1 board oscillator output is selected as the source.
The source selection can also be overridden via the LMF or by the GLI
card.
Front Panel LEDs
SSteady Green – Master CSM locked to GPS or LFR (INS).
SRapidly Flashing Green – Standby CSM locked to GPS or LFR
(Stby).
SFlashing Green / Rapidly Flashing Red – CSM OOS–RAM
attempting to lock on GPS signal.
SRapidly Flashing Green / Red – Alarm condition exists. Trouble
Notifications (TNs) are currently being reported to the GLI.
3
CSM System Time – GPS & HSO Verification – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-30
High Stability Oscillator (HSO)
The High Stability Oscillator (HSO) module is a separate full–size card
which resides in a dedicated slot in the lower half of the C–CCP shelf.
This is a completely self contained high stability 10 MHz oscillator
which interfaces with the CSM via a serial communications link. The
CSM handles the overall configuration and status monitoring functions
of the HSO. In the event of GPS failure, the HSO is capable of
maintaining synchronization initially established by the GPS reference
signal for a limited time
The HSO is basically a high stability 10 MHz oscillator with the
necessary interface to the CSMs. The HSO is typically installed in those
geographical areas not covered by the LORAN–C system and provides
the following major functions:
SReference oscillator temperature and phase lock monitor circuitry
SInternal oscillator generates highly stable 10 MHz sine wave, and
routed to reference divider circuitry
SReference divider circuitry converts 10 MHz sine wave to 10 MHz
TTL signal, which is divided to provide a 1 PPS strobe to the CSM
Equipment Warm–up
Allow the base site and test equipment to warm up for 60 minutes
after any interruption in oscillator power. CSM board warm-up allows
the oscillator oven temperature and oscillator frequency to stabilize prior
to test. Test equipment warm-up allows the Rubidium standard timebase
to stabilize in frequency before any measurements are made.
CSM frequency verification
The objective of this procedure is the initial verification of the Clock
Synchronization Module (CSM) boards prior to performing the rf path
verification tests. Parts of this procedure will be repeated for final
verification after the overall optimization has been completed.
3
CSM System Time – GPS & HSO Verification – continued
July 1999 3-31
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Test Equipment Setup (GPS &
LFR/HSO Verification)
Follow the steps outlined in Table 3-20 to set up test equipment.
Table 3-20: Test Equipment Setup (GPS & LFR/HSO Verification)
Step Action
1Verify a CSM board with a GPS receiver is installed in primary CSM slot 1 and that CSM–1 is INS.
NOTE
This is verified by checking the board ejectors for kit number SGLN1145 on board in slot 1.
2Remove CSM–2 (if installed) and connect a serial cable from the LMF COM 1 port (via null modem
board) to the MMI port on CSM–1 (see Figure 3-13).
3Reinstall CSM–2.
4Open up a hyperterm window. From the Windows Start button, select
Programs>Accessories>Communication>Hyperterminal.
Set up a connection as follows:
SConnect using= Direct to COM1
SBps= 9600
SData bits= 8
SParity= None
SStop bits= 1
SFlow control= None
5When the terminal screen appears press the Enter key until the CSM> prompt appears.
SConnect GPS antenna to the (GPS) RF connector
ONLY. Damage to the GPS antenna and/or receiver
can result if the GPS antenna is inadvertently connected
to any other RF connector.
CAUTION
3
CSM System Time – GPS & HSO Verification – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-32
NOTES:
1. One LED on each CSM
Green: IN–SERVICE ACTIVE
Fast Flashing Green: OOS–RAM
Red: Fault Condition
Flashing Green & Red: Fault
NULL MODEM
BOARD
(TRN9666A)
8–PIN TO 10–PIN
RS–232 CABLE (P/N
30–09786R01)
RS–232 SERIAL
MODEM CABLE
CSM BOARD SHOWN
REMOVED FROM FRAME
8–PIN
10–PIN
DB9–TO–DB25
ADAPTER
COM1 LMF
NOTEBOOK
Figure 3-13: CSM MMI Terminal Connection
FW00083
19.6 MHZ TEST
POINT REFERENCE
EVEN SECOND TICK TEST
POINT REFERENCE
GPS RECEIVER
ANTENNA INPUT
GPS RECEIVER
MMI SERIAL PORT
ANTENNA COAX CABLE
REFERENCE
OSCILLATOR
3
CSM System Time – GPS & HSO Verification – continued
July 1999 3-33
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
19.6 MHZ TEST
POINT REFERENCE
EVEN SECOND TICK TEST
POINT REFERENCE
GPS RECEIVER
ANTENNA INPUT
GPS RECEIVER
MMI SERIAL PORT
ANTENNA COAX CABLE
REFERENCE
OSCILLATOR 3
CSM System Time – GPS & HSO Verification – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-34
GPS Initialization/Verification
Follow the steps outlined in Table 3-21 to connect to CSM–1 installed in
the C–CCP shelf, verifying that it is functioning normally.
Table 3-21: GPS Initialization/Verification
Step Action
1To verify that Clock alarms (0000), Dpll is locked and has a reference source, and
GPS self test passed messages are displayed within the report, issue the following MMI
command
bstatus
– Observe the following typical response:
CSM Status INS:ACTIVE Slot A Clock MASTER.
BDC_MAP:000, This CSM’s BDC Map:0000
Clock Alarms (0000):
DPLL is locked and has a reference source.
GPS receiver self test result: passed
Time since reset 0:33:11, time since power on: 0:33:11
. . . continued on next page
3
CSM System Time – GPS & HSO Verification – continued
July 1999 3-35
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Table 3-21: GPS Initialization/Verification
Step Action
2Enter the following command at the CSM> prompt to display the current status of the Loran and the
GPS receivers.
sources
– Observe the following typical response for systems equipped with LFR:
N Source Name Type TO Good Status Last Phase Target Phase Valid
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
0LocalGPS Primary 4 YES Good 00Yes
1 LFR CHA Secondary 4 YES Good –2013177 –2013177 Yes
2 Not Used
Current reference source number: 0
– Observe the following typical response for systems equipped with HSO:
Num Source Name Type TO Good Status Last Phase Target Phase Valid
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
0 Local GPS Primary 4 Yes Good 3 0 Yes
1HSO Backup 4 No N/A timed–out* Timed–out* No
*NOTE “Timed–out” should only be displayed while the HSO is warming up. “Not–Present” or
“Faulty” should not be displayed. If the HSO does not appear as one of the sources, then configure the
HSO as a back–up source by entering the following command at the CSM> prompt:
ss 1 12
After a maximum of 15 minutes, the Rubidium oscillator should reach operational temperature and the
LED on the HSO should now have changed from red to green. After the HSO front panel LED has
changed to green, enter sources <cr> at the CSM> prompt. Verify that the HSO is now a valid
source by confirming that the bold text below matches the response of the “sources” command.
The HSO should be valid within one (1) minute, assuming the DPLL is locked and the HSO rubidium
oscillator is fully warmed.
Num Source Name Type TO Good Status Last Phase Target Phase Valid
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
0 Local GPS Primary 4 Yes Good 3 0 Yes
1HSO Backup 4 Yes N/A xxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxx Yes
3HSO information (underlined text above, verified from left to right) is usually the #1 reference source.
If this is not the case, have the OMCR determine the correct BTS timing source has been identified in
the database by entering the display bts csmgen command and correct as required using the edit
csm csmgen refsrc command.
* IMPORTANT
If any of the above mentioned areas fail, verify:
– If LED is RED, verify that HSO had been powered up for at least 5 minutes. After oscillator
temperature is stable, LED should go GREEN Wait for this to occur before continuing !
– If “timed out” is displayed in the Last Phase column, suspect the HSO output buffer or oscillator
is defective
– Verify the HSO is FULLY SEATED and LOCKED to prevent any possible board warpage
. . . continued on next page
3
CSM System Time – GPS & HSO Verification – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-36
Table 3-21: GPS Initialization/Verification
Step Action
4Verify the following GPS information (underlined text above):
– GPS information is usually the 0 reference source.
– At least one Primary source must indicate “Status = good” and “Valid = yes” to bring site up.
5Enter the following command at the CSM> prompt to verify that the GPS receiver is in tracking mode.
gstatus
– Observe the following typical response:
24:06:08 GPS Receiver Control Task State: tracking satellites.
24:06:08 Time since last valid fix: 0 seconds.
24:06:08
24:06:08 Recent Change Data:
24:06:08 Antenna cable delay 0 ns.
24:06:08 Initial position: lat 117650000 msec, lon –350258000 msec, height 0 cm (GPS)
24:06:08 Initial position accuracy (0): estimated.
24:06:08
24:06:08 GPS Receiver Status:
24:06:08 Position hold: lat 118245548 msec, lon –350249750 msec, height 20270 cm
24:06:08 Current position: lat 118245548 msec, lon –350249750 msec, height 20270 cm
(GPS)
24:06:08 8 satellites tracked, receiving 8 satellites, 8 satellites visible.
24:06:08 Current Dilution of Precision (PDOP or HDOP): 0.
24:06:08 Date & Time: 1998:01:13:21:36:11
24:06:08 GPS Receiver Status Byte: 0x08
24:06:08 Chan:0, SVID: 16, Mode: 8, RSSI: 148, Status: 0xa8
24:06:08 Chan:1, SVID: 29, Mode: 8, RSSI: 132, Status: 0xa8
24:06:08 Chan:2, SVID: 18, Mode: 8, RSSI: 121, Status: 0xa8
24:06:08 Chan:3, SVID: 14, Mode: 8, RSSI: 110, Status: 0xa8
24:06:08 Chan:4, SVID: 25, Mode: 8, RSSI: 83, Status: 0xa8
24:06:08 Chan:5, SVID: 3, Mode: 8, RSSI: 49, Status: 0xa8
24:06:08 Chan:6, SVID: 19, Mode: 8, RSSI: 115, Status: 0xa8
24:06:08 Chan:7, SVID: 22, Mode: 8, RSSI: 122, Status: 0xa8
24:06:08
24:06:08 GPS Receiver Identification:
24:06:08 COPYRIGHT 1991–1996 MOTOROLA INC.
24:06:08 SFTW P/N # 98–P36830P
24:06:08 SOFTWARE VER # 8
24:06:08 SOFTWARE REV # 8
24:06:08 SOFTWARE DATE 6 AUG 1996
24:06:08 MODEL # B3121P1115
24:06:08 HDWR P/N # _
24:06:08 SERIAL # SSG0217769
24:06:08 MANUFACTUR DATE 6B07
24:06:08 OPTIONS LIST IB
24:06:08 The receiver has 8 channels and is equipped with TRAIM.
6Verify the following GPS information (shown above in underlined text):
– At least 4 satellites are tracked, and 4 satellites are visible.
– GPS Receiver Control Task State is “tracking satellites”. Do not continue until this occurs!
– Dilution of Precision indication is not more that 30.
Record the current position base site latitude, longitude, height and height reference (height reference
to Mean Sea Level (MSL) or GPS height (GPS). (GPS = 0 MSL = 1).
. . . continued on next page
3
CSM System Time – GPS & HSO Verification – continued
July 1999 3-37
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Table 3-21: GPS Initialization/Verification
Step Action
7If steps 1 through 6 pass, the GPS is good.
* IMPORTANT
If any of the above mentioned areas fail, verify that:
– If Initial position accuracy is “estimated” (typical), at least 4 satellites must be tracked and
visible (1 satellite must be tracked and visible if actual lat, log, and height data for this site has
been entered into CDF file).
– If Initial position accuracy is “surveyed,” position data currently in the CDF file is assumed to be
accurate. GPS will not automatically survey and update its position.
– The GPS antenna is not obstructed or misaligned.
– GPS antenna connector center conductor measureS approximately +5 Vdc with respect to the
shield.
– There is no more than 4.5 dB of loss between the GPS antenna OSX connector and the BTS frame
GPS input.
– Any lightning protection installed between GPS antenna and BTS frame is installed correctly.
8Enter the following commands at the CSM> prompt to verify that the CSM is warmed up and that GPS
acquisition has taken place.
debug dpllp
Observe the following typical response if the CSM is not warmed up (15 minutes from application of
power) (If warmed–up proceed to step 9)
CSM>DPLL Task Wait. 884 seconds left.
DPLL Task Wait. 882 seconds left.
DPLL Task Wait. 880 seconds left. ...........etc.
NOTE
The warm command can be issued at the MMI port used to force the CSM into warm–up, but the
reference oscillator will be unstable.
9Observe the following typical response if the CSM is warmed up.
c:17486 off: –11, 3, 6 TK SRC:0 S0: 3 S1:–2013175,–2013175
c:17486 off: –11, 3, 6 TK SRC:0 S0: 3 S1:–2013175,–2013175
c:17470 off: –11, 1, 6 TK SRC:0 S0: 1 S1:–2013175,–2013175
c:17486 off: –11, 3, 6 TK SRC:0 S0: 3 S1:–2013175,–2013175
c:17470 off: –11, 1, 6 TK SRC:0 S0: 1 S1:–2013175,–2013175
c:17470 off: –11, 1, 6 TK SRC:0 S0: 1 S1:–2013175,–2013175
10 Verify the following GPS information (underlined text above, from left to right):
– Lower limit offset from tracked source variable is not less than –60 (equates to 3µs limit).
– Upper limit offset from tracked source variable is not more than +60 (equates to 3µs limit).
– TK SRC: 0 is selected, where SRC 0 = GPS.
11 Enter the following commands at the CSM> prompt to exit the debug mode display.
debug dpllp
3
CSM System Time – GPS & HSO Verification – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-38
LORAN–C
Initialization/Verification
Table 3-22: LORAN–C Initialization/Verification
Step Action Note
1At the CSM> prompt, enter lstatus <cr> to verify that the LFR is in tracking
mode. A typical response is:
mode
.
A
typical
response
is:
CSM> lstatus <cr>
LFR St ti St t
LFR Station Status:
Clock coherence: 512 >
5930M 51/60 dB 0 S/N Flag:
5930X 52/64 dn –1 S/N Flag:
5990 47/55 dB –6 S/N Flag:
7980M 62/66 dB 10 S/N Fl
This must be greater
than 100 before LFR
becomes a valid source.
7980M 62/66 dB 10 S/N Flag:
7980W 65/69 dB 14 S/N Flag: . PLL Station . >
7980X 48/54 dB –4 S/N Flag:
7980Y 46/58 dB –8 S/N Flag:E
7980Z 60/67 dB 8 S/N Flag:
8290M 50/65 dB 0 S/N Flag
This shows the LFR is
locked to the selected
PLL station.
8290M 50/65 dB 0 S/N Flag:
8290W 73/79 dB 20 S/N Flag:
8290W 58/61 dB 6 S/N Flag:
8290W 58/61 dB 6 S/N Flag:
8970M 89/95 dB 29 S/N Flag:
8970W 62/66 dB 10 S/N Flag:
8970X 73/79 dB 22 S/N Flag:
8970X 73/79 dB 22 S/N Fl
ag:
8970Y 73/79 dB 19 S/N Flag:
8970Z 62/65 dB 10 S/N Flag:
9610M 62/65 dB 10 S/N Fl
g
9610M 62/65 dB 10 S/N Flag:
9610V 58/61 dB 8 S/N Flag:
9610W 47/49 dB –4 S/N Fla
g
:E
9610W 47/49 dB –4 S/N Flag:E
9610X 46/57 dB –5 S/N Flag:E
9610Y 48/54 dB –5 S/N Flag:E
9610Z 65/69 dB 12 S/N Flag:
9610Z 65/69 dB 12 S/N Flag:
9940M 50/53 dB –1 S/N Flag:S
9940W 49/56 dB –4 S/N Flag:E
9940W 49/56 dB 4 S/N Flag:E
9940Y 46/50 dB–10 S/N Flag:E
9960M 73/79 dB 22 S/N Flag:
9960W 51/60 dB 0 S/N Flag:
9960W 51/60 dB 0 S/N Fl
ag:
9960X 51/63 dB –1 S/N Flag:
9960Y 59/67 dB 8 S/N Flag:
9960Z 89/96 dB 29 S/N Fl
9960Z 89/96 dB 29 S/N Flag:
LFR Task State: lfr locked to station 7980W
LFR Recent Change Data:
Search List: 5930 5990 7980 8290 8970 9940 9610 9960 >
PLL GRI: 7980W
LFR Master, reset not needed, not the reference source.
CSM>
This search list and PLL
data must match the
configuration for the
geographical location
of the cell site.
. . . continued on next page
3
CSM System Time – GPS & HSO Verification – continued
July 1999 3-39
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Table 3-22: LORAN–C Initialization/Verification
Step NoteAction
2Verify the following LFR information (highlighted above in boldface type):
– Locate the “dot” that indicates the current phase locked station assignment (assigned by MM).
– Verify that the station call letters are as specified in site documentation as well as M X Y Z
assignment.
– Verify the S/N ratio of the phase locked station is greater than 8.
3At the CSM> prompt, enter sources <cr> to display the current status of the the LORAN receiver.
– Observe the following typical response.
Num Source Name Type TO Good Status Last Phase Target Phase Valid
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
0 Local GPS Primary 4 Yes Good –3 0 Yes
1 LFR ch A Secondary 4 Yes Good –2013177 –2013177 Yes
2 Not used
Current reference source number: 1
4LORAN LFR information (highlighted above in boldface type) is usually the #1 reference source
(verified from left to right).
* IMPORTANT
If any of the above mentioned areas fail, verify:
– The LFR antenna is not obstructed or misaligned.
– The antenna pre–amplifier power and calibration twisted pair connections are intact and < 91.4 m
(300 ft) in length.
– A dependable connection to suitable Earth Ground is in place.
– The search list and PLL station for cellsite location are correctly configured .
NOTE
LFR functionality should be verified using the “source” command (as shown in Step 3). Use the
underlined responses on the LFR row to validate correct LFR operation.
5At the CSM> close the hyperterminal window.
3
Test Equipment Setup
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-40
Connecting Test Equipment to
the BTS: Overview
All test equipment is controlled by the LMF via IEEE–488/GPIB bus.
The LMF requires each piece of test equipment to have a factory set
GPIB address. If there is a communications problem between the LMF
and any piece of test equipment, verify that the GPIB addresses have
been set correctly (normally 13 for a power meter and 18 for a CDMA
analyzer).
This procedure requires working on our around circuitry
extremely sensitive to ESD. To prevent damage, wear a
conductive, high impedance wrist strap during handling of
any circuit board or module.
Follow appropriate safety measures.
CAUTION
Refer to Table 3-23 for an overview of connections for test equipment
currently supported by LMF.
Typical DIP switch positions and/or configurations are
shown in the following procedure and illustrations. If any
additional information is required, refer to the test
equipment OEM user manuals.
NOTE
3
Test Equipment Set–up – continued
July 1999 3-41
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Reading the Test Equipment
Setup Chart
Table 3-23 depicts the current test equipment available meeting Motorola
standards.
To identify the connection ports, locate the test equipment presently
being used in the TEST SETS columns, and read down the column.
Where a ball appears in the column, connect one end of the test cable to
that port. Follow the horizontal line to locate the end connection(s),
reading up the column to identify the appropriate equipment/BTS port.
Table 3-23: Test Equipment Setup
TEST SETS ADDITIONAL TEST EQUIPMENT
SIGNAL Cyber–
Test Ad-
vantest HP
8935 HP
8921A
HP
8921
W/PCS Power
Meter
GPIB
Inter-
face LMF Directional
Coupler & Pad* BTS
EVEN SECOND
SYNCHRONIZATION EVEN
SEC REF EVEN SEC
SYNC IN
EVEN
SECOND
SYNC IN
EVEN
SECOND
SYNC IN
EVEN
SECOND
SYNC IN
19.6608 MHZ
CLOCK TIME
BASE IN
CDMA
TIME BASE
IN EXT
REF IN
CDMA
TIME BASE
IN
CDMA
TIME BASE
IN
CONTROL
IEEE 488 BUS IEEE
488 GPIB HP–IB HP–IB GPIB SERIAL
PORT
HP–IB HP–IB
TX TEST
CABLES RF
IN/OUT INPUT
50–OHM RF
IN/OUT TX1–6
RF
IN/OUT RF
IN/OUT 20 DB
PAD BTS
PORT
RX TEST
CABLES RF GEN
OUT RF OUT
50–OHM DUPLEX RX1–6
DUPLEX
OUT RF OUT
ONLY
SYNC
MONITOR
FREQ
MONITOR
3
Test Equipment Set–up – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-42
Equipment Warm-up
Warm-up BTS equipment for a minimum of 60 minutes
prior to performing the BTS optimization procedure. This
assures BTS site stability and contributes to optimization
accuracy. (Time spent running initial power-up,
hardware/firmware audit, and BTS download counts as
warm-up time.)
IMPORTANT
*
Null Modem Cable
A null modem cable is required. It is connected between the LMF
COM1 port and the RS232–GPIB Interface box. Figure 3-14 shows the
wiring detail for the null modem cable.
Figure 3-14: Null Modem Cable Detail
5
3
2
7
8
1
4
6
5
2
3
7
8
1
4
6
GND
RX
TX
RTS
CTS
RSD/DCD
DTR
DSR
GND
TX
RX
RTS
CTS
RSD/DCD
DTR
DSR
ON BOTH CONNECTORS:
DSHORT PINS 7 & 8;
DSHORT PINS 1, 4, & 6
9–PIN D–FEMALE 9–PIN D–FEMALE
Test Equipment
The following test equipment is required to perform the tests:
SLMF
SCDMA Communications Test Set
SDirectional Coupler and Attenuator
SRF Cables and connectors
Before installing any test equipment directly to any BTS
TX OUT connector, verify there are NO CDMA BBX
channels keyed. At active sites, have the OMC-R/CBSC
place the antenna (sector) assigned to the LPA under test
OOS. Failure to do so can result in serious personal injury
and/or equipment damage.
WARNING
To prevent damage to the test equipment, all transmit (TX)
test connections must be through the 30 dB directional
coupler and, for 1.9 GHz BTS, a 20 dB in-line attenuator.
CAUTION
3
Test Equipment Set–up – continued
July 1999 3-43
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Re-calibration of the test equipment must be performed,
before using to perform the TX Acceptance Tests.
NOTE
TX Calibration
Optimization/ATP tests sets
Optimization and ATP testing may be performed using one of the
following test sets:
SCyberTest
SAdvantest R3465 and HP–437B or Gigatronics Power Meter
SHewlett–Packard HP 8935
SHewlett–Packard HP 8921 W/CDMA and PCS Interface (1.7 & 1.9
GHz) and HP–437B or Gigatronics Power Meter
SSpectrum Analyzer (HP8594E) – optional
SRubidium Standard Timebase – optional
3
Test Equipment Set–up – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-44
Motorola CyberTest
Hewlett–Packard Model HP 8935
Advantest Model R3465
DUPLEX
OUT
RF OUT
50–OHM
INPUT
50–OHM
RF GEN OUTANT IN
ANT
IN
SUPPORTED TEST SETS
30 DB DIRECTIONAL COUPLER
100–WATT (MIN)
NON–RADIATING
RF LOAD
TEST
SET
A. SHORT CABLE CAL
SHORT
CABLE
B. RX TEST SETUP
TEST
SET
C. TX TEST SETUP
20 DB PAD
CALIBRATION SET UP
N–N FEMALE
ADAPTER
TX
CABLE
TX
CABLE
SHORT
CABLE
Note: The Directional Coupler is not used with the
Cybertest Test Set. The TX cable is connected
directly to the Cybertest Test Set.
A 10dB attenuator must be used with the short test
cable for cable calibration with the CyberTest Test
Set. The 10dB attenuator is used only for the cable
calibration procedure, not with the test cables for
TX calibration and ATP tests.
30 DB DIRECTIONAL COUPLER
100–WATT (MIN)
NON–RADIATING
RF LOAD
TEST
SET
20 DB PAD
RX
CABLE
RX
CABLE
SHORT
CABLE
N–N FEMALE
ADAPTER
Figure 3-15: Cable Calibration Test Setup
FW00089
Note: The HP8921A cannot be used to calibrate
cables for PCS frequencies
3
Test Equipment Set–up – continued
July 1999 3-45
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Setup for TX Calibration
Figure 3-16 andFigure 3-17 show the test set connections for TX
calibration.
Motorola CyberTest
Hewlett–Packard Model HP 8935
TEST SETS TRANSMIT (TX) SET UP
FRONT PANEL RF
IN/OUT
RF IN/OUT
HP–IB TO
GPIB BOX
RS232–GPIB
INTERFACE BOX
INTERNAL PCMCIA
ETHERNET CARD
GPIB
CABLE
COMMUNICATIONS
TEST SET
CONTROL
IEEE 488
GPIB BUS
UNIVERSAL TWISTED
PAIR (UTP) CABLE
(RJ45 CONNECTORS)
RS232
NULL
MODEM
CABLE
OUT
S MODE
DATA FORMAT
BAUD RATE
GPIB ADRS
G MODE
ON
TEST SET
INPUT/
OUTPUT
PORTS
BTS
30 DB
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER
WITH UNUSED
PORT TERMINATED
100–WATT (MIN)
NON–RADIATING
RF LOAD
IN
TX
TEST
CABLE
CDMA
LMF
DIP SWITCH SETTINGS
2O DB PAD
10BASET/
10BASE2
CONVERTER
LAN
B
LAN
A
TX TEST
CABLE
TX ANTENNA
PORT OR TX
RFDS
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLERS
POWER
METER
(OPTIONAL)*
* A POWER METER CAN BE USED IN PLACE
OF THE COMMUNICATIONS TEST SET FOR TX
CALIBRATION/AUDIT
POWER
SENSOR
Figure 3-16: TX calibration test setup (CyberTest and HP 8935)
FW00094
Note: The Directional Coupler is not used with the
Cybertest Test Set. The TX cable is connected
directly to the Cybertest Test Set.
3
Test Equipment Set–up – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-46
Hewlett–Packard Model HP 8921A W/PCS Interface
POWER METER
TEST SETS TRANSMIT (TX) SET UP
RS232–GPIB
INTERFACE BOX
INTERNAL PCMCIA
ETHERNET CARD
GPIB
CABLE
UNIVERSAL TWISTED
PAIR (UTP) CABLE
(RJ45 CONNECTORS)
RS232
NULL
MODEM
CABLE
S MODE
DATA FORMAT
BAUD RATE
GPIB ADRS G MODE
ON
BTS
30 DB
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER
WITH UNUSED
PORT TERMINATED
100–WATT (MIN)
NON–RADIATING
RF LOAD
TX
TEST
CABLE
CDMA
LMF
DIP SWITCH SETTINGS
2O DB PAD
10BASET/
10BASE2
CONVERTER
LAN
B
LAN
A
TX ANTENNA
GROUP OR TX
RFDS
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLERS
Note: The HP 8921A cannot be used for TX
calibration. A power meter must be used.
TX
TEST
CABLE
POWER
SENSOR
Figure 3-17: TX calibration test setup (Advantest and HP 8921A W/PCS for 1700/1900)
FW00095
Advantest Model R3465
RF OUT
50–OHM
INPUT
50–OHM
Note: The Advantest cannot be used for TX
calibration. A power meter must be used.
3
Test Equipment Set–up – continued
July 1999 3-47
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Setup for Optimization/ATP
Figure 3-18 and Figure 3-19 show the test set connections for
optimization/ATP tests.
TX
TEST
CABLE
Motorola CyberTest
Hewlett–Packard Model HP 8935
DUPLEX OUT
TEST SETS Optimization/ATP SET UP
RF
IN/OUT
SYNC MONITOR
EVEN SEC TICK
PULSE REFERENCE
FROM CSM BOARD
FREQ MONITOR
19.6608 MHZ CLOCK
REFERENCE FROM
CSM BOARD
RF IN/OUT
HP–IB
TO GPIB
BOX
Advantest Model R3465
INPUT
50–OHM
GPIB CONNECTS
TO BACK OF UNIT
NOTE: The Directional Coupler is not used with
the Cybertest Test Set. The TX cable is connected
directly to the Cybertest Test set.
RF OUT
RX ANTENNA
PORT OR RFDS
RX ANTENNA
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER
TX ANTENNA
PORT OR RFDS
RX ANTENNA
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER
RS232–GPIB
INTERFACE BOX
INTERNAL PCMCIA
ETHERNET CARD
GPIB
CABLE
UNIVERSAL TWISTED
PAIR (UTP) CABLE
(RJ45 CONNECTORS)
RS232 NULL
MODEM
CABLE
S MODE
DATA FORMAT
BAUD RATE
GPIB ADRS G MODE
ON
BTS
TX
TEST
CABLE
CDMA
LMF
DIP SWITCH SETTINGS
10BASET/
10BASE2
CONVERTER
LAN
B
LAN
A
RX
TEST
CABLE
COMMUNICATIONS
TEST SET
IEEE 488
GPIB BUS
IN
TEST SET
INPUT/
OUTPUT
PORTS
OUT
NOTE: IF BTS RX/TX SIGNALS ARE
DUPLEXED: BOTH THE TX AND RX TEST
CABLES CONNECT TO THE DUPLEXED
ANTENNA GROUP.
100–WATT (MIN)
NON–RADIATING
RF LOAD
2O DB PAD
30 DB
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER WITH
UNUSED PORT
TERMINATED
EVEN
SECOND/
SYNC IN
CDMA
TIMEBASE
IN
FREQ
MONITOR
SYNC
MONITOR
CSM
FW00096
Figure 3-18: Optimization/ATP test setup calibration (CyberTest, HP 8935 and Advantest)
SYNC MONITOR
EVEN SEC TICK
PULSE REFERENCE
FROM CSM BOARD
FREQ MONITOR
19.6608 MHZ CLOCK
REFERENCE FROM
CSM BOARD
SYNC MONITOR
EVEN SEC TICK
PULSE REFERENCE
FROM CSM BOARD
FREQ MONITOR
19.6608 MHZ CLOCK
REFERENCE FROM
CSM BOARD
3
Test Equipment Set–up – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-48
RF OUT
ONLY
Hewlett–Packard Model HP 8921A
W/PCS Interface
HP PCS
INTERFACE
GPIB
CONNECTS
TO BACK OF
UNITS
SYNC MONITOR
EVEN SEC TICK
PULSE REFERENCE
FROM CSM BOARD
FREQ MONITOR
19.6608 MHZ CLOCK
REFERENCE FROM
CSM BOARD
TEST SETS Optimization/ATP SET UP
RX ANTENNA
PORT OR RFDS
RX ANTENNA
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER
TX ANTENNA
PORT OR RFDS
RX ANTENNA
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER
RS232–GPIB
INTERFACE BOX
INTERNAL PCMCIA
ETHERNET CARD
GPIB
CABLE
UNIVERSAL TWISTED
PAIR (UTP) CABLE
(RJ45 CONNECTORS)
RS232 NULL
MODEM
CABLE
S MODE
DATA FORMAT
BAUD RATE
GPIB ADRS G MODE
ON
BTS
TX
TEST
CABLE
CDMA
LMF
DIP SWITCH SETTINGS
10BASET/
10BASE2
CONVERTER
LAN
B
LAN
A
RX
TEST
CABLE
COMMUNICATIONS TEST SET
IEEE 488
GPIB BUS
IN
TEST SET
INPUT/
OUTPUT
PORTS
OUT
NOTE: IF BTS RX/TX SIGNALS ARE
DUPLEXED: BOTH THE TX AND RX TEST
CABLES CONNECT TO THE DUPLEXED
ANTENNA GROUP.
100–WATT (MIN)
NON–RADIATING
RF LOAD
2O DB PAD
30 DB
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER WITH
UNUSED PORT
TERMINATED
EVEN
SECOND/
SYNC IN
CDMA
TIMEBASE
IN
FREQ
MONITOR
SYNC
MONITOR
CSM
RF
IN/OUT
Figure 3-19: Optimization/ATP test setup HP 8921A W/PCS
FW00097
3
Test Equipment Set–up – continued
July 1999 3-49
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Figure 3-20: Typical TX ATP Setup with Directional Coupler (shown with and without RFDS)
30 DB
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER
40W NON–RADIATING
RF LOAD
OUTPUT
PORT
RVS (REFLECTED)
PORT 50–OHM
TERMINATION
FWD
(INCIDENT)
PORT
BTS INPUT
PORT TX TEST
CABLE
ONE 20 DB 20 W IN LINE
ATTENUATOR
Connect TX test cable between
the directional coupler input port
and the appropriate TX antenna
directional coupler connector.
TX ANTENNA DIRECTIONAL COUPLERS
RFDS RX (RFM TX) COUPLER
OUTPUTS TO RFDS FWD(BTS)
ASU2 (SHADED) CONNECTORS
RX
(RFM TX)
TX
(RFM RX)
COBRA RFDS Detail
1
23
RF FEED LINE TO
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER
REMOVED
COMMUNICATIONS
TEST SET
IN
Appropriate test sets and the port
names for all model test sets are
described in Table 3-23.
TX
TEST
CABLE
TX RF FROM BTS FRAME
TEST
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER
NOTE:
THIS SETUP APPLIES TO BOTH
STARTER AND EXPANSION FRAMES. FW00116
3
Test Equipment Set–up – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-50
Figure 3-21: Typical RX ATP Setup with Directional Coupler (shown with or without RFDS)
RX RF FROM BTS
FRAME
3
4
1
2
5
6
Connect RX test cable between
the test set and the appropriate
RX antenna directional coupler.
RX ANTENNA DIRECTIONAL COUPLERS
RF FEED LINE TO
TX ANTENNA
REMOVED
COMMUNICATIONS
TEST SET
RFDS TX (RFM RX) COUPLER
OUTPUTS TO RFDS FWD(BTS)
ASU1 (SHADED) CONNECTORS
RX
(RFM TX)
TX
(RFM RX)
COBRA RFDS Detail
OUT
Appropriate test sets and the port
names for all model test sets are
described in Table 3-23.
RX Test
Cable
NOTE:
THIS SETUP APPLIES TO BOTH
STARTER AND EXPANSION FRAMES.
FW00115
3
Test Set Calibration
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999 3-51
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
Background
Proper test equipment setup ensures that the test equipment and
associated test cables do not introduce measurement errors, and that
measurements are correct.
If the test set being used to interface with the BTS has been
calibrated and maintained as a set, this procedure does not
need to be performed. (Test Set includes LMF terminal,
communications test set, additional test equipment,
associated test cables, and adapters).
NOTE
This procedure must be performed prior to beginning the optimization.
Verify all test equipment (including all associated test cables and
adapters actually used to interface all test equipment and the BTS) has
been calibrated and maintained as a set.
If any piece of test equipment, test cable, or RF adapter,
that makes up the calibrated test equipment set, has been
replaced, re-calibration must be performed. Failure to do so
can introduce measurement errors, resulting in incorrect
measurements and degradation to system performance.
CAUTION
Calibration of the communications test set (or equivalent
test equipment) must be performed at the site before
calibrating the overall test set. Calibrate the test equipment
after it has been allowed to warm–up and stabilize for a
minimum of 60 minutes.
IMPORTANT
*
Purpose
These procedures access the CDMA LMF automated calibration routine
used to determine the path losses of the supported communications
analyzer, power meter, associated test cables, and (if used) antenna
switch that make up the overall calibrated test set. After calibration, the
gain/loss offset values are stored in a test measurement offset file on the
CDMA LMF.
3
Test Set Calibration – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-52
Selecting Test Equipment
Use LMF Options from the Options menu list to select test equipment
automatically (using the autodetect feature) or manually.
Prerequisites
A Serial Connection and a Network Connection tab are provided for
test equipment selection. The Serial Connection tab is used when the
test equipment items are connected directly to the CDMA LMF
computer via a GPIB box (normal setup). The Network Connection tab
is used when the test equipment is to be connected remotely via a
network connection.
Ensure the following has been completed before selecting test
equipment:
STest equipment is correctly connected and turned on.
SCDMA LMF computer serial port and test equipment are connected to
the GPIB box.
Manually Selecting Test
Equipment in a Serial
Connection Tab
Test equipment can be manually specified before, or after, the test
equipment is connected. CDMA LMF does not check to see if the test
equipment is actually detected for manual specification.
Table 3-24: Selecting Test Equipment Manually in a Serial Connection Tab
nStep Action
1From the Options menu, select LMF Options. The LMF Options window appears.
2Click on the Serial Connection tab (if not in the forefront).
3Select the correct serial port in the COMM Port pick list (normally COM1).
4Select the baud rate in the Baud Rate pick list (normally 9600). The baud rate and GPIB box
setup must agree.
5Click on the Manual Specification button (if not enabled).
6Click on the check box corresponding to the test item(s) to be used.
7Type the GPIB address in the corresponding GPIB address box.
Recommended Addresses
13=Power Meter
18=CDMA Analyzer
8Click on Apply. (The button will darken until the selection has been committed.)
NOTE
With manual selection, CDMA LMF does not detect the test equipment to see if it is connected
and communicating with CDMA LMF.
9Click on Dismiss to close the test equipment window.
3
Test Set Calibration – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999 3-53
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
Automatically Selecting Test
Equipment in a Serial
Connection Tab When using the auto-detection feature to select test equipment, the
CDMA LMF examines which test equipment items are actually
communicating with CDMA LMF. Follow the procedure in Table 3-25
to use the auto-detect feature.
Table 3-25: Selecting Test Equipment Using Auto-Detect
nStep Action
1From the Options menu, select LMF Options. The LMF Options window appears.
2Click on Auto–Detection (if not enabled).
3Type in the GPIB addresses in the box labeled GPIB address to search (if not already displayed).
NOTE
When both a power meter and analyzer are selected, the first item listed in the GPIB addresses to
search box will be used for RF power measurements (i.e., TX calibration). The address for a
power meter is normally 13 and the address for a CDMA analyzer is normally 18. If 13,18 is
included in the GPIB addresses to search box, the power meter (13) will be used for RF power
measurements. If the test equipment items are manually selected the CDMA analyzer is used only
if a power meter is not selected.
4 Click Apply. The button will darken until the selection has been committed. A check mark will
appear in the Manual Configuration section for detected test equipment items.
5 Click Dismiss to close the LMF Options window.
Network Test Equipment
Setup Test equipment can be remotely detected and used by CDMA LMF. A
LAN connection is required between the CDMA LMF location and the
test equipment location. A LAN-to-serial interface is required at the test
equipment location. A diagram of a typical network test equipment setup
is shown in Figure 3-22
Figure 3-22: Typical Network Test Equipment Setup
GPIB BOX TEST
EQUIPMENT
LAN
CONNECTION
ETHERNET–
TO–SERIAL
TERMINAL
CDMA LMF
COMPUTER
ETHERNET
LAN ACCESS
NULL MODEM
SERIAL CABLE
GPIB
CABLE
CDMA LMF
LOCATION TEST EQUIPMENT LOCATION
(FOR EXAMPLE, A CELL SITE) FW00073
3
Test Set Calibration – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-54
Manually Selecting Test
Equipment Using the Network
Tab
Test equipment can be manually specified before, or after test equipment
is connected. The CDMA LMF does not check to see if the test
equipment is actually detected for manual specification. Follow the
procedure in Table 3-26 to select the test equipment manually using a
network connection tab.
Table 3-26: Selecting Test Equipment Manually Using a Network Connection Tab
nStep Action
1From the Options menu, select LMF Options. The LMF Options window appears.
2Click on the Network Connection tab (if not in the forefront).
3In the IP Address box, enter the IP address number for the serial connection terminal at the test
equipment location (for example, Xterm terminal or IP–to–serial terminal).
4Click on the Manual Specification button (if not enabled).
5Click on the check box corresponding to the test item(s) to be used.
6Type the GPIB address in the corresponding GPIB address box.
Recommended Addresses
13=Power Meter
18=CDMA Analyzer
7Click on Apply. (The button will darken until the selection has been committed.)
NOTE
With manual selection, CDMA LMF does not detect the test equipment to see if it is connected
and communicating with CDMA LMF.
8Click on Dismiss to close the test equipment window.
Automatically Selecting Test
Equipment Using the Network
Tab
When the auto-detection feature is used to select test equipment, CDMA
LMF checks to determine which test equipment items are actually
communicating with CDMA LMF. Follow the procedure in Table 3-27
to select the test equipment using the auto-detection feature.
Table 3-27: Selecting Test Equipment Using Auto-Detect
nStep Action
1From the Options menu, select LMF Options. The LMF Options window appears.
2Click on the Network Connection tab (if not in the forefront).
3In the IP Address box, enter the IP address number for the serial connection terminal at the test
equipment location (for example, Xterm terminal or IP–to–serial terminal).
. . . continued on next page
3
Test Set Calibration – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999 3-55
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
Table 3-27: Selecting Test Equipment Using Auto-Detect
nActionStep
4Click on Auto–Detection if it is not enabled.
5Type in the GPIB addresses in the box labeled GPIB address to search, if the GPIB addresses are
not already displayed.
NOTE
When both a power meter and analyzer are selected, the first item listed in the GPIB addresses to
search box will be used for RF power measurements (i.e., TX calibration). The address for a
power meter is normally 13 and the address for a CDMA analyzer is normally 18. If 13,18 is
included in the GPIB addresses to search box, the power meter (13) will be used for RF power
measurements.
6 Click Apply. (The button will darken until the selection has been committed.) A check mark will
appear in the Manual Configuration section for detected test equipment items.
7 Click Dismiss to close the LMF Options window.
Calibrating Test Equipment
The calibrate test equipment function zeros the power measurement level
of the test equipment item that is to be used for TX calibration and audit.
If both a power meter and an analyzer are connected, only the power
meter is zeroed.
The Calibrate Test Equipment menu item from the Device menu list is
used to calibrate test equipment. The test equipment must be selected
before beginning calibration. Follow the procedure in Table 3-28 to
calibrate the test equipment.
Table 3-28: Test Equipment Calibration
nStep Action
1From the Util menu, select Calibrate Test Equipment. A Directions window is displayed.
Follow the instructions provided.
2Click on Continue to close the Directions window. A status window is displayed.
3Click on OK to close the status report window.
Calibrating Cables
The cable calibration function is used to measure the loss (in dB) for the
TX and RX cables that are to be used for testing. A CDMA analyzer is
used to measure the loss of each cable configuration (TX cable
configuration and RX cable configuration). The cable calibration
consists of the following steps.
SMeasure the loss of a short cable. This is done to compensate for any
measurement error of the analyzer. The sort cable, which is used only
for the calibration process, is used in series with both the TX and RX
3
Test Set Calibration – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-56
cable configuration when they are measured. The measured loss of the
short cable is deducted from the measured loss of the TX and RX
cable configuration to determine the actual loss of the TX and RX
cable configurations. This deduction is done so any error in the
analyzer measurement will be adjusted out of both the TX and RX
measurements.
SThe short cable plus the RX cable configuration loss is measured. The
RX cable configuration normally consists only of a coax cable with
type–N connectors that is long enough to reach from the BTS RX port
the test equipment.
SThe short cable plus the TX cable configuration loss is measured. The
TX cable configuration normally consists of two coax cables with
type–N connectors and a directional coupler, a load, and an additional
attenuator if required by the BTS type. The total loss of the path loss
of the TX cable configuration must be as required for the BTS
(normally 30, 40, or 50 dB). The Motorola Cybertest analyzer is
different in that the required attenuation/load is built into the test set
so the TX cable configuration consists only of the required length
coax cable.
Calibrating Cables with a
CDMA Analyzer
The Cable Calibration menu item from the Util menu list is used to
calibrate both TX and RX test cables for use with CDMA LMF.
Cable calibration cannot be accomplished with an HP8921
analyzer. A different analyzer type or the signal generator
and spectrum analyzer method must be used (refer to
Table 3-30 and Figure 3-23). Cable calibration values must
be manually entered if the signal generator and spectrum
analyzer method is used.
NOTE
The test equipment must be selected before this procedure can be started.
Follow the procedure in Table 3-29 to calibrate the cables. Figure 3-15
illustrates the cable calibration test equipment setup.
Table 3-29: Cable Calibration
nStep Action
1From the Util menu, select Cable Calibration. A Cable Calibration window is displayed.
2Enter a channel number(s) in the Channels box. Multiple channels numbers must be separated
with a comma, no space (i.e., 200,800). When two or more channels numbers are entered, the
cables will be calibrated for each channel. Interpolation will be accomplished for other channels as
required for TX calibration.
3 Select TX and RX CABLE CAL, TX CABLE CAL or RX CABLE CAL in the Cable
Calibration picklist.
3
Test Set Calibration – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999 3-57
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
Table 3-29: Cable Calibration
nActionStep
4 Click OK. Follow the direction displayed for each step. A status report window will be displayed
with the results of the cable calibration (refer to Figure 3-15).
Calibrating TX Cables Using a
Signal Generator and
Spectrum Analyzer
Follow the procedure in Table 3-30 to calibrate the TX cables using the
signal generator and spectrum analyzer. Refer to Figure 3-23 for a
diagram of the signal generator and spectrum analyzer.
Table 3-30: Calibrating TX Cables Using Signal Generator and Spectrum Analyzer
Step Action
1Connect a short test cable between the spectrum analyzer and the signal generator.
2Set signal generator to 0 dBm at the customer frequency of 1840–1870 MHz band for Korea PCS and
1930–1990 MHz band for North American PCS.
3Use spectrum analyzer to measure signal generator output (see Figure 3-23, “A”) and record the value.
4Connect the spectrum analyzer’s short cable to point “B”, as shown in the lower portion of the
diagram, to measure cable output at customer frequency (1840–1870 MHz for Korea PCS and
1930–1990 MHz for North American PCS) and record the value at point “B”.
5Calibration factor = A – B
Example: Cal = –1 dBm – (–53.5 dBm) = 52.5 dB
NOTE
The short cable is used for calibration only. It is not part of the final test setup. After calibration is
completed, do not re-arrange any cables. Use the equipment setup, as is, to ensure test procedures use
the correct calibration factor.
3
Test Set Calibration – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-58
50 OHM
TERMINATION
30 DB
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER
Figure 3-23: Calibrating Test Equipment Setup for TX BLO and TX ATP Tests
(using Signal Generator and Spectrum Analyzer)
Spectrum
Analyzer
Signal
Generator
A
Spectrum
Analyzer
40W NON–RADIATING
RF LOAD
B
SHORT TEST CABLE
Signal
Generator
THIS WILL BE THE CONNECTION TO THE HP8481A POWER
SENSOR DURING TX BAY LEVEL OFFSET TEST AND TO THE
PCS INTERFACE BOX INPUT PORT DURING TX ATP TESTS.
SHORT
TEST
CABLE THIS WILL BE THE CONNECTION TO THE TX
PORTS ON THE SC 4800/4800E DURING TX
BAY LEVEL OFFSET TEST AND TX ATP TESTS.
CABLE FROM 20 DB @ 20W ATTENUATOR TO THE
PCS INTERFACE OR THE HP8481A POWER SENSOR.
A
ONE 20DB 20 W IN
LINE ATTENUATOR
Calibrating RX Cables Using a
Signal Generator and
Spectrum Analyzer Follow the procedure in Table 3-31 to calibrate the RX cables using the
signal generator and spectrum analyzer. Refer to Figure 3-24, if required.
Table 3-31: Calibrating RX Cables Using a Signal Generator and Spectrum Analyzer
Step Action
1Connect a short test cable to the spectrum analyzer and connect the other end to the Signal Generator.
2Set signal generator to –10 dBm at the customer’s RX frequency of 1750–1780 MHz for Korean PCS
and 1850–1910 MHz band for North American PCS.
3Use spectrum analyzer to measure signal generator output (see Figure 3-24, “A”) and record the value
for “A”.
4Connect the test setup, as shown in the lower portion of the diagram, to measure the output at the
customer’s RX frequency in the 1850–1910 MHz band. Record the value at point ‘‘B”.
5Calibration factor = A – B
Example: Cal = –12 dBm – (–14 dBm) = 2 dB
NOTE
The short test cable is used for test equipment setup calibration only. It is not be part of the final test
setup. After calibration is completed, do not re-arrange any cables. Use the equipment setup, as is, to
ensure test procedures use the correct calibration factor.
3
Test Set Calibration – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999 3-59
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
Figure 3-24: Calibrating Test Equipment Setup for RX ATP Test
(using Signal Generator and Spectrum Analyzer)
Spectrum
Analyzer
Signal
Generator
A
B
Spectrum
Analyzer
SHORT
TEST
CABLE
SHORT
TEST
CABLE
THIS WILL BE THE CONNECTION TO
THE HP PCS INTERFACE OUTPUT PORT
DURING RX MEASUREMENTS.
Signal
Generator
BULLET
CONNECTOR
LONG
CABLE 2
CONNECTION TO THE RX PORTS
DURING RX MEASUREMENTS.
3
Test Set Calibration – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-60
Setting Cable Loss Values Cable loss values for the TX and RX test cable configurations are
normally set by accomplishing cable calibration with use of the
applicable test equipment. The resulting values are stored in the cable
loss files. The cable loss values can also be set/changed manually.
Prerequisites
SExit CDMA LMF.
Table 3-32: Setting Cable Loss Values
Step Action
1Click on the Set RX Cable Loss or Set TX Cable Loss desktop icon.
2 Enter print and press the Enter key to display the existing cable loss values.
3 Enter add cn cl and press the Enter key to enter a new cable loss value (where cn is the channel
number and cl is the cable loss value – e.g., add 385 40.3 for channel 385 and a cable loss of 40.3
dB).
4 Enter print and press Enter to display the updated cable loss values.
5 Enter quit and press Enter when the cable loss values are as desired.
NOTE
SIf cable loss values exist for two different channels the LMF will interpolate for all other channels.
SEnter help to display a list of commands.
SEnter get cn to display the cable loss for a channel number (where cn is the channel number).
SEnter save fn to create a new cable loss file with a different file name in the wlmf folder (where fn
is a file name). The created file is not a readable text file. This can be done to save cable loss values
for future use. The saved values can be retrieved with use of the load command.
SEnter load fn to load the cable loss values from a saved cable loss file. (where fn is a file name)
3
Bay Level Offset Calibration
July 1999 3-61
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Introduction
Calibration compensates for normal equipment variations within the
BTS and assures maximum measurement accuracy.
RF Path Bay Level Offset
Calibration
Calibration identifies the accumulated gain in every transmit path
(BBX2 slot) at the BTS site and stores that value in the CAL file. The
BLOs are subsequently downloaded to each BBX2.
Each receive path starts at a BTS RX antenna port and terminates at a
backplane BBX2 slot. Each transmit path starts at a BBX2 backplane
slot, travels through the LPA, and terminates at a BTS TX antenna port.
Calibration identifies the accumulated gain in every transmit path
(BBX2 slot) at the BTS site and stores that value in the CAL file. Each
transmit path starts at a C–CCP shelf backplane BBX2 slot, travels
through the LPA, and ends at a BTS TX antenna port. When the TX path
calibration is performed, the RX path BLO will automatically be set to
the default value of 16 dB. This is shown in the bts–bts#.cal file as a
converted decimal value of 16600.
At omni sites, BBX2 slots 1 and R1 (for 1-carrier) or slots 1, R1, 2, and
R2 (for 2-carrier) are tested. At sector sites, BBX2 slots 1 through R1
(for 1-carrier) or slots 1 through R21(for 2-carrier) are tested. Only those
slots (sectors) actually equipped in the current CDF file are tested,
regardless of physical BBX2 board installation in the slot.
When to Re-calibrate BLOs Calibration of BLOs is required after initial BTS installation.
The BLO data of an operational BTS site must be re-calibrated once
each year. Motorola recommends re-calibrating the BLO data for all
associated RF paths after replacing any of the following components or
associated interconnecting RF cabling:
SBBX2 board
SC–CCP shelf
SCIO card
SCIO to LPA backplane RF cable
SLPA backplane
SLPA
STX filter / TX filter combiner
STX thru-port cable to the top of frame
3
Bay Level Offset Calibration – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-62
TX Path Calibration
The TX Path Calibration assures correct site installation, cabling, and the
first order functionality of all installed equipment. The proper function
of each RF path is verified during calibration. The external test
equipment is used to validate/calibrate the TX paths of the BTS.
Before installing any test equipment directly to any TX
OUT connector you must first verify that there are no
CDMA channels keyed. Have the OMC–R place the sector
assigned to the LPA under test OOS. Failure to do so can
result in serious personal injury and/or equipment damage.
WARNING
Always wear a conductive, high impedance wrist strap
while handling any circuit card/module. If this is not done,
there is a high probability that the card/module could be
damaged by ESD.
CAUTION
At new site installations, to facilitate the complete test of
each CCP shelf (if the shelf is not already fully populated
with BBX2 boards), move BBX2 boards from shelves
currently not under test and install them into the empty
BBX2 slots of the shelf currently being tested to insure that
all BBX2 TX paths are tested.
– This procedure can be bypassed on operational sites
that are due for periodic optimization.
– Prior to testing, view the CDF file to verify the
correct BBX2 slots are equipped. Edit the file as
required to include BBX2 slots not currently
equipped (per Systems Engineering documentation).
IMPORTANT
*
3
Bay Level Offset Calibration – continued
July 1999 3-63
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
BLO Calibration Data File
During the calibration process, the LMF creates a calibration (BLO) data
file. After calibration has been completed, this offset data must be
downloaded to the BBX2s using the Download BLO function. An
explanation of the file is shown below.
Due to the size of the file, Motorola recommends that you
print out a hard copy of a bts.cal file and refer to it for the
following descriptions.
NOTE
The CAL file is subdivided into sections organized on a per slot basis (a
slot Block).
Slot 1 contains the calibration data for the 12 BBX2 slots. Slot 20
contains the calibration data for the redundant BBX2. Each BBX2 slot
header block contains:
SA creation Date and Time – broken down into separate parameters of
createMonth, createDay, createYear, createHour, and createMin.
SThe number of calibration entries – fixed at 720 entries corresponding
to 360 calibration points of the CAL file including the slot header and
actual calibration data.
SThe calibration data for a BBX2 is organized as a large flat array. The
array is organized by branch, sector, and calibration point.
– The first breakdown of the array indicates which branch the
contained calibration points are for. The array covers transmit, main
receive and diversity receive offsets as follows:
Table 3-33: BLO BTS.cal file Array Assignments
Range Assignment
C[1]–C[240] Transmit
C[241]–C[480] Receive
C[481]–C[720] Diversity Receive
3
Bay Level Offset Calibration – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-64
– The second breakdown of the array is per sector. Three sectors are
allowed.
Table 3-34: BTS.cal file Array (per sector)
Sector TX RX RX Diversity
1 (Omni) C[1]–C[20] C[241]–C[260] C[481]–C[500]
2 C[21]–C[40] C[261]–C[280] C[501]–C[520]
3 C[41]–C[60] C[281]–C[300] C[521]–C[540]
4 C[61]–[80] C[301]–C[320] C[541]–C[560]
5 C[81]–[100] C[321]–C[340] C[561]–C[580]
6 C[101]–[120] C[341]–C[360] C[581]–C[600]
SRefer to the hard copy of the file. As you can see, 10 calibration
points per sector are supported for each branch. Two entries are
required for each calibration point.
SThe first value (all odd entries) refer to the CDMA channel
(frequency) the BLO is measured at. The second value (all even
entries) is the power set level. The valid range for PwrLvlAdj is from
2500 to 27500 (2500 corresponds to –125 dBm and 27500
corresponds to +125 dBm).
SThe 20 calibration entries for each sector/branch combination must be
stored in order of increasing frequency. If less than 10 points
(frequencies) are calibrated, the largest frequency that is calibrated is
repeated to fill out the 10 points.
Example:
C[1]=384, odd cal entry = 1 ‘‘calibration point”
C[2]=19102, even cal entry
C[3]=777,
C[4]=19086,
.
.
C[19]=777,
C[20]=19086, (since only two cal points were calibrated this
would be repeated for the next 8 points)
SWhen the BBX2 is loaded with BLO data, the cal file data for the
BBX2 is downloaded to the device in the order it is stored in the CAL
file. TxCal data is sent first, C[1] – C[60]. Sector 1’s 10 calibration
points are sent (C[1] – C[20]), followed by sector 2’s 10 calibration
points (C[21] – C[40]), etc. The RxCal data is sent next, followed by
the RxDCal data.
STemperature compensation data is also stored in the cal file for each
slot.
3
Bay Level Offset Calibration – continued
July 1999 3-65
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Test Equipment Setup:
RF Path Calibration
Follow the steps outlined in Table 3-35 to set up test equipment.
Table 3-35: Test Equipment Setup (RF Path Calibration)
Step Action
NOTE
Verify the GPIB is properly connected and turned on.
! CAUTION
To prevent damage to the test equipment, all transmit (TX) test connections must be via the 30 dB
directional coupler with a 20 dB in–line attenuator,
1Connect the LMF computer terminal to the BTS LAN A connector on the BTS (if you have not
already done so). Refer to the procedure in Table 3–2 on page 3-8.
SIf required, calibrate the test equipment per the procedure in Table 3-28.
SConnect the test equipment as shown in Figure 3-16 and Figure 3-17.
3
Bay Level Offset Calibration – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-66
Transmit (TX) Path Calibration
The assigned channel frequency and power level (as measured at the top
of the frame) for transmit calibration is derived from the site CDF file.
For each BBX2, the channel frequency is specified in the ChannelList
CDF file parameter and the power is specified in the SIFPilotPwr
CDF file parameter for the sector associated with the BBX2 (located
under the ParentSECTOR field of the ParentCARRIER CDF file
parameter).
The calibration procedure attempts to adjust power to within +0.5 dB of
the desired power.
Perform the calibration of the transmit paths of all equipped BBX2 slots
per the steps in Table 3-36. TX BLO is approximately 40 dB +3.0 dB.
TX BLO = Frame Power Output minus BBX2 output level.
TX Calibration Test
The Tests menu item, TX Calibration, performs the TX BLO
Calibration test for a XCVR(s). All measurements are made through the
appropriate TX output connector using the calibrated TX cable setup.
Prerequisites
Before running this test, the following should be done:
SCSM–1,GLI2s, BBX2s have correct code load.
SPrimary CSM and MGLI2 are INS.
SAll BBX2s are OOS_RAM.
STest equipment and test cables are calibrated and connected for TX
BLO calibration.
SLMF is logged into the BTS.
Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 3-16 and Figure 3-17
and follow the procedure in Table 3-36 to perform the TX calibration
test.
Table 3-36: BTS TX Path Calibration
nStep Action
1Select the BBX2(s) to be calibrated.
From the Tests menu, select TX Calibration
2Select the appropriate carrier(s) displayed in the Channels/Carrier pick list (use the Shift or Ctrl
keyboard key to select multiple items).
3Type the appropriate channel number in the Carrier n Channels box.
4Click on OK.
5Follow the cable connection directions as they are displayed.
The test results will be displayed in the status report window.
6Click on OK to close the status report window.
3
Bay Level Offset Calibration – continued
July 1999 3-67
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Verify all BBX2 boards removed and repositioned have
been returned to their assigned shelves/slots. Any BBX2
boards moved since they were downloaded will have to be
downloaded again.
IMPORTANT
*
Exception Handling
In the event of a failure, the calibration procedure displays a FAIL
message in the status report window and provides information in the
Description field.
Recheck the test setup and connection and re–run the test. If the tests fail
again, note specifics about the failure, and refer to Chapter 7,
Troubleshooting.
Download BLOs to BBX2s
After a successful TX path, download the bay level offset calibration file
data to the BBX2s.
Download BLO Procedure
BLO data is extracted from the CAL file for the BTS and downloaded to
the selected BBX2 devices. The BBX2s being downloaded must be in
the OOS_RAM (yellow) state.
Table 3-37: Download BLO
nStep Action
1Select the BBX2(s) to be downloaded.
2From the Device menu, select Download BLO.
3 Click OK to close the status report window.
Calibration Audit Introduction
The BLO calibration audit procedure confirms the successful generation
and storage of the BLO calibrations.
The calibration audit procedure measures the path gain or loss of every
BBX2 transmit path at the site.
In this test, actual system tolerances are used to determine the success or
failure of a test. The same external test equipment set up is used.
*RF path verification, BLO calibration, and BLO data
download to BBX2s must have been successfully
completed prior to performing the calibration audit.
IMPORTANT
3
Bay Level Offset Calibration – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-68
Transmit (TX) Path Audit
Perform the calibration audit of the TX paths of all equipped BBX2
slots, per the steps in Table 3-38.
Before installing any test equipment directly to any TX
OUT connector, first verify there are no CDMA BBX2
channels keyed. Failure to do so can result in serious
personal injury and/or equipment damage.
WARNING
To prevent damage to the test equipment, all TX test
connections must be via the 30 dB directional coupler and
20 dB in–line attenuator.
CAUTION
3
Bay Level Offset Calibration – continued
July 1999 3-69
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
TX Audit Test
The Tests menu item, TX Audit, performs the TX BLO Audit test for a
BBX2(s). All measurements are made through the appropriate TX output
connector using the calibrated TX cable setup.
Prerequisites: Before running this test, the following should be done:
SCSM–1,GLI2s, BBX2s have correct code load.
SPrimary CSM and MGLI2 are INS.
SAll BBX2s are OOS_RAM.
STest equipment and test cables are calibrated and connected for TX
BLO calibration.
SLMF is logged into the BTS.
SPrimary CSM is INS (CSM clock valid).
Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 3-16 and Figure 3-17 and
follow the procedures in Table 3-38 to perform the BTS TX Path Audit
test.
Table 3-38: TX Path Audit
nStep Action
1Select the BBX2(s) to be audited. From the Tests menu, select TX Audit.
2Select the appropriate carrier(s) displayed in the Channels/Carrier pick list (use the Shift or Ctrl
key to select multiple items).
3Type the appropriate channel number in the Carrier n Channels box.
4Click on OK.
5Follow the cable connection directions as they are displayed. The test results will be displayed in
the status report window.
6Click on OK to close the status report window.
Exception Handling
In the event of a failure, the calibration procedure displays a FAIL
message in the status report window and provides information in the
Description field.
Recheck the test setup and connection and re–run the test. If the tests fail
again, note specifics about the failure, and refer to Chapter 7,
Troubleshooting.
3
Bay Level Offset Calibration – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-70
All Cal/Audit test
The Tests menu item, All Cal/Audit, performs the TX BLO Calibration
and Audit test for a XCVR(s). All measurements are made through the
appropriate TX output connector using the calibrated TX cable setup.
If the TX calibration portion of the test passed, the BLO
data will automatically be downloaded to the BBX2(s)
before the audit portion of the test is run.
NOTE
Perquisites
Before running this test, the following should be done:
SCSM–1,GLI2s, BBX2s have correct code load.
SPrimary CSM and MGLI2 are INS.
SAll BBXs are OOS_RAM.
STest equipment and test cables are calibrated and connected for TX
BLO calibration.
SLMF is logged into the BTS.
Follow the procedures in Table 3-39 to perform the All Cal/Audit test.
Table 3-39: All Cal/Audit Test
nStep Action
1Select the BBX2(s) to be tested.
From the Tests menu, select All Cal/Audit.
2Select the appropriate carrier(s) displayed in the Channels/Carrier pick list (use the Shift or Ctrl
key to select multiple items).
3Type the appropriate channel number in the Carrier n Channels box.
4Click on OK.
5Follow the cable connection directions as they are displayed. The test results will be displayed in
the status report window.
6Click on OK to close the status report window.
3
Bay Level Offset Calibration – continued
July 1999 3-71
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Create CAL File
The Create Cal File function gets the BLO data from BBXs and
creates/updates the CAL file for the BTS. If a CAL file does not exist a
new one is created. If a CAL file already exists it is updated. After a
BTS has been fully optimized a copy of the CAL file must exist so it can
be transferred to the CBSC. If TX calibration has been successfully
performed for all BBXs and BLO data has been downloaded, a CAL file
will exist. Note the following:
SThe Create Cal File function only applies to selected (highlighted)
BBXs.
SThe user is not encouraged to edit the CAL file as this action can
cause interface problems between the BTS and the LMF. To manually
edit the CAL file you must first logout of the BTS. If you manually
edit the CAL file and then use the Create Cal File function the edited
information will be lost.
Prerequisite
Before running this test, the following should be done:
SLMF is logged in to the BTS
SBBX2s are OOS_RAM with BLO downloaded
Table 3-40: Create CAL File
nStep Action
1Select the applicable BBX2s. The CAL file will only be updated for the selected BBX2s.
2Click on the Device menu.
3Click on the Create Cal File menu item. The status report window is displayed to show the
results of the action.
4 Click OK.
3
RFDS Setup and Calibration
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-72
RFDS Description
The optional RFDS is a Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) used to perform
RF tests of the site from the CBSC or from the LMF. The RFDS
contains the following elements:
SAntenna Select Unit (ASU)
SFWT Interface Card (FWTIC)
SSubscriber Unit Assembly (SUA)
For complete information regarding the RFDS, refer to the CDMA
RFDS Hardware Installation manual (Motorola part no. 6864113A93)
CDMA RFDS User’s Guide (Motorola part no. 6864113A37), and the
CDMA LMF Operator’s Guide (Motorola part no. 6864113A21).
RFDS Parameter Settings
The bts-#.cdf file includes RFDS parameter settings that must
match the installed RFDS equipment. The paragraphs below describe the
editable parameters and their defaults. Table 3-41 explains how to edit
the parameter settings.
SRFDSEquip – valid inputs are 0 through 2.
0 = (default) RFDS is not equipped
1 = Non-Cobra/Patzer box RFDS
2 = Cobra RFDS
STSUEquip – valid inputs are 0 or 1
0 = (default) TSU not equipped
1 = TSU is equipped in the system
SMC1....4 – valid inputs are 0 or 1
0 = (default) Not equipped
1 = Multicouplers equipped in RFDS system
(9600 system RFDS only)
SASU1/2Equip – valid inputs are 0 or 1
0 = (default) Not equipped
1 = Equipped
STODN – valid inputs are ’’’ (default) or a numerical string up to 15
characters. (This is the phone number the RFDS dials when
originating a call. A dummy number needs to be set up by the switch,
and is to be used in this field.)
Any text editor may be used to open the bts–#.cdf file
to verify, view, or modify data.
NOTE
3
RFDS Setup and Calibration – continued
July 1999 3-73
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Table 3-41: RFDS Parameter Settings
Step Action
* IMPORTANT
Log out of the BTS prior to performing this procedure.
1Using a text editor, verify the following fields are set correctly in the bts–#.cdf file (1 = GLI based
RFDS; 2 = Cobra RFDS).
EXAMPLE:
RfdsEquip = 2
TsuEquip = 1
MC1Equip = 0
MC2Equip = 0
MC3Equip = 0
MC4Equip = 0
Asu1Equip = 1
Asu2Equip = 0 (1 if system is non-duplexed)
TODN = ’123456789’’
NOTE
The above is an example of the bts-#.cdf file that should have been generated by the OMC and
copied to the LMF. These fields will have been set by the OMC if the RFDSPARM database is
modified for the RFDS.
2Save and/or quit the editor. If any changes were made to these fields data will need to be downloaded
to the GLI2 (see Step 3, otherwise proceed to Step 4).
3To download to the GLI2, click on the Device menu and select the Download Data menu item
(selected devices do not change color when data is downloaded). A status report window is displayed
showing status of the download. Click OK to close the status report window.
! CAUTION
After downloading data to the GLI2 the RFDS LED will slowly begin flashing red and green for
approximately 2–3 minutes. DO NOT attempt to perform any functions with the RFDS until the LED
remains green.
4Status the RFDS TSU. A status report is displayed showing the software version number for the TSIC
and SUA.
* IMPORTANT
If the LMF yields an error message, check the following:
SEnsure AMR cable is correctly connected from the BTS to the RFDS.
SVerify RFDS has power.
SVerify RFDS status LED is green.
SVerify fields in the bts-#.cdf file are correct (see Step 1).
SStatus the GLI2 and ensure the device is communicating (via Ethernet) with the LMF, and the
device is in the proper state (INS).
3
RFDS Setup and Calibration – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-74
RFDS TSU NAM Programming
The NAM (number assignment module) information needs to be
programmed into the TSU before it can receive and process test calls, or
be used for any type of RFDS test. The RFDS TSU NAM must be
programmed with the appropriate system parameters and phone number
during hardware installation. The TSU phone and TSU MSI must be
recorded for each BTS used for OMC–R RFDS software configuration.
The user will only need to program the NAM for the initial
install of the RFDS.
NOTE
Explanation of Parameters
used when Programming the
TSU NAM
Table 3-42 defines the parameters used when editing the tsu.nam file.
Table 3-42: Definition of Parameters
Access Overload Code
Slot Index
System ID
Network ID
These parameters are obtained from the switch.
Primary Channel A
Primary Channel B
Secondary Channel A
Secondary Channel B
These parameters are the channels which are to be used in operation
of the system.
Lock Code
Security Code
Service Level
Station Class Mark
Do NOT change.
IMSI MCC
IMSI 11 12 These fields are obtained at the OMC using the following command:
OMC000>disp bts–# imsi
If the fields are blank, replace the IMSI fields in the NAM file to 0,
otherwise use the values displayed by the OMC.
MIN Phone Number These fields are the phone number assigned to the mobile. The ESN
and MIN must be entered into the switch as well.
NOTE:
This field is different from the TODN field in the bts-#.cdf file.
The MIN is the phone number of the RFDS subscriber, and the
TODN is the number the subscriber calls.
3
RFDS Setup and Calibration – continued
July 1999 3-75
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Valid NAM Ranges Table 3-43 provides the valid NAM field ranges. If any of the fields are
missing or out-of–range, the RFDS will error out.
Table 3-43: Valid NAM Field Ranges
Valid Range
NAM Field Name Minimum Maximum
Access Overload Code 0 15
Slot Index 0 7
System ID 0 32767
Valid Range
NAM Field Name Minimum Maximum
Network ID 0 32767
Primary Channel A 25 1175
Primary Channel B 25 1175
Secondary Channel A 25 1175
Secondary Channel B 25 1175
Lock Code 0 999
Security Code 0 999999
Service Level 0 7
Station Class Mark 0 255
IMSI 11 12 0 99
IMSI MCC 0 999
MIN Phone Number N/A N/A
3
RFDS Setup and Calibration – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-76
Program TSU NAM
The Program TSU NAM option allows for the entry of TSU
programming data.
Prerequisite
Ensure that the following has been completed prior to programming the
TSU NAM:
SMGLI is INS.
STSU is powered up and has a code load.
Program TSU NAM
Follow the procedure in Table 3-44 to program the TSU NAM. The
NAM must be programmed before it can receive and process test calls,
or be used for any type of RFDS test.
Prerequisites
SMGLI is INS.
STSU is powered up and has a code load.
Table 3-44: Program NAM Procedure
nStep Action
1Select the RFDS.
2Select the TSU.
3Click on the TSU menu.
4Click on the Program TSU NAM menu item.
5Enter the appropriate information in the boxes (see
Table 3-42 and Table 3-43) .
6Click on the OK button to display the status report.
7Click on the OK button to close the status report window.
3
RFDS Setup and Calibration – continued
July 1999 3-77
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
RFDS Calibration
The RFDS Calibration option is used to calibrate the RFDS TX and RX
paths. For a TX antenna path calibration the BTS XCVR is keyed at a
pre–determined power level and the BTS power output level is measured
by the RFDS. The power level is then measured at the TX antenna
directional coupler by the power measuring test equipment item being
used (power meter or analyzer). The difference (offset) between the
power level at the RFDS and the power level at the TX antenna
directional coupler is used as the TX RFDS calibration offset value.
For an RX antenna path calibration the RFDS is keyed at a
pre–determined power level and the power input level is measured by the
BTS XCVR. A CDMA signal at the same power level measured by the
BTS XCVR is then injected at the RX antenna directional coupler by the
CDMA communications analyzer. The difference (offset) between the
RFDS keyed power level and power level measured at the BTS XCVR is
the RFDS RX calibration offset value.
The TX and RX RFDS calibration offset values are written to the CAL
file.
Prerequisites
SBBX2s are is INS_TEST
SCable calibration has been performed
STX calibration has been performed and BLO has bee downloaded for
the BTS
STest equipment has been connected correctly for a TX calibration
STest equipment has been selected and calibrated
3
RFDS Setup and Calibration – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-78
Table 3-45: RFDS Calibration
nStep Action
1Select the RFDS cage.
2Click on the RFDS menu.
3Click on the RFDS Calibration menu item
4Select the appropriate direction (TX/RX) in the Direction pick list
5Enter the appropriate channel number(s) in the Channels box. Separate the channel numbers with
a comma or a dash if more than one channel number is entered (e.g., 247,585,742 or 385–395 for
through).
6 Select the appropriate carrier(s) in the Carriers pick list (use the Shift or Ctrl keyboard key to
select multiple carriers).
7Select the appropriate RX branch (Both, Main, or Diversity) in the RX Branch pick list.
8Select the appropriate baud rate (1=9600, 2=14400) in the Rate Set pick list.
9Click on the OK button. A status report window is displayed, followed by a Directions pop–up
window.
10 Follow the cable connection directions as they are displayed. Test results are displayed in the
status report window.
11 Click on the OK button to close the status report window.
3
Transmit & Receive Antenna VSWR
July 1999 3-79
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Purpose
The following procedures will verify that the Voltage Standing Wave
Ratio (VSWR) of all antennas and associated feed lines fall within
acceptable limits. The tests will be performed on all antennas in a
sequential manner (i.e., ANT 1, then ANT 2) until all antennas/feedlines
have been verified.
These procedures should be performed periodically by measuring each
respective antenna’s VSWR (reflected power) to verify that the antenna
system is within acceptable limits. This will ensure continued peak
system performance.
The antenna VSWR will be calculated at the CDMA carrier frequency
assigned to each antenna. Record and verify that they meet the test
specification of less than or equal to 1.5:1.
It is recommended that the installer be familiar with the
following procedure in its entirety before beginning the
actual procedure. Ensure that the entire site is currently not
in service.
IMPORTANT
*
This test is used to test RX antennas by substituting RX
frequencies for TX frequencies.
NOTE
Study the site engineering documents and perform the following tests
only after first verifying that the RF cabling configuration required to
interconnect the BTS frames and antennas meet requirements called out
in the BTS Installation Manual.
Test equipment
The following pieces of test equipment will be required to perform this
test:
SDirectional coupler
SCommunications test set
Prior to performing antenna tests, insure that no CDMA
BBX channels are keyed. Failure to do so could result in
personal injury or serious equipment damage.
WARNING
3
Transmit & Receive Antenna VSWR – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-80
Equipment Setup – HP Test
Set
Follow the steps outlined in Table 3-46 to set up test equipment required
to measure and calculate the VSWR for each antenna.
Table 3-46: VSWR Measurement Procedure – HP 8921 Test Set
Step Action HP TEST SET
1For manual VSWR testing, using external directional coupler, refer to Figure 3-25.
– Connect the communications test set RF OUT ONLY port to the INPUT port of the directional
coupler.
– Connect the RF IN/OUT port of the communication test set to the reverse (RVS) port on the
directional coupler. Terminate the forward port with a 50 ohm load.
– Install the antenna feed line to the output port on the directional coupler.
NOTE
Manual Communications Analyzer test setup (fields not indicated remain at default):
SSet screen to RF GEN.
– Set RF Gen Freq to center frequency of actual CDMA carrier between 1930–1990 MHz for TX
and 1850–1910 MHz for RX.
– Set Amplitude to –30 dBm.
– Set Output Port to RF OUT.
– Set AFGen1 & AFGen2 to OFF.
2Remove the antenna feed line and install an “RF short” onto the directional coupler output port.
NOTE
Set–up communication test set as follows (fields not indicated remain at default):
SSet screen to SPEC ANL.
– Under Controls, set input port to ANT.
–Set Ref Level to –40 dBm.
– Under Controls, select Main, select Auxiliary.
– Under Controls, select AVG. Set Avg = 20.
3– Record the reference level on the communications analyzer and Note as PS for reference.
– Replace the short with the antenna feedline. Record the reference level on the communications
analyzer and Note for as PA reference.
– Record the difference of the two readings in dB.
4Calculate the VSWR per the equation shown to the right.
Where:
RL(dB) =PA(dBm) – PS(dBm)
PA = Power reflected from antenna
PS = Power reflected from short
A calculated value of –13.98 dB equates to VSWR of better than 1.5:1.
VSWR +ȧ
ȧ
ȡ
Ȣ
1)10
RL
20
1–10
RL
20
ȧ
ȧ
ȣ
Ȥ
. . . continued on next page
3
Transmit & Receive Antenna VSWR – continued
July 1999 3-81
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Table 3-46: VSWR Measurement Procedure – HP 8921 Test Set
Step HP TEST SETAction
5If the readings indicate a potential problem, verify the physical integrity of all cables (including any
in–line components, pads, etc.) and associated connections up to the antenna. If problem still persists,
consult antenna OEM documentation for additional performance verification tests or replacement
information.
6Repeat steps 1 through 5 for all remaining TX sectors/antennas.
7Repeat steps 1 through 5 for all remaining RX sectors/antennas.
Figure 3-25: Manual VSWR Test Setup Using HP8921 Test Set
RF OUT
ONLY
PORT
RF
IN/OUT
PORT
RVS
(REFLECTED)
PORT
FEED LINE TO
ANTENNA
UNDER TEST
RF
SHORT
30 DB
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER
OUTPUT
PORT
FWD (INCIDENT) PORT
50–OHM TERMINATED
LOAD
INPUT
PORT
3
Transmit & Receive Antenna VSWR – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-82
Equipment Setup – Advantest
Test Set
Follow the steps outlined in Table 3-47 to set up test equipment required
to measure and calculate the VSWR for each antenna.
Table 3-47: VSWR Measurement Procedure – Advantest Test Set
Step Action ADVANTEST
1For manual VSWR testing using external directional coupler, refer to Figure 3-26.
– Connect the communications test set RF OUT port to the input port of the directional coupler.
– Connect the INPUT port of the communication test set to the forward port on the directional
coupler. Terminate the forward port with a 50 ohm load.
– Connect the RF short to the directional coupler output port.
2Preform the following to instruct the calibrated test set to generate a CDMA RF carrier (RVL call)
with all zero longcode at the assigned RX frequency at –10 dBm.
SPush the ADVANCE Measurement key.
SPush the CDMA Sig CRT menu key.
SPush the FREQ Entry key; set RF Gen Freq to center frequency of actual CDMA carrier between
1930–1990 MHz for TX and 1850–1910 MHz for RX.
SPush the LEVEL Entry key; set to 0 dBm (by entering 0 and pushing the –dBm key).
SVerify that ON is active in the Output CRT menu key.
SVerify that OFF is active in the Mod CRT menu key.
SPush the CW Measurement key.
SPush the FREQ Entry key.
– Push the more 1/2 CRT menu key.
– Set Preselect CRT menu key to 3.0G.
SPush the Transient Measurement key.
– Push the Tx Power CRT menu key.
– Push the LEVEL entry key (set to 7 dBm by entering 7 and pushing the the dBm key).
– Set Avg Times CRT menu key to ON. Set to 20 (by entering 20 and pushing the Hz ENTER
key).
SPush the REPEAT Start key to take the measurement.
3Record the Burst Power display on the communications analyzer and Note as PS for reference.
4Install the antenna feedline to the output port of the directional coupler.
5SPush the Auto Level Set CRT menu key.
SPush the REPEAT Start key to take the measurement.
6Record the Burst Power on the communications analyzer and Note as PA level for reference.
Record the difference of the two readings in dBm.
. . . continued on next page
3
Transmit & Receive Antenna VSWR – continued
July 1999 3-83
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Table 3-47: VSWR Measurement Procedure – Advantest Test Set
Step ADVANTESTAction
7Calculate the VSWR per the equation shown to the right.
Where:
RL(dB) =PA(dBm) – PS(dBm)
PA = Power reflected from antenna
PS = Power reflected from short
A calculated value of –13.98 dB equates to VSWR of better than 1.5:1.
VSWR +ȧ
ȧ
ȡ
Ȣ
1)10
RL
20
1–10
RL
20
ȧ
ȧ
ȣ
Ȥ
8If the readings indicate a potential problem, verify the physical integrity of all cables (including any
in–line components, pads, etc.) and associated connections up to the antenna. If problem still persists,
consult antenna OEM documentation for additional performance verification tests or replacement
information.
9Repeat steps 2 through 9 for all remaining TX sectors/antennas.
10 Repeat steps 2 through 9 for all remaining RX sectors/antennas.
Figure 3-26: Manual VSWR Test Setup Using Advantest R3465
RVS
(REFLECTED)
PORT
FEED LINE TO
ANTENNA
UNDER TEST
RF
SHORT
30 DB
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER
OUTPUT
PORT
FWD (INCIDENT) PORT
50–OHM TERMINATED
LOAD
INPUT
PORT
RF OUT
RF IN
3
Transmit & Receive Antenna VSWR – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
3-84
Notes
3
July 1999
68P64114A42
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Chapter 4: Automated Acceptance Test Procedure (ATP)
Table of Contents
Automated Acceptance Test Procedures – All-inclusive TX & RX 4-1. . . . . . . . . .
Introduction 4-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATP Tests Prerequisites 4-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TX/RX OUT Connections 4-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
All TX ATP Test 4-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
All-RX ATP Test 4-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
All TX/RX Test 4-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Full Optimization Test 4-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Individual Acceptance Tests 4-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TX Spectral Purity Transmit Mask Acceptance Test 4-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Background: Tx Mask Test 4-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TX Mask Test Procedure 4-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TX Waveform Quality (rho) Acceptance Test 4-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Background: Rho Test 4-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rho ATP 4-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TX Pilot Time Offset Acceptance Test 4-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Background: Pilot Offset Acceptance Test 4-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pilot Time Offset Test 4-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pilot Time Offset ATP 4-17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TX Code Domain Power Acceptance Test 4-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Background: Code Domain Power Test 4-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Code Domain Power test 4-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Code Domain Power ATP 4-19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RX Frame Error Rate (FER) Acceptance Test 4-21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Background: FER Test 4-21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FER test 4-21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Generate an ATP Report 4-23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Background 4-23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATP Report 4-23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Printing an ATP Report 4-23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Print Test File Procedure 4-24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
Table of Contents – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
68P64114A42
Notes
4
Automated Acceptance Test Procedures – All-inclusive TX & RX
July 1999 4-1
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Introduction
The Automated Acceptance Test Procedure (ATP) allows Motorola
Cellular Field Engineers (CFEs) to run automated acceptance tests on all
equipped BTS subsystem devices using the Local Maintenance Facility
(LMF) and supported test equipment per the current Cell Site Data File
(CDF) assignment.
The results of these tests (at the option of the operator) are written to a
file that can be printed. All tests are controlled via the LMF platform
using the GPIB interface, therefore, only recommended test equipment
supported by the LMF can be used.
The ATP test is to be performed on out-of-service sectors
only.
DO NOT substitute test equipment with other modes not
supported by the LMF.
IMPORTANT
*
Refer to Chapter 3 for detailed information on test set
connections for calibrating equipment, cables and other test
set components, if required.
NOTE
Customer requirements determine which ATP tests to are to be
performed and the field engineer selects the appropriate ATP tests to run.
The tests can be run individually or as one of the following groups:
SAll TX: TX tests verify the performance of the BTS transmit line up.
These include the GLI2, MCC, BBX2, and BIO cards, the LPAs and
passive components including splitters, combiners, bandpass filter,
and RF cables.
SAll RX: RX tests verify the performance of the BTS receiver line up.
These includes the MPC (for starter frames), EMPC (for expansion
frames), BIO, BBX2, MCC, and GLI2 cards and the passive
components including RX filter (starter frame only), and RF cables.
SAll TX/RX: Executes all the TX and RX tests.
SFull Optimization: Executes the TX calibration, download BLO and
TX audit before running all of the TX and RX tests.
4
Automated Acceptance Test Procedure – All–inclusive TX & RX – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
4-2
ATP Tests Prerequisites
Before attempting to run any ATP tests, ensure the following have been
completed:
SCSMs, GLI2s, BBX2s, and MCCs have correct code load and data
load
SPrimary CSM, GLI2, and MCCs are INS
SBTS has been optimized and calibrated
SBBX2s are OOS-RAM.
SBBX2s are calibrated and BLOs are downloaded
STest equipment has been warmed up 60 minutes and calibrated
STest cables are calibrated
SGPIB is on
SLMF is logged into the BTS
TX/RX OUT Connections
Many of the acceptance test procedures require taking
measurements at the TX OUT (BTS/RFDS) connector. At
sites with RFDS, all measurements are through the RFDS
directional coupler TX OUT connector.
IMPORTANT
*
Figure 4-1F shows the TX/RX connector configuration for the SC
4812ET frame.
Figure 4-1: TX/RX Connections
All TX ATP Test
Table 4-1 lists the procedure to execute the TX Mask, Rho, PtOffset, and
Code Domain Power tests. This procedure eliminates the need to run
separate tests and reduces test time.
The LMF Tests menu list item, All TX, performs all transmit tests for a
BBX2(s).
If manual testing with the HP analyzer, remove the manual
control/system memory card from the card slot before
starting the automated testing.
IMPORTANT
*
4
Automated Acceptance Test Procedure – All-Inclusive TX & RX – continued
July 1999 4-3
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Prerequisites
Before attempting to run any ATP tests, ensure the following have been
completed:
SCSMs, GLI2s, BBX2s, and MCCs have correct code load and data
load
SPrimary CSM, GLI2, and MCCs are INS
SBTS has been Optimized/Calibrated
SBBX2s are OOS–RAM
STest equipment is connected for ATP tests (see Figure 3-16 through
Figure 3-19).
STest equipment is warmed up 60 minutes and calibrated
STest cables are calibrated
SGPIB is on
SLMF is logged into the BTS
Table 4-1: All TX Acceptance Test
nStep Action
1Select the BBX2(s) and MCC(s) to be tested.
2From the Tests menu, select All TX
3Select the appropriate carrier(s) (carrier – bts# – sector# – carrier#) displayed in the
Channels/Carrier pick list (use the Shift or Ctrl keyboard key to select multiple items).
4Type the appropriate channel number in the Carrier n Channels box.
5 Click OK.
6Follow the cable connection directions as they are displayed.
7 Click OK to close the status report window.
4
Automated Acceptance Test Procedure – All–inclusive TX & RX – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
4-4
All-RX ATP Test
The CDMA LMF Tests menu list item, All RX, performs all receive
tests for a BBX2(s) and MCC(s). All measurements are made through
the appropriate RX output connector using the calibrated RX cable
setup.
Refer to Table 4-2 to perform an all-inclusive RX ATP test on selected
devices.
Prerequisites
Before attempting to run any ATP tests, ensure the following have been
completed:
SCSMs, GLI2s, BBX2s, and MCCs have correct code load and data
load
SPrimary CSM, GLI2, and MCCs are INS
SBTS has been Optimized/Calibrated
SBBX2s are OOS–RAM
STest equipment is connected for ATP tests (see Figure 3-16 through
Figure 3-19).
STest equipment is warmed up 60 minutes and calibrated
STest cables are calibrated
SGPIB is on
SLMF is logged into the BTS
4
Automated Acceptance Test Procedure – All-Inclusive TX & RX – continued
July 1999 4-5
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Table 4-2: All RX Acceptance Test
nStep Action
n WARNING
Be very careful to not connect an RX test cable to a TX connector. Failure to observe this
warning may cause bodily injury and/or equipment damage.
1Select the BBX2(s) and MCC(s) to be tested.
2From the Tests menu, select All RX
3Select the appropriate carrier(s) (carrier – bts# –sector# –carrier#) displayed in the
Channels/Carrier pick list (use the Shift or Ctrl keyboard key to select multiple items).
4Type the appropriate channel number in the Carrier n Channels box.
5Select the appropriate receive branch (antenna) in the RX Branch pick list. Valid choices are
Main, Diversity or Both.
6Select the baud rate in the Rate Set pick list.
1=9600 bps
2=14400bps
Click OK.
7Follow the cable connection directions as they are displayed.
8 Click OK to close the status report window.
4
Automated Acceptance Test Procedure – All–inclusive TX & RX – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
4-6
All TX/RX Test
The LMF Tests menu list item, All TX/RX, performs all transmit and
receive tests for a BBX2(s) and MCC(s). All measurements are made
through the appropriate TX and RX output connectors using the
calibrated TX and RX cable setups.
Prerequisites
Before attempting to run any ATP tests, ensure the following have been
completed:
SCSMs, GLI2s, BBX2s, and MCCs have correct code load and data
load
SPrimary CSM, GLI2, and MCCs are INS
SBTS has been Optimized/Calibrated per Chapters 2 and 3
SBBX2s are OOS–RAM
STest equipment is connected for ATP tests (see Figure 3-16 through
Figure 3-19).
STest equipment is warmed up 60 minutes and calibrated
STest cables are calibrated
SGPIB is on
SLMF is logged into the BTS
4
Automated Acceptance Test Procedure – All-Inclusive TX & RX – continued
July 1999 4-7
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Table 4-3: All TX/RX ATP
nStep Action
n WARNING
Be very careful to not connect an RX test cable to a TX connector. Failure to observe this
warning may cause bodily injury and/or equipment damage.
1Click on the BBX(s) and MCC(s) to be tested.
2From the Tests menu, select All TX/RX
3Select the appropriate carrier(s) (carrier – bts# –sector# –carrier#) displayed in the
Channels/Carrier pick list (use the Shift or Ctrl keyboard key to select multiple items).
4Type the appropriate channel number in the Carrier n Channels box.
5Select the appropriate receive branch (antenna) in the RX Branch pick list. Valid choices are
Main, Diversity or Both.
6Select the baud rate in the Rate Set pick list.
1=9600 bps
2=14400 bps
Click OK
7Follow the cable connection directions as they are displayed.
8 Click OK to close the status report window.
4
Automated Acceptance Test Procedure – All–inclusive TX & RX – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
4-8
Full Optimization Test
The LMF Tests menu list item, Full Optimization, performs all
optimization tests for all BBX2(s) and MCC(s). All measurements are
made through the appropriate TX and RX output connectors using the
calibrated TX and RX cable setups.
Tests performed include:
SCalibrate all selected BBX2s
SLoad and audit BLO
SPerform All TX ATP on all selected BBX2s and MCCs
SPerform All RX ATP on all selected BBX2s and MCCs
Prerequisites
Before attempting to run any ATP tests, ensure the following have been
completed:
SCSMs, GLI2s, BBX2s, and MCCs have correct code load and data
load
SPrimary CSM, GLI, and MCCs are INS
SBTS has been Optimized and Calibrated
SBBX2s are OOS-RAM
STest equipment is connected for ATP tests (see Figure 3-16 through
Figure 3-19).
STest equipment is warmed up 60 minutes and calibrated
STest cables are calibrated
SGPIB is on
SLMF is logged into the BTS
4
Automated Acceptance Test Procedure – All-Inclusive TX & RX – continued
July 1999 4-9
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Table 4-4: Full Optimization ATP
nStep Action
n WARNING
Be very careful to not connect an RX test cable to a TX connector. Failure to observe this
warning may cause bodily injury and/or equipment damage.
1Select the BBX2(s) and MCC(s) to be tested.
2From the Tests menu, select Full Optimization
3Select the appropriate carrier(s) (carrier – bts# –sector# –carrier#) displayed in the
Channels/Carrier pick list (use the Shift or Ctrl keyboard key to select multiple items).
4Type the appropriate channel number in the Carrier n Channels box.
5Select the appropriate receive branch (antenna) in the RX Branch pick list. Valid choices are
Main, Diversity or Both.
6Select the baud rate in the Rate Set pick list.
1=9600 bps
2=14400 bps
Click OK
7Follow the cable connection directions as they are displayed.
8Click on OK to close the status report window.
4
Automated Acceptance Test Procedure – All–inclusive TX & RX – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
4-10
Individual Acceptance Tests The followingindividual ATP tests can be used to verify the results of
specific tests:
Spectral Purity TX Mask
This test verifies that the transmitted CDMA carrier waveform,
generated on each sector, meets the transmit spectral mask specification
with respect to the assigned CDF file values.
Waveform Quality (rho)
This test verifies that the transmitted Pilot channel element digital
waveform quality (rho) exceeds the minimum specified value in
ANSI–J_STD–019. “Rho” represents the correlation between actual and
perfect CDMA modulation spectrum. A rho value of 1.0000 represents
100% (or perfect correlation).
Pilot Time Offset
The Pilot Time Offset is the difference between the CDMA analyzer
measurement interval (based on the BTS system time reference) and the
incoming block of transmitted data from the BTS (Pilot only, Pilot
Gain = 262, PN Offset = 0).
Code Domain Power
This test verifies the code domain power levels, which have been set for
all ODD numbered Walsh channels, using the OCNS command. This is
done by verifying that the ratio of PILOT divided by OCNS is equal to
10.2 + 2 dB, and, that the noise floor of all EVEN numbered “OFF”
Walsh channels measures < –27 dB (with respect to total CDMA channel
power).
Frame Error Rate
The Frame Error Rate (FER) test verifies RX operation of the entire
CDMA Reverse Link using all equipped MCCs assigned to all
respective sector/antennas. The test verifies the BTS sensitivity on all
traffic channel elements currently configured on all equipped MCCs at
an RF input level of –119 dBm (or –116 dBm if using TMPC).
4
TX Spectral Purity Transmit Mask Acceptance Test
July 1999 4-11
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Background: Tx Mask Test
This test verifies the spectral purity of each BBX2 carrier keyed up at a
specific frequency, per the current CDF file assignment. All tests are
performed using the external calibrated test set, controlled by the same
command. All measurements are through the appropriate TX OUT
(BTS/RFDS) connector.
The Pilot Gain is set to 541 for each antenna and all channel elements
from the MCCs are forward-link disabled. The BBX2 is keyed up, using
both bbxlvl and bay level offsets, to generate a CDMA carrier (with pilot
channel element only). BBX2 power output is set to obtain +40 dBm as
measured at the TX OUT connector (on either the BTS or RFDS
directional coupler).
TX output power is set to +40 dBm by setting BTS power
level to +33.5 dBm to compensate for 6.5 dB increase from
pilot gain set to 541.
NOTE
The calibrated communications test set measures and returns the
attenuation level of all spurious and IM products in a 30 kHz resolution
bandwidth with respect to the mean power of the CDMA channel,
measured in a 1.23 MHz bandwidth, in dB, verifying that results meet
system tolerances at the following test points:
Sat least –45 dB @ + 900 kHz from center frequency,
Sat least –45 dB @ – 900 kHz from center frequency.
The BBX2 then de-keys and the applicable redundant BBX2 is assigned
to the current TX antenna path under test. The test is then repeated.
The LMF Tests menu list item, TX Mask, performs the Spectral Purity
TX Mask test for a XCVR(s). All measurements are made through the
appropriate TX output connector using the calibrated TX cable setup.
This test is included in the All TX, All TX/RX and Full Optimization
tests.
4
TX Spectral Purity Transmit Mask Acceptance Test – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
4-12
Prerequisites
Before attempting to run any ATP tests, ensure the following have been
completed:
SCSMs, GLI2s, BBX2s, and MCCs have correct code load and data
load.
SPrimary CSM, GLI2, and MCCs are INS.
SBTS has been optimizes/calibrated per Chapters 2 and 3.
SBBX2s are OOS–RAM.
STest equipment is connected for ATP tests (see Figure 3-16 through
Figure 3-19).
STest equipment is warmed up 60 minutes and calibrated.
STest cables are calibrated.
SGPIB is on.
SLMF is logged into the BTS.
TX Mask Test Procedure Follow the steps in Table 4-5 to verify the transmit spectral mask
specification on all TX antenna paths using all BBX2s equipped at the BTS.
Table 4-5: TX Mask ATP
nStep Action
1Select the BBX2(s) to be tested.
2From the Tests menu, select TX Mask.
3 Select the appropriate carrier(s) (carrier – bts# –sector# –carrier#) displayed in the
Channels/Carrier pick list (use the Shift or Ctrl keyboard key to select multiple items).
4Type the appropriate channel number in the Carrier n Channels box and click OK.
5Follow the cable connection directions as they are displayed.
6Click on OK to close the status report window.
NOTE
The communications test set will measure and return the attenuation level of all spurious and IM
products in a 30 kHz resolution bandwidth, with respect to the mean power of the CDMA channel,
measured in a 1.23 MHz bandwidth.
4
TX Spectral Purity Transmit Mask Acceptance Test – continued
July 1999 4-13
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Figure 4-2: TX Mask Verification Spectrum Analyzer Display
– 900 kHz + 900 kHz
Center Frequency Reference
Attenuation level of all
spurious and IM products
with respect to the mean
power of the CDMA channel
.5 MHz Span/Div
Ampl 10 dB/Div
Mean CDMA Bandwidth
Power Reference
– 1980 kHz
+750 kHz
+ 1980 kHz
– 750 kHz
4
TX Waveform Quality (rho) Acceptance Test
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
4-14
Background: Rho Test
This test verifies the transmitted Pilot channel element digital waveform
quality of each BBX2 carrier keyed up at a specific frequency per the
current CDF file assignment. All tests are performed using the external
calibrated test set controlled by the same command. All measurements
are via the appropriate TX OUT (BTS/RFDS) connector.
The Pilot Gain is set to 262 for each antenna, and all channel elements
from the MCCs will be forward link disabled. The BBX2 is keyed up
using both bbxlvl and bay level offsets, to generate a CDMA carrier
(with pilot channel element only, Walsh code 0). BBX2 power output is
set to 40 dBm as measured at the TX OUT connector (on either the BTS
or RFDS directional coupler).
The calibrated communications test set measures and returns the Pilot
channel element digital waveform quality (rho) in dB, verifying that
result meets system tolerances Waveform quality (rho) should be > 0.912
(–0.4 dB).
The BBX2 then de-keys and the applicable redundant BBX2 is assigned
to the current TX antenna path under test. The test is then repeated.
The LMF Tests menu list item, Rho, performs the waveform quality test
for a XCVR(s). All measurements are made through the appropriate TX
output connector using the calibrated TX cable setup.
This test is included in the All TX, All TX/RX and Full Optimization
tests.
Prerequisites
Before attempting to run any ATP tests, ensure the following have been
completed:
SCSMs, GLI2s, BBX2s, and MCCs have correct code load and data
load
SPrimary CSM, GLI2, and MCCs are INS
SBTS has been Optimized/Calibrated per Chapters 2 and 3
SBBX2s are OOS–RAM
STest equipment is connected for ATP tests (see Figure 3-16 through
Figure 3-19).
STest equipment is warmed up 60 minutes and calibrated
STest cables are calibrated
SGPIB is on
SLMF is logged into the BTS
4
TX Waveform Quality (rho) Acceptance Test – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999 4-15
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
Rho ATP
Follow the steps outlined in Table 4-6 to verify the Pilot channel
waveform quality (rho) on the specified TX antenna paths using BBXs
equipped at the BTS.
Table 4-6: Rho ATP
nStep Action
1Select the BBX2(s) to be tested.
2From the Tests menu, select Rho.
3Select the appropriate carrier(s) displayed in the Channels/Carrier pick list (use the <Shift> or
<Ctrl> key to select multiple items).
4Type the appropriate channel number in the Carrier n Channels box.
Click OK.
5Follow the cable connection directions as they are displayed.
6 Click OK to close the status report window.
NOTE
The communications test set will measure and return the transmitted Pilot channel element
waveform quality (rho). Rho represents the correlation between actual and perfect CDMA
modulation spectrum (1.0000 represents perfect correlation).
4
TX Pilot Time Offset Acceptance Test
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
4-16
Background: Pilot Offset
Acceptance Test
This test verifies the transmitted Pilot channel element Pilot Time Offset
of each BBX2 carrier keyed up at a specific frequency per the current
CDF file assignment. All tests are performed using the external
calibrated test set controlled by the same command. All measurements
will be via the appropriate TX OUT (BTS/RFDS) connector.
The Pilot Gain is set to 262 for each antenna and all TCH elements from
the MCCs are forward link disabled. The BBX is keyed up using both
bbxlvl and bay level offsets to generate a CDMA carrier (with pilot
channel element only, Walsh code 0). BBX power output is set to
40 dBm as measured at the TX OUT connector (on either the BTS or
RFDS directional coupler).
The calibrated communications test set measures and returns the Pilot
Time Offset in uS, verifying results meet system tolerances: Pilot Time
Offset should be within < 3 µs of the target PT Offset (0 mS).
The BBX2 then de-keys, and the applicable redundant BBX2 is assigned
to the current TX antenna path under test. The test is then repeated.
Pilot Time Offset Test
The LMF Tests menu list item, Pilot Time Offset, performs the Pilot
Time Offset test for a XCVR(s). All measurements are made through the
appropriate TX output connector using the calibrated TX cable setup.
This test is included in the All TX, All TX/RX and Full Optimization
tests.
Prerequisites
Before attempting to run any ATP tests, ensure the following have been
completed:
SCSMs, GLI2s, BBX2s, and MCCs have correct code load and data
load
SPrimary CSM, GLI, and MCCs are INS
SBTS has been Optimized/Calibrated
SBBX2s are OOS–RAM
STest equipment is connected for ATP tests (see Figure 3-16 through
Figure 3-19).
STest equipment is warmed up 60 minutes and calibrated
STest cables are calibrated
SGPIB is on
SLMF is logged into the BTS
TX Pilot Time Offset Acceptance Test – continued
July 1999 4-17
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Pilot Time Offset ATP
Follow the steps outlined in Table 4-7, to verify the Pilot Time Offset on
the specified TX antenna paths using BBXs equipped at the BTS.
Table 4-7: Pilot Time Offset Test ATP
nStep Action
1Click on the BBX2(s) to be tested.
2From the Tests menu, select Pilot Time Offest
3Select the appropriate carrier(s) displayed in the Channels/Carrier pick list (use the Shift or Ctrl
keyboard key to select multiple items).
4Type the appropriate channel number in the Carrier n Channels box. Click OK.
5Follow the cable connection directions as they are displayed.
6 Click OK to close the status report window.
NOTE
The communications test set will measure and return the difference between the CDMA analyzer
measurement interval (based on the BTS system time reference) and the incoming block of
transmitted data from the BTS (Pilot only, Walsh code 0).
An ANSI–J–STD–019 compliant BTS typically measures 1–2 us.
TX Code Domain Power Acceptance Test
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
4-18
Background: Code Domain
Power Test
This test verifies the Code Domain Power/Noise of each BBX2 carrier
keyed up at a specific frequency per the current CDF file assignment.
All tests are performed using the external calibrated test set controlled by
the same command. All measurements are via the appropriate TX OUT
(BTS/RFDS) connector.
For each sector/antenna under test, the Pilot Gain is set to 262 and all
MCC channel elements under test are configured to generate Orthogonal
Channel Noise Source (OCNS) on different odd Walsh codes, and are
assigned a full–rate gain of 81. The maximum number of MCC/CEs to
be tested an any one time is 32 (32 odd Walsh codes). If more than 32
CEs exist, then multiple sets of measurements are made, so all channel
elements are verified on all sectors.
BBX2 power output is set to 40 dBm as measured at the TX OUT
connector (on either the BTS or RFDS directional coupler).
Code domain power levels, which have been set for all ODD numbered
Walsh channels, are verified using the OCNS command. This is done by
verifying that Pilot Power (dBm) minus OCNS Power (dBm) is equal to
10.2 + 2 dB and that the noise floor of all “OFF” Walsh channels
measures < –27 dB (with respect to total CDMA channel power).
The BBX2 then de-key and, the applicable redundant BBX2 is assigned
to the current TX antenna path under test. The test is then repeated.
Upon completion of the test, OCNS is disabled on the specified
MCC/CE.
Code Domain Power test
The CDMA LMF Tests menu list item, Code Domain Power, performs
the Code Domain Power test for a XCVR(s). All measurements are made
through the appropriate TX output connector using the calibrated TX
cable setup.
This test is included in the All TX, All TX/RX and Full Optimization
tests.
4
TX Code Domain Power Noise Floor Acceptance Test – continued
July 1999 4-19
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Prerequisites
Before attempting to run any ATP tests, ensure the following have been
completed:
SCSMs, GLI2s, BBX2s, and MCCs have correct code load and data
load
SPrimary CSM, GLI, and MCCs are INS
SBTS has been Optimized/Calibrated
SBBX2s are OOS–RAM
STest equipment is connected for ATP tests (see Figure 3-16 through
Figure 3-19).
STest equipment is warmed up 60 minutes and calibrated
STest cables are calibrated
SGPIB is on
Code Domain Power ATP
Follow the steps outlined in Table 4-8 to verify the Code Domain Power
of each BBX carrier keyed up at a specific frequency.
Table 4-8: Code Domain Power Test
nStep Action
1Select the BBX2(s) and MCC(s) to be tested.
2From the Tests menu, select Code Domain Power
3Select the appropriate carrier(s) displayed in the Channels/Carrier pick list (use the Shift or Ctrl
keyboard key to select multiple items).
4Type the appropriate channel number in the Carrier n Channels box.
Click OK.
5Follow the cable connection directions as they are displayed.
6Click on OK to close the status report window.
NOTE
Verify the active channel code domain power levels, which have been set on ODD numbered
Walsh channels, using the OCNS command. This is done by verifying that Pilot Power (dBm)
minus OCNS Power (dBm) is equal to 10.2 + 2 dB and the noise floor of all inactive “OFF” Walsh
channels measures < –27 dB (with respect to total CDMA channel power).
4
TX Code Domain Power Acceptance Test – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
4-20
Pilot Channel
Active channels
PILOT LEVEL
MAX OCNS SPEC.
MIN OCNS SPEC.
MAXIMUM NOISE FLOOR:
< –27 dB SPEC.
Inactive channels
Walsh 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ... 64
MAX OCNS
CHANNEL
MIN OCNS
CHANNEL
8.2 dB 12.2 dB
MAX NOISE
FLOOR
Pilot Channel
Active channels
PILOT LEVEL
MAX OCNS SPEC.
MIN OCNS SPEC.
MAXIMUM NOISE FLOOR:
< –27 dB
Inactive channels
Walsh 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ... 64
FAILURE – DOES NOT
MEET MIN OCNS SPEC.
FAILURE – EXCEEDS
MAX OCNS SPEC. 8.2 dB 12.2 dB
FAILURE – EXCEEDS MAX
NOISE FLOOR SPEC.
Showing all OCNS Passing
Indicating Failures
Figure 4-3: Code Domain Power and Noise Floor Levels
4
RX Frame Error Rate (FER) Acceptance Test
July 1999 4-21
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Background: FER Test
This test verifies the BTS Frame Error Rate (FER) on all traffic channel
elements currently configured on all equipped MCCs (full rate at 1%
FER) at an RF input level of –119 dBm [or –116 dBm if using Tower
Top Amplifier (TMPC)]. All tests are performed using the external
calibrated test set as the signal source controlled by the same command.
All measurements will be via the LMF.
The pilot gain is set to 262 for each TX antenna and all channel elements
from the MCCs are forward-link disabled. The BBX2 is keyed up using
only bbxlvl level offsets, to generate a CDMA carrier (with pilot channel
element only). BBX2 power output is set to –20 dBm as measured at the
TX OUT connector (on either the BTS or RFDS directional coupler).
The BBX2 must be keyed in order to enable the RX receive circuitry.
The LMF prompts the MCC/CE under test to measure all zero longcode
and provide the FER report on the selected active MCC on the reverse
link for both the main and diversity RX antenna paths, verifying the
results meet the following specification: FER returned less than 1% and
total frames measured is 1500.
All MCC/CEs selected are tested on the specified RX antenna path. The
BBX then de-keys and, the applicable redundant BBX2 is assigned to
the current RX antenna paths under test. The test is then repeated.
FER test
The CDMA LMF Tests menu list item, FER, performs the Frame Error
Rate (FER) test for a XCVR(s). All measurements are made through the
appropriate RX output connector using the calibrated RX cable setup.
This test is included in the All TX, All TX/RX and Full Optimization
tests.
Prerequisites
Before attempting to run any ATP tests, ensure the following have been
completed:
SCSMs, GLI2s, BBX2s, and MCCs have correct code load and data
load
SPrimary CSM, GLI2, and MCCs are INS
SBTS has been Optimized/Calibrated
SBBXs are OOS–RAM
STest equipment is connected for ATP tests (see Figure 3-16 through
Figure 3-19).
STest equipment is warmed up 60 minutes and calibrated
STest cables are calibrated and GPIB is on
SLMF is logged into the BTS
4
RX FER Acceptance Test – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
4-22
Table 4-9: Frame Error Rate (FER) ATP
nStep Action
n WARNING
Be very careful to not connect an RX test cable to a TX connector. Failure to observe this
warning may cause bodily injury and/or equipment damage.
1Select the BBX2(s) and MCC(s) to be tested.
2From the Tests menu, select FER
3Select the appropriate carrier(s) displayed in the Channels/Carrier pick list (use the Shift or Ctrl
keyboard key to select multiple items).
4Type the appropriate channel number in the Carrier n Channels box.
5Select the appropriate receive branch in the RX Branch pick list.
6Select the rate in the Rate Set pick list.
1=9600 bps
2=14400 bps
Click OK.
7Follow the cable connection directions as they are displayed.
8 Click OK to close the status report window.
NOTE
NOTE
The CDMA LMF prompts the MCC under test to measure the FER at –119 dBm. The FER must
be less than 1% and total frames is 1500.
4
Generate an ATP Report
July 1999 4-23
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Background
Each time an ATP test is run, an ATP report is updated to include the
results of the most recent ATP tests. The ATP report will not be updated
if the status reports window is not closed with use of the OK button.
ATP Report
A separate report is created for each BTS and includes the following for
each test:
STest name
SBBX number
SChannel number
SCarrier number
SSector number
SUpper test limit
SLower test limit
STest result
SPASS or FAIL
SDescription information (if applicable)
STime stamp
SDetails/Warning information (if applicable)
Follow the procedures in the Table 4-10 to view the ATP report for a
BTS.
Table 4-10: Generate an ATP Report
nStep Action
1Click on the Login tab if it is not in the forefront.
2Select the desired BTS from the Available Base Stations pick list.
3Click on the Report button.
Printing an ATP Report
Each time an ATP test is run, the test results are stored in a
wlmf\cdma\bts–#.rpt file in the BTS folder. The test results are
updated each time a test is run so only the latest results are displayed for
each test type. The test report for a BTS can be viewed or saved to a
file. A saved file can be used to print a hard copy of the report.
4
Generate an ATP Report – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
4-24
The test results are not stored if the status report window is
closed with use of the Dismiss button. Use the Save
Results button to save the results and exit the status report
window.
The bts–#.rpt file is not a text file and the contents can not
be viewed with use of an editor. Only the files created
with use of the save function in the test report window can
be viewed with an editor and printed.
The bts–#.rpt file becomes corrupted, an error message
will appear when the status report window OK button is
clicked. In this case, the bts–#.rpt file will have to be
deleted.
NOTE
Print Test File Procedure
The procedure in Table 4-11 is used for printing a test report.
Table 4-11: Procedure to a Test Report
nStep Action
1Open the file with an editor (e.g., Notepad, Wordpad, or
Word). If the file contents do not display correctly with
Notepad, use Wordpad or Word.
2 Use File > Page Setup to change the page layout for a
test report as follows:
STop, Bottom, Left, and Right Margin = 0.5 inch
SPage = Landscape
3Print the file.
If additional information is available for a failed test, it is
included at the end of the report with a reference to the line
number of the failed test.
NOTE
4
July 1999 SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Chapter 5: Basic Troubleshooting
Table of Contents
Basic Troubleshooting Overview 5-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting: Installation 5-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cannot Log into Cell-Site 5-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cannot Communicate to Power Meter 5-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cannot Communicate to Communications Analyzer 5-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting: Download 5-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cannot Download CODE to Any Device (card) 5-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cannot Download DATA to Any Device (Card) 5-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cannot ENABLE Device 5-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miscellaneous Errors 5-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting: Calibration 5-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bay Level Offset Calibration Failure 5-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cannot Load BLO 5-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration Audit Failure 5-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting: Transmit ATP 5-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cannot Perform Txmask Measurement 5-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cannot Perform Rho or Pilot Time Offset Measurement 5-8. . . . . . . . . . .
Cannot Perform Code Domain Power and Noise Floor Measurement 5-9.
Cannot Perform Carrier Measurement 5-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting: Receive ATP 5-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Multi–FER Test Failure 5-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting: CSM Checklist 5-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Problem Description 5-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intermittent 19.6608 MHz Reference Clock / GPS Receiver Operation 5-11
No GPS Reference Source 5-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checksum Failure 5-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GPS Bad RX Message Type 5-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CSM Reference Source Configuration Error 5-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Takes Too Long for CSM to Come INS 5-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C–CCP Backplane Troubleshooting 5-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction 5-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connector Functionality 5-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C–CCP Backplane Troubleshooting Procedure 5-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Digital Control Problems 5-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DC Power Problems 5-19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
Table of Contents – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
TX and RX Signal Routing Problems 5-20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Module Front Panel LED Indicators and Connectors 5-21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Module Status Indicators 5-21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LED Status Combinations for All Modules
(except GLI2, CSM, BBX2, MCC24, MCC8E) 5-21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DC/DC Converter LED Status Combinations 5-21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CSM LED Status Combinations 5-22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GLI2 LED Status Combinations 5-24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GLI2 Pushbuttons and Connectors 5-25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BBX2 LED Status Combinations 5-26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MCC24/MCC8E LED Status Combinations 5-26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LPA Shelf LED Status Combinations 5-27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basic Troubleshooting – Span Control Link 5-28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Span Problems (No Control Link) 5-28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
Basic Troubleshooting Overview
July 1999 5-1
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Overview
The information in this section addresses some of the scenarios likely to
be encountered by Customer Field Engineering (CFE) team members.
This troubleshooting guide was created as an interim reference document
for use in the field. It provides basic “what to do if” basic
troubleshooting suggestions when the BTS equipment does not perform
per the procedure documented in the manual.
Comments are consolidated from inputs provided by CFEs in the field
and information gained form experience in Motorola labs and
classrooms.
5
Troubleshooting: Installation
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
5-2
Cannot Log into Cell-Site
Table 5-1: Login Failure Troubleshooting Procedures
nStep Action
1If MGLI2 LED is solid RED, it implies a hardware failure. Reset MGLI2 by
re-seating it. If this persists, install RGLI2 card in MGLI2 slot and retry. A Red
LED may also indicate no Ethernet termination at top of frame.
2Verify that T1 is disconnected at the Channel Signaling Unit (CSU). If T1 is still
connected, verify the CBSC has disabled the BTS.
3Try ‘ping’ing the MGLI2.
4Verify the LMF is connected to the Primary LMF port (LAN A) in front of the
BTS.
5Verify the LMF was configured properly.
6Verify the BTS-LMF cable is RG-58 (flexible black cable of less than 2.5 feet
length).
7Verify the Ethernet ports are terminated properly.
8Verify a T-adapter is not used on LMF side port if connected to the BTS front
LMF primary port.
9Try connecting to the I/O panel (top of the Frame or on master ground bar). Use
BNC T-adapters at the LMF port for this connection.
10 Try connecting to the MGLI directly using a cable with BNC T-adapters at each
end of cable, and each end terminated with BNC loads.
11 Re-boot the CDMA LMF and retry.
12 Re-seat the MGLI2 and retry.
Cannot Communicate to
Power Meter
Table 5-2: Troubleshooting a Power Meter Communication Failure
nStep Action
1Verify Power Meter is connected to LMF with GPIB adapter.
2Verify cable setup as specified in Chapter 3.
3Verify the GP–IB address of the Power Meter is set to 13. Refer to Test
Equipment setup section of Chapter 3 for details.
4Verify that Com1 port is not used by another application.
5
Troubleshooting: Installation – continued
July 1999 5-3
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Cannot Communicate to
Communications Analyzer
Table 5-3: Troubleshooting a Communications Analyzer Communication Failure
nStep Action
1Verify analyzer is connected to LMF with GPIB adapter.
2Verify cable setup.
3Verify the GPIB address is set to 18.
4Verify the GPIB adapter DIP switch settings are correct. Refer to Test Equipment
setup section for details.
5Verify the GPIB adapter is not locked up. Under normal conditions, only 2 green
LEDs must be ‘ON’ (Power and Ready). If any other LED is continuously ‘ON’,
then power-cycle the GPIB Box and retry.
6If a Hyperterm window is open for MMI, close it.
5
Troubleshooting: Download
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
5-4
Cannot Download CODE to
Any Device (card)
Before a device can be enabled (placed in-service), it must be in the
OOS_RAM state (yellow) with data downloaded to the device. The color
of the device changes to green, once it is enabled.
The three states that devices can be changed to are as follows:
SEnabled (green, INS)
SDisabled (yellow, OOS_RAM)
SReset (blue, OOS_ROM)
Table 5-4: Troubleshooting Code Download Failure
nStep Action
1Verify T1 is disconnected from the BTS at CSU.
2Verify LMF can communicate with the BTS device using the Status function.
3Communication to MGLI2 must first be established before trying to talk to any
other BTS device. MGLI2 must be INS_ACT state (green).
4Verify the card is physically present in the cage and powered-up.
5If card LED is solid RED, it implies hardware failure. Reset card by re-seating it.
If this persists, replace card from another slot & retry.
NOTE
Primary & Redundunt CSM cards CANNOT be interchanged because only
primary CSM is equipped with a GPS receiver.
6Re-seat card and try again.
7If BBX2 reports a failure message and is OOS_RAM, the code load was OK.
Cannot Download DATA to
Any Device (Card)
Table 5-5: Troubleshooting Data Download Failure
nStep Action
1Re-seat card and repeat code and data load procedure.
5
Troubleshooting: Download – continued
July 1999 5-5
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Cannot ENABLE Device
Table 5-6: Troubleshooting Device Enable (INS) Failure
nStep Action
1Re-seat card and repeat code and data load procedure.
2If CSM cannot be enabled, verify the CDF file has correct latitude and longitude
data for cell site location and GPS sync.
3Ensure primary CSM is in INS_ACT state.
NOTE
MCCs will not go INS without the CSM and the BDC being INS.
4Verify 19.6608 MHz CSM clock; MCCs will not go INS otherwise.
5The BBX should not be enabled for ATP tests.
6If MCCs give “invalid or no system time,” verify the BDC is enabled. If error
persists, verify the CSM is enabled.
Miscellaneous Errors
Table 5-7: Miscellaneous Failures
nStep Action
1If LPAs continue to give alarms, even after cycling power at the circuit breakers,
then connect an MMI cable to the LPA and set up a Hyperterminal connection.
Enter ALARMS in the Hyperterminal window. The resulting LMF display may
provide an indication of the problem. (Call Field Support for further assistance.)
5
Troubleshooting: Calibration
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
5-6
Bay Level Offset Calibration
Failure
Table 5-8: Troubleshooting BLO Calibration Failure
nStep Action
1Verify the Power Meter is configured correctly (see the test equipment setup
section) and connection is made to the proper TX port.
2Verify the parameters in the bts–#.cdf file are set correctly for the following
bands:
For 1900 MHz:
Bandclass=1; Freq_Band=16
3Verify that no LPA in the sector is in alarm state (flashing red LED). Reset the
LPA by pulling the circuit breaker, and after 5 seconds, pushing back in.
4Re-calibrate the Power Meter and verify it is calibrated correctly with cal factors
from sensor head.
5Verify GPIB adapter is not locked up. Under normal conditions, only 2 green
LEDs must be ‘ON’ (Power and Ready). If any other LED is continuously ‘ON’,
power-cycle (turn power off and on) the GPIB Box and retry.
6Verify sensor head is functioning properly by checking it with the 1 mW (0 dBm)
Power Ref signal.
7If communication between the LMF and Power Meter is operational, the Meter
display will show “RES :’’
5
Troubleshooting: Calibration – continued
July 1999 5-7
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Cannot Load BLO
For Load BLO failures see Table 5-8.
Calibration Audit Failure
Table 5-9: Troubleshooting Calibration Audit Failure
nStep Action
1Verify Power Meter is configured correctly (refer to the test equipment setup
section of chapter 3).
2Re-calibrate the Power Meter and verify it is calibrated correctly with cal factors
from sensor head.
3Verify that no LPA is in alarm state (rapidly flashing red LED). Reset the LPA by
pulling the circuit breaker, and, after 5 seconds, pushing back in.
4Verify that no sensor head is functioning properly by checking it with the 1 mW
(0 dBm) Power Ref signal.
5After calibration, the BLO data must be re-loaded to the BBX2s before auditing.
Click on the BBX(s) and select Device>Download BLO
Re-try the audit.
6Verify GPIB adapter is not locked up. Under normal conditions, only 2 green
LEDs must be ‘ON’ (Power and Ready). If any other LED is continuously ‘ON’,
power-cycle (turn power off and on) the GP–IB Box and retry.
5
Troubleshooting: Transmit ATP
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
5-8
Cannot Perform Txmask
Measurement
Table 5-10: Troubleshooting TX Mask Measurement Failure
nStep Action
1Verify that TX audit passes for the BBX2(s).
2If performing manual measurement, verify Analyzer setup.
3Verify that no LPA in the sector is in alarm state (flashing red LED). Re-set the
LPA by pulling the circuit breaker, and, after 5 seconds, pushing it back in.
Cannot Perform Rho or Pilot
Time Offset Measurement
Table 5-11: Troubleshooting Rho and Pilot Time Offset Measurement Failure
nStep Action
1Verify presence of RF signal by switching to Spectrum analyzer screen.
2Verify PN offsets displayed on the analyzer is the same as the PN offset in the
CDF file.
3Re–load MGLI2 data and repeat the test.
4If performing manual measurement, verify Analyzer setup.
5Verify that no LPA in the sector is in alarm state (flashing red LED). Reset the
LPA by pulling the circuit breaker, and, after 5 seconds, pushing back in.
6If Rho value is unstable and varies considerably (e.g. .95,.92,.93), this may
indicate that the GPS is still phasing (i.e. trying to reach and maintain 0 freq.
error). Go to the freq. bar in the upper right corner of the Rho meter and select Hz.
Press <Shift–avg> and enter 10, to obtain an average Rho value. This is an
indication the GPS has not stabilized before going INS and may need to be
re-initialized.
5
Troubleshooting – Transmit ATP – continued
July 1999 5-9
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Cannot Perform Code Domain
Power and Noise Floor
Measurement
Table 5-12: Troubleshooting Code Domain Power and Noise Floor Measurement Failure
nStep Action
1Verify presence of RF signal by switching to spectrum analyzer screen.
2Verify PN offset displayed on analyzer is same as PN offset being used in the
CDF file.
3Disable and re-enable MCC (one or more MCCs based on extent of failure).
Cannot Perform Carrier
Measurement
Table 5-13: Troubleshooting Carrier Measurement Failure
nStep Action
1Perform the test manually, using the spread CDMA signal. Verify High Stability
10 MHz Rubidium Standard is warmed up (60 minutes) and properly connected to
test set-up.
5
Troubleshooting: Receive ATP
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
5-10
Multi–FER Test Failure
Table 5-14: Troubleshooting Multi-FER Failure
nStep Action
1Verify test equipment set up is correct for a FER test.
2Verify HP8921A is locked to 19.6608 and even second clocks. The yellow LED
(REF UNLOCK) must be OFF.
3Verify MCCs have been loaded with data and are INS–ACT.
4Disable and re-enable the MCC (1 or more based on extent of failure).
5Disable, re-load code and data, and re-enable MCC (one or more MCCs based on
extent of failure).
6Verify antenna connections to frame are correct based on the directions messages.
5
Troubleshooting: CSM Checklist
July 1999 5-11
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Problem Description
Many of the Clock Synchronization Manager (CSM) boards may be
resolved in the field before sending the boards to the factory for repair.
This section describes known CSM problems identified in field returns,
some of which are field-repairable. Check these problems before
returning suspect CSM boards.
Intermittent 19.6608 MHz
Reference Clock / GPS
Receiver Operation If having any problems with CSM board kit numbers, SGLN1145 or
SGLN4132, check the suffix with the kit number. If the kit has version
“AB,” then replace with version ‘‘BC’’ or higher, and return model AB
to the repair center.
No GPS Reference Source
Check the CSM boards for proper hardware configuration. CSM kit
SGLN1145, in Slot l, has an on-board GPS receiver; while kit
SGLN4132, in Slot 2, does not have a GPS receiver. Any incorrectly
configured board must be returned to the repair center. Do not attempt to
change hardware configuration in the field. Also, verify the GPS
antenna is not damaged and is installed per recommended guidelines.
Checksum Failure The CSM could have corrupted data in its firmware resulting in a
non-executable code. The problem is usually caused by either electrical
disturbance, or interruption of data during a download. Attempt another
download with no interruptions in the data transfer. Return CSM board
back to repair center if the attempt to reload fails.
GPS Bad RX Message Type
This is believed to be caused by a later version of CSM software (3.5 or
higher) being downloaded, via LMF, followed by an earlier version of
CSM software (3.4 or lower), being downloaded from the CBSC.
Download again with CSM software code 3.5 or higher. Return CSM
board back to repair center if attempt to reload fails.
CSM Reference Source
Configuration Error This is caused by incorrect reference source configuration performed in
the field by software download. CSM kit SGLN1145 and SGLN4132
must have proper reference sources configured (as shown below) to
function correctly.
CSM Kit No. Hardware Configuration CSM Slot No. Reference Source Configuration
SGLN1145 With GPS Receiver 1Primary = Local GPS
Backup = Either LFR or HSO
SGLN4132 Without GPS Receiver 2Primary = Remote GPS
Backup = Either LFR or HSO
5
Troubleshooting: CSM Checklist – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
5-12
Takes Too Long for CSM to
Come INS
This may be caused by a delay in GPS acquisition. Check the accuracy
flag status and/or current position. Refer to the GSM system time/GPS
and LFR/HSO verification section in Chapter 3. At least 1 satellite
should be visible and tracked for the “surveyed” mode and 4 satellites
should be visible and tracked for the “estimated” mode. Also, verify
correct base site position data used in “surveyed” mode.
5
C–CCP Backplane Troubleshooting
July 1999 5-13
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Introduction
The C–CCP backplane is a multi–layer board that interconnects all the
C–CCP modules. The complexity of this board lends itself to possible
improper diagnoses when problems occur.
Connector Functionality
The following connector overview describes the major types of
backplane connectors along with the functionality of each. This will
allow the Cellular Field Engineer (CFE) to:
SDetermine which connector(s) is associated with a specific problem
type.
SAllow the isolation of problems to a specific cable or connector.
Primary “A” and Redundant “B” ISB (Inter Shelf Bus)
connectors
The 40 pin ISB connectors provide an interface bus from the master
GLI2 to all other GLI2s in the modem frame. Its basic function is to
provide clock synchronization from the master GLI2 to all other GLI2s
in the frame.
The ISB is also provides the following functions:
Sspan line grooming when a single span is used for multiple cages.
Sprovide MMI connection to/from the master GLI2 to cell site modem.
Sprovide interface between GLI2s and the AMR (for reporting BTS
alarms).
Span Line Connector
The span line input is an 8 pin RJ–45 connector that provides a primary
and secondary (if used) span line interface to each GLI2 in the C–CCP
shelf. The span line is used for MM/EMX switch control of the Master
GLI2 and also all the BBX2 traffic.
Primary “A” and Redundant “B” Reference Distribution
Module (RDM) Input/Output
These connectors route the 3 MHz reference signals from the CSMs to
the GLI2s and all BBX2s in the backplane. The signals are used to phase
lock loop all clock circuits on the GLI2’s and BBX2 boards to produce
precise clock and signal frequencies.
Power Input (Return A, B, and C connectors)
Provides a 27 volt input for use by the power supply modules.
Power Supply Module Interface
Each power supply module has a series of three different connectors to
provide the needed inputs/outputs to the C–CCP backplane. These
5
CCP Backplane Troubleshooting – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
5-14
include a VCC/Ground input connector, a Harting style multiple pin
interface, and a +15V/Analog Ground output connector. The Transceiver
Power Module converts 27/48 Volts to a regulated +15, +6.5, +5.0 volts
to be used by the C–CCP shelf cards.
GLI2 Connector
This connector consists of a Harting 4SU digital connector and a
6–conductor coaxial connector for RDM distribution. The connectors
provide inputs/outputs for the GLI2s in the C–CCP backplane.
GLI2 Ethernet “A” and “B” Connections
These BNC connectors are located on the C–CCP backplane and routed
to the GLI2 board. This interface provides all the control and data
communications between the master GLI2 and the other GLI2, between
gateways, and for the LMF on the LAN.
BBX2 Connector
Each BBX2 connector cnsists of a Harting 2SU/1SU digital connector
and two 6–conductor coaxial connectors. These connectors provide DC,
digital, and RF inputs/outputs for the BBX2s in the C–CCP backplane.
CIO Connectors
SRX RF antenna path signal inputs are routed through RX Tri–Filters
(on the I/O plate), and via coaxial cables to the two MPC modules –
the six “A” (main) signals go to one MPC; the six “B” (diversity) to
the other. The MPC outputs the low–noise–amplified signals via the
C–CCP backplane to the CIO where the signals are split and sent to
the appropriate BBX2.
SA digital bus then routes the baseband signal through the BBX2, to
the backplane, then on to the MCC24 slots.
SDigital TX antenna path signals originate at the MCC24s. Each
output is routed from the MCC24 slot via the backplane appropriate
BBX2.
STX RF path signal originates from the BBX2, through the backplane
to the CIO, through the CIO, and via multi-conductor coaxial cabling
to the LPAs in the LPA shelf.
C–CCP Backplane
Troubleshooting Procedure
The following table provides a standard procedure for troubleshooting
problems that appear to be related to a defective C–CCP backplane. The
table is broken down into possible problems and steps which should be
taken in an attempt to find the root cause.
It is important to note that all steps be followed before
replacing ANY C–CCP backplane.
IMPORTANT
*
5
CCP Backplane Troubleshooting – continued
July 1999 5-15
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Digital Control Problems
No GLI2 Control via LMF (all GLI2s)
Table 5-15: No GLI2 Control via LMF (all GLI2s)
Step Action
1Check the ethernet for proper connection, damage, shorts, or
opens (refer to page 3-17 of this manual).
2Verify C–CCP backplane Shelf ID DIP switch is set correctly.
3Visually check the master GLI2 connector (both board and
backplane) for damage.
4Replace the master GLI2 with a known good GLI2.
5
CCP Backplane Troubleshooting – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
5-16
No GLI2 Control through Span Line Connection (All GLI2s)
Table 5-16: No GLI2 Control through Span Line Connection (Both
GLI2s)
Step Action
1Verify C–CCP backplane Shelf ID DIP switch is set correctly.
2Verify that the BTS and GLI2s are correctly configured in the
OMCR/CBSC data base.
3Visually check the master GLI2 connector (both board and
backplane) for damage.
4Replace the master GLI2 with a known good GLI2.
5Check the span line inputs from the top of the frame to the
master GLI2 for proper connection and damage.
Table 5-17: MGLI2 Control Good – No Control over Co–located
GLI2
Step Action
1Verify that the BTS and GLI2s are correctly configured in the
OMCR CBSC data base.
2Check the ethernet for proper connection, damage, shorts, or
opens (refer to the page 3-18 of this manual).
3Check the appropriate ISB cables connectors and ISB
backplane connectors for proper connection and damage.
4Visually check all GLI2 connectors (both board and
backplane) for damage.
5Replace the remaining GLI2 with a known good GLI2.
6Verify ISB terminations are installed. Check connectors (both
cable and backplane) for damage. Replace the ISB cable with
a known good cable.
NOTE
Externally route the cable to bypass suspect segment.
5
CCP Backplane Troubleshooting – continued
July 1999 5-17
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
No AMR Control (MGLI2 good)
Table 5-18: MGLI2 Control Good – No Control over AMR
Step Action
1Check the appropriate ISB cables connectors and ISB
backplane connectors for proper connection and damage.
2Visually check the master GLI2 connector (both board and
backplane) for damage.
3Replace the master GLI2 with a known good GLI2.
4Replace the AMR with a known good AMR.
5Verify ISB terminations are installed. Check connectors (both
cable and backplane) for damage. Replace the ISB cable with
a known good cable.
NOTE
Externally route the cable to bypass suspect segment.
No BBX2 Control in the Shelf
Table 5-19: MGLI2 Control Good – No Control over Co–located
GLI2s
Step Action
1Visually check all GLI2 connectors (both board and
backplane) for damage.
2Replace the remaining GLI2 with a known good GLI2.
3Visually check BBX2 connectors (both board and backplane)
for damage.
4Replace the BBX2 with a known good BBX2.
5Verify ISB terminations are installed. Check connectors (both
cable and backplane) for damage. Replace the ISB cable with
a known good cable.
NOTE
Externally route the cable to bypass suspect segment.
5
CCP Backplane Troubleshooting – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
5-18
No (or Missing) Span Line Traffic
Table 5-20: BBX2 Control Good – No (or Missing) Span Line Traffic
Step Action
1Visually check all GLI2 connectors (both board and
backplane) for damage.
2Replace the remaining GLI2 with a known good GLI2.
3Visually check all span line distribution (both connectors and
cables) for damage.
4Verify ISB terminations are installed. Check connectors (both
cable and backplane) for damage. Replace the ISB cable with
a known good cable.
NOTE
Externally route the cable to bypass suspect segment.
5If the problem seems to be limited to 1 BBX2, replace the
BBX2 with a known good BBX2.
No (or Missing) MCC24 Channel Elements
Table 5-21: No MCC24 Channel Elements
Step Action
1Verify CEs on a co–located MCC24 (MccType=2)
2If the problem seems to be limited to 1 MCC24, replace the
MCC24 with a known good MCC24.
– Check connectors (both board and backplane) for damage.
3If no CEs on any MCC24:
– visually check BDC INS_ACT
– replace BDC with known good BDC. Check connectors
(both board and backplane) for damage.
– Verify clock reference to CIO.
4Verify ISB terminations are installed. Check connectors (both
cable and backplane) for damage. Replace the ISB cable with
a known good cable.
NOTE
Externally route the cable to bypass suspect segment.
5
CCP Backplane Troubleshooting – continued
July 1999 5-19
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
DC Power Problems
Potentially lethal voltage and current levels are routed to
the BTS equipment. This test must be carried out with a
second person present, acting in a safety role. Remove all
rings, jewelry, and wrist watches prior to beginning this
test.
WARNING
No DC Input Voltage to Power Supply Module
Table 5-22: No DC Input Voltage to Power Supply Module
Step Action
1Verify DC power is applied to the BTS frame. Verify there are
no breakers tripped.
* IMPORTANT
If a breaker has tripped, remove all modules from the
applicable shelf supplied by the breaker and attempt to reset it.
– If breaker trips again, there is probably a cable or breaker
problem within the frame.
– If breaker does not trip, there is probably a defective
module or sub–assembly within the shelf.
2Verify that the C–CCP shelf breaker on the BTS frame
breaker panel is functional.
3Use a voltmeter to determine if the input voltage is being
routed to the C–CCP backplane by measuring the DC voltage
level on the PWR_IN cable.
– If the voltage is not present, there is probably a cable or
breaker problem within the frame.
– If the voltage is present at the connector, reconnect and
measure the level at the “VCC” power feed clip on the
distribution backplane. If the voltage is correct at the
power clip, inspect the clip for damage.
4If everything appears to be correct, visually inspect the power
supply module connectors.
5Replace the power supply module with a known good
module.
6If steps 1 through 4 fail to indicate a problem, the C–CCP
backplane failure (possibly an open trace) has occurred.
5
CCP Backplane Troubleshooting – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
5-20
No DC Voltage (+5, +6.5, or +15 Volts) to a Specific GLI2,
BBX2, or Switchboard
Table 5-23: No DC Input Voltage to any C–CCP Shelf Module
Step Action
1Verify steps outlined in Table 5-22 have been performed.
2Inspect the defective board/module (both board and
backplane) connector for damage.
3Replace suspect board/module with known good
board/module.
TX and RX Signal Routing
Problems
Table 5-24: No DC Input Voltage to any C–CCP Shelf Module
Step Action
1Inspect all Harting Cable connectors and back–plane
connectors for damage in all the affected board slots.
2Perform steps outlined in the RF path troubleshooting
flowchart in this manual.
5
Module Front Panel LED Indicators and Connectors
July 1999 5-21
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Module Status Indicators
Each of the non-passive plug-in modules has a bi-color (green & red)
LED status indicator located on the module front panel. The indicator is
labeled PWR/ALM. If both colors are turned on, the indicator is yellow.
Each plug-in module, except for the fan module, has its own alarm
(fault) detection circuitry that controls the state of the PWR/ALM LED.
The fan TACH signal of each fan module is monitored by the AMR.
Based on the status of this signal the AMR controls the state of the
PWR/ALM LED on the fan module.
LED Status Combinations for
All Modules (except GLI2,
CSM, BBX2, MCC24, MCC8E)
PWR/ALM LED
The following list describes the states of the module status indicator.
SSolid GREEN – module operating in a normal (fault free) condition.
SSolid RED – module is operating in a fault (alarm) condition due to
electrical hardware failure.
Note that a fault (alarm) indication may or may not be due to a complete
module failure and normal service may or may not be reduced or
interrupted.
DC/DC Converter LED Status
Combinations
The PWR CNVTR has its own alarm (fault) detection circuitry that
controls the state of the PWR/ALM LED.
PWR/ALM LED
The following list describes the states of the bi-color LED.
SSolid GREEN – module operating in a normal (fault free) condition.
SSolid RED – module is operating in a fault (alarm) condition due to
electrical hardware problem.
5
Module Front Panel LED Indicators and Connectors – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
5-22
CSM LED Status
Combinations PWR/ALM LED
The CSMs include on-board alarm detection. Hardware and
software/firmware alarms are indicated via the front panel indicators.
After the memory tests, the CSM loads OOS–RAM code from the Flash
EPROM, if available. If not available, the OOS–ROM code is loaded
from the Flash EPROM.
SSolid GREEN – module is INS_ACT or INS_STBY no alarm.
SSolid RED – Initial power up or module is operating in a fault (alarm)
condition.
SSlowly Flashing GREEN – OOS_ROM no alarm.
SLong RED/Short GREEN – OOS_ROM alarm.
SRapidly Flashing GREEN – OOS_RAM no alarm or
INS_ACT in DUMB mode.
SShort RED/Short GREEN – OOS_RAM alarm.
SLong GREEN/Short RED – INS_ACT or INS_STBY alarm.
SOff – no DC power or on-board fuse is open.
SSolid YELLOW – After a reset, the CSMs begin to boot. During
SRAM test and Flash EPROM code check, the LED is yellow. (If
SRAM or Flash EPROM fail, the LED changes to a solid RED and
the CSM attempts to reboot.)
Figure 5-1: CSM Front Panel Indicators & Monitor Ports
PWR/ALM
Indicator
FREQ
MONITOR
SYNC
MONITOR
. . . continued on next page
5
Module Front Panel LED Indicators and Connectors – continued
July 1999 5-23
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
FREQ Monitor Connector
A test port provided at the CSM front panel via a BNC receptacle allows
monitoring of the 19.6608 MHz clock generated by the CSM. When
both CSM 1 and CSM 2 are in an in-service (INS) condition, the CSM 2
clock signal frequency is the same as that output by CSM 1.
The clock is a sine wave signal with a minimum amplitude of +2 dBm
(800 mVpp) into a 50 Ω load connected to this port.
SYNC Monitor Connector
A test port provided at the CSM front panel via a BNC receptacle allows
monitoring of the “Even Second Tick” reference signal generated by the
CSMs.
At this port, the reference signal is a TTL active high signal with a pulse
width of 153 nanoseconds.
MMI Connector – Only accessible behind front panel. The RS–232
MMI port connector is intended to be used primarily in the development
or factory environment, but may be used in the field for
debug/maintenance purposes. 5
Module Front Panel LED Indicators and Connectors – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
5-24
GLI2 LED Status
Combinations
The GLI2 module has indicators, controls and connectors as described
below and shown in Figure 5-2.
The indicators and controls consist of:
SFour LEDs
SOne pushbutton
ACTIVE LED
Solid GREEN – GLI2 is active. This means that the GLI2 has shelf
control and is providing control of the digital interfaces.
Off – GLI2 is not active (i.e., Standby). The mate GLI2 should be
active.
MASTER LED
SSolid GREEN – GLI2 is Master (sometimes referred to as MGLI2).
SOff – GLI2 is non-master (i.e., Slave).
ALARM LED
SSolid RED – GLI2 is in a fault condition or in reset.
SWhile in reset transition, STATUS LED is OFF while GLI2 is
performing ROM boot (about 12 seconds for normal boot).
SWhile in reset transition, STATUS LED is ON while GLI2 is
performing RAM boot (about 4 seconds for normal boot).
SOff – No Alarm.
STATUS LED
SFlashing GREEN– GLI2 is in service (INS), in a stable operating
condition.
SOn – GLI2 is in OOS RAM state operating downloaded code.
SOff – GLI2 is in OOS ROM state operating boot code.
SPANS LED
SSolid GREEN – Span line is connected and operating.
SSolid RED – Span line is disconnected or a fault condition exists.
5
Module Front Panel LED Indicators and Connectors – continued
July 1999 5-25
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
GLI2 Pushbuttons and
Connectors RESET Pushbutton – Depressing the RESET pushbutton causes a
partial reset of the CPU and a reset of all board devices. GLI2 will be
placed in the OOS_ROM state
MMI Connector – The RS–232MMI port connector is intended to be
used primarily in the development or factory environment but may be
used in the field for debug/maintenance purposes.
LAN Connectors (A & B) – The two 10BASE2 Ethernet circuit board
mounted BNC connectors are located on the bottom front edge of the
GLI2; one for each LAN interface, A & B. Ethernet cabling is connected
to tee connectors fastened to these BNC connectors.
Figure 5-2: GLI2 Front Panel
MMI PORT
CONNECTOR
ACTIVE LED
STATUS RESET ALARM SPANS MASTER MMI ACTIVE
STATUS LED
RESET
PUSHBUTTON
ALARM LED
SPANS LED
MASTER LED
GLI2 FRONT PANEL
5
Module Front Panel LED Indicators and Connectors – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
5-26
BBX2 LED Status
Combinations
PWR/ALM LED
The BBX module has its own alarm (fault) detection circuitry that
controls the state of the PWR/ALM LED.
The following list describes the states of the bi-color LED:
SSolid GREEN – INS_ACT no alarm
SSolid RED Red – initializing or power-up alarm
SSlowly Flashing GREEN – OOS_ROM no alarm
SLong RED/Short GREEN – OOS_ROM alarm
SRapidly Flashing GREEN – OOS_RAM no alarm
SShort RED/Short GREEN – OOS_RAM alarm
SLong GREEN/Short RED – INS_ACT alarm
MCC24/MCC8E LED Status
Combinations
The MCC24/MCC8E module has LED indicators and connectors as
described below. See Figure 5-3. Note that the figure does not show the
connectors as they are concealed by the removable lens.
The LED indicators and their states are as follows:
PWR/ALM LED
SRED – fault on module
ACTIVE LED
SOff – module is inactive, off-line, or not processing traffic.
SSlowly Flashing GREEN – OOS_ROM no alarm.
SRapidly Flashing Green – OOS_RAM no alarm.
SSolid GREEN – module is INS_ACT, on-line, processing traffic.
PWR/ALM and ACTIVE LEDs
SSolid RED – module is powered but is in reset or the BCP is inactive.
MMI Connectors
SThe RS–232 MMI port connector (four-pin) is intended to be used
primarily in the development or factory environment but may be used
in the field for debugging purposes.
SThe RJ–11 ethernet port connector (eight-pin) is intended to be used
primarily in the development environment but may be used in the field
for high data rate debugging purposes.
. . . continued on next page
5
Module Front Panel LED Indicators and Connectors – continued
July 1999 5-27
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Figure 5-3: MCC24 Front Panel
PWR/ALM LED
LENS (REMOVABLE)
ACTIVE LED
PWR/ALM ACTIVE
MCC24 FRONT PANEL
LPA Shelf LED Status
Combinations
LPA Module LED
Each LPA module contains a bi–color LED just above the MMI
connector on the front panel of the module. Interpret this LED as
follows:
SGREEN — LPA module is active and is reporting no alarms (Normal
condition).
SFlashing GREEN/RED — LPA module is active but is reporting an
low input power condition. If no BBX is keyed, this is normal and
does not constitute a failure.
5
Basic Troubleshooting – Span Control Link
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
5-28
Span Problems (No Control
Link)
Table 5-25: Troubleshooting Control Link Failure
nStep Action
1Verify the span settings using the span_view command
on the active master GLI2 MMI port. If these are set
correctly, verify the edlc parameters using the show
command. Any alarms conditions indicate that the span is
not operating correctly.
– Try looping back the span line from the DSX panel
back to the Mobility Manager (MM) and verify that
the looped signal is good.
– Listen for control tone on appropriate timeslot from
Base Site and MM.
2If no traffic channels in groomed MCC24s (or in whole
C–CCP shelf) can process calls, verify that the ISB
cabling is correct and that ISB A and ISB B cables are not
swapped.
5
July 1999 SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Chapter 6: Leaving the Site
Table of Contents
External Test Equipment Removal 6-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Updating CBSC LMF Files 6-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Copying CAL Files from Diskette to the CBSC 6-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LMF Removal 6-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reestablish OMC-R Control/ Verifying T1/E1 6-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6
Table of Contents – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
Notes
6
Prepare to Leave the Site
July 1999 6-1
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
External Test Equipment
Removal
Perform the procedure outlined in Table 6-1 to disconnect the test
equipment and configure the BTS for active service.
Table 6-1: External Test Equipment Removal
Step Action
1Disconnect all external test equipment from all TX and RX
connectors at the rear of the frame.
2Reconnect and visually inspect all TX and RX antenna feed
lines at the rear of the frame.
Verify all sector antenna feed lines are connected to the
correct ports on the frame. Crossed antenna cables will
cause system degradation of call processing.
CAUTION
Reset All Devices
Reset all devices by cycling power before leaving the site. The CBSC
configuration data and code loads could be different from data and code
on the LMF. By resetting all devices, the CBSC can load the proper data
and code when the span is active again.
Updating CBSC LMF Files
Updated CAL file information must be moved from the CDMA LMF
(Windows environment) back to the CBSC (Unix environment). The
following procedures detail the moving of files from one environment to
the other.
Copying CAL files from CDMA LMF to a Disk
Follow the procedures in Table 3-5 to copy CAL files from a CDMA
LMF computer to a 3.5 diskette.
Table 6-2: Procedures to Copy Files to a Diskette using the LMF
nStep Action
1Insert a disk into Drive A.
2Launch the Windows Explorer program from your
Programs menu list.
3Select the applicable wlmf/cdma/bts–# folder.
4Drag the bts–#.cal file to Drive A.
5Repeat Steps 3 and 4, as required, for other bts–# folders.
6
Prepare to Leave the Site – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
6-2
Copying CAL Files from
Diskette to the CBSC
Follow the procedures in Table 6-3 to copy CAL files from a diskette to
the CBSC.
Table 6-3: Procedures to Copy CAL Files from Diskette to the CBSC
nStep Action
1Login to the CBSC on the workstation using your account
name and password.
NOTE
Enter the information that appears in bold text.
2Place the diskette, containing calibration file(s), in the
workstation diskette drive.
3Type in the following and press the Enter key.
=> eject –q
4Type in the following and press the Enter key.
=> mount
NOTE
Look at the last line displayed. Check to see that the
message “floppy/no_name” is displayed.
5Type in the following and press the Enter key.
=> cd /floppy/no_name
6Type in the following and press the Enter key.
=> cp /floppy/no_name/bts–#.cal bts–#.cal
7Type in the following and press the Enter key.
=> pwd
Verify you are at your home directory
8Type in the following and press the Enter key.
=> ls –l *.cal
Verify the cal files have been copied.
9Type in the following and press the Enter key.
=> eject
10 Remove the diskette from the workstation.
6
Prepare to Leave the Site – continued
July 1999 6-3
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
LMF Removal
DO NOT power down the CDMA LMF without
performing the procedure indicated below. Corrupted/lost
data files may result, and in some cases, the CDMA LMF
may lock up.
CAUTION
Follow the procedures in Table 6-4 to terminate the LMF session and
remove the terminal.
Table 6-4: Procedures to Copy CAL Files from Diskette to the CBSC
nStep Action
1From the CDMA window select File>Exit.
2From the Windows Task Bar click Start>Shutdown.
Click Yes when the Shut Down Windows message
appears.
3Disconnect the LMF terminal Ethernet connector from the
BTS cabinet.
4Disconnect the LMF serial port, the RS-232 to GPIB
interface box, and the GPIB cables as required for
equipment transport.
Reestablish OMC-R Control/
Verifying T1/E1
After all activities at the site have been completed,
including disconnecting the LMF, place a phone call to the
OMC-R and request the BTS be placed under control of
the OMC-R.
IMPORTANT
*
6
Prepare to Leave the Site – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
6-4
Notes
6
July 1999 SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Appendix A: Data Sheets
Appendix Content
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets A-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Verification of Test Equipment Used A-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Site Checklist A-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preliminary Operations A-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pre–Power and Initial Power Tests A-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Optimization Checklist A-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GPS Receiver Operation A-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LFR Receiver Operation A-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TX Bay Level Offset / Power Output Verification for
3–Sector Configurations A-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TX Bay Level Offset / Power Output Verification for
6–Sector Configurations A-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTS Redundancy/Alarm Tests A-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TX Antenna VSWR A-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RX Antenna VSWR A-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AMR Verification A-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Appendix A: Site Serial Number Check List A-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C–CCP Shelf A-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LPAs A-17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A
Table of Contents – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
Notes
A
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets
July 1999 A-1
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Verification of Test Equipment
Used
Table A-1: Verification of Test Equipment Used
Manufacturer Model Serial Number
Comments:________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
A
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
A-2
Site Checklist
Table A-2: Site Checklist
OK Parameter Specification Comments
-Deliveries Per established procedures
-Floor Plan Verified
-
-
-
Inter Frame Cables:
Ethernet
Frame Ground
Power
Per procedure
Per procedure
Per procedure
-
-
-
Factory Data:
BBX2
Test Panel
RFDS
Per procedure
Per procedure
Per procedure
-Site Temperature
-Dress Covers/Brackets
Preliminary Operations
Table A-3: Preliminary Operations
OK Parameter Specification Comments
-Shelf ID Dip Switches Per site equipage
-Ethernet LAN verification Verified per procedure
Comments:_________________________________________________________
A
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continued
July 1999 A-3
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Pre–Power and Initial Power
Tests
Table A3a: Pre–power Checklist
OK Parameter Specification Comments
-Pre–power–up tests Verify power supply
output voltage at the top
of each BTS frame is
within specifications
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Internal Cables:
ISB (all cages)
CSM (all cages)
Power (all cages)
Ethernet Connectors
LAN A ohms
LAN B ohms
LAN A shield
LAN B shield
Ethernet Boots
verified
verified
verified
verified
verified
isolated
isolated
installed
-Air Impedance Cage (single cage) installed
-Initial power–up tests Verify power supply
output voltage at the top
of each BTS frame is
within specifications:
Comments:_________________________________________________________
A
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
A-4
General Optimization
Checklist
Table A3b: Pre–power Checklist
OK Parameter Specification Comments
-
-
LEDs
Frame fans
illuminated
operational
-
-
-
-
LMF to BTS Connection
Preparing the LMF
Log into the LMF PC
Create site specific BTS directory
Download device loads
per procedure
per procedure
per procedure
per procedure
-
-
Ping LAN A
Ping LAN B
per procedure
per procedure
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Download/Enable MGLI2s
Download/Enable GLI2s
Set Site Span Configuration
Download CSMs
Enable CSMs
Enable CSMs
Download/Enable MCC24s
Download BBX2s
Download TSU (in RFDS)
Program TSU NAM
per procedure
per procedure
per procedure
per procedure
per procedure
per procedure
per procedure
per procedure
per procedure
-Test Set Calibration per procedure
Comments:_________________________________________________________
A
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continued
July 1999 A-5
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
GPS Receiver Operation
Table A-4: GPS Receiver Operation
OK Parameter Specification Comments
-GPS Receiver Control Task State:
tracking satellites
Verify parameter
-Initial Position Accuracy: Verify Estimated
or Surveyed
-Current Position:
lat
lon
height
RECORD in
msec and cm also
convert to deg
min sec
-Current Position: satellites tracked
Estimated:
(>4) satellites tracked,(>4) satellites visible
Surveyed:
(>1) satellite tracked,(>4) satellites visible
Verify parameter
as appropriate:
-GPS Receiver Status:Current Dilution of
Precision
(PDOP or HDOP): (<30)
Verify parameter
-Current reference source:
Number: 0; Status: Good; Valid: Yes Verify parameter
Comments:_________________________________________________________
A
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
A-6
LFR Receiver Operation
Table A-5: LFR Receiver Operation
OK Parameter Specification Comments
-Station call letters M X Y Z
assignment. as specified in site
documentation
-SN ratio is > 8 dB
-LFR Task State: 1fr
locked to station xxxx
Verify parameter
-Current reference source:
Number: 1; Status: Good; Valid: Yes
Verify parameter
Comments:_________________________________________________________
A
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continued
July 1999 A-7
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
LPA IM Reduction
Table A-6: LPA IM Reduction
Parameter Comments
OK
LPA
CARRIER
Specification
OK
LPA
#4:1 & 2:1
3–Sector 2:1
6–Sector Dual BP
3–Sector Dual BP
6–Sector
Specification
-1A C1 C1 C1 C1 No Alarms
-1B C1 C1 C1 C1 No Alarms
-2A C1 C1 C1 C1 No Alarms
-2B C1 C1 C1 C1 No Alarms
-3A C1 C1 C1 C1 No Alarms
-3B C1 C1 C1 C1 No Alarms
-4A C3 C1 C1 No Alarms
-4B C3 C1 C1 No Alarms
-5A C3 C1 C1 No Alarms
-5B C3 C1 C1 No Alarms
-6A C3 C1 C1 No Alarms
-6B C3 C1 C1 No Alarms
-7A C2 C2 C2 No Alarms
-7B C2 C2 C2 No Alarms
-8A C2 C2 C2 No Alarms
-8B C2 C2 C2 No Alarms
-9A C2 C2 C2 No Alarms
-9B C2 C2 C2 No Alarms
-10A C4 C2 No Alarms
-10B C4 C2 No Alarms
-11A C4 C2 No Alarms
-11B C4 C2 No Alarms
-12A C4 C2 No Alarms
-12B C4 C2 No Alarms
Comments:_________________________________________________________
A
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
A-8
TX Bay Level Offset / Power
Output Verification for
3–Sector Configurations 1–Carrier
2–Carrier Non–adjacent Channels
4–Carrier Non–adjacent Channels
Table A-7: TX BLO Calibration (3–Sector: 1–Carrier, 2–Carrier and 4–Carrier Non–adjacent Channels)
OK Parameter Specification Comments
-BBX2–1, ANT–1 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–1 = dB
-Calibrate
carrier 1 TX Bay Level Offset = 42 dB (+4 dB)
prior to calibration
BBX2–2, ANT–2 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–2 = dB
-BBX2–3, ANT–3 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–3 = dB
-BBX2–7, ANT–1 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–1 = dB
-Calibrate
carrier 2 TX Bay Level Offset = 42 dB (+4 dB)
prior to calibration
BBX2–8, ANT–2 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–2 = dB
-BBX2–9, ANT–3 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–3 = dB
-BBX2–4, ANT–1 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–1 = dB
-Calibrate
carrier 3 TX Bay Level Offset = 42 dB (+4 dB)
prior to calibration
BBX2–5, ANT–2 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–2 = dB
-BBX2–6, ANT–3 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–3 = dB
-BBX2–10, ANT–1 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–1 = dB
-Calibrate
carrier 4 TX Bay Level Offset = 42 dB (+4 dB)
prior to calibration
BBX2–11, ANT–2 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–2 = dB
-BBX2–12, ANT–3 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–3 = dB
. . . continued on next page
A
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continued
July 1999 A-9
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Table A-7: TX BLO Calibration (3–Sector: 1–Carrier, 2–Carrier and 4–Carrier Non–adjacent Channels)
OK CommentsSpecificationParameter
-BBX2–1, ANT–1 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–1 = dB
-
Calibration
Audit
carrier 1
0 dB (+0.5 dB) for gain set resolution
post calibration
BBX2–2, ANT–2 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–2 = dB
-
carrier
1
BBX2–3, ANT–3 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–3 = dB
-BBX2–7, ANT–1 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–1 = dB
-
Calibration
Audit
carrier 2
0 dB (+0.5 dB) for gain set resolution
post calibration
BBX2–8, ANT–2 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–2 = dB
-
carrier
2
BBX2–9, ANT–3 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–3 = dB
-BBX2–4, ANT–1 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–1 = dB
-
Calibration
Audit
carrier 3
0 dB (+0.5 dB) for gain set resolution
post calibration
BBX2–5, ANT–2 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–2 = dB
-
carrier
3
BBX2–6, ANT–3 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–3 = dB
-BBX2–10, ANT–1 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–1 = dB
-
Calibration
Audit
carrier 4
0 dB (+0.5 dB) for gain set resolution
post calibration
BBX2–11, ANT–2 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–2 = dB
-
carrier
4
BBX2–12, ANT–3 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–3 = dB
Comments:________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
A
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
A-10
2–Carrier Adjacent Channel
Table A-8: TX Bay Level Offset Calibration (3–Sector: 2–Carrier Adjacent Channels)
OK Parameter Specification Comments
-BBX2–1, ANT–1 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–1 = dB
-Calibrate
carrier 1 TX Bay Level Offset = 42 dB (typical),
38 dB (minimum) prior to calibration
BBX2–2, ANT–2 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–2 = dB
-BBX2–3, ANT–3 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–3 = dB
-BBX2–7, ANT–4 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–4 = dB
-Calibrate
carrier 2 TX Bay Level Offset = 42 dB (typical),
38 dB (minimum) prior to calibration
BBX2–8, ANT–5 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–5 = dB
-BBX2–9, ANT–6 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–6 = dB
-BBX2–1, ANT–1 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–1 = dB
-
Calibration
Audit
carrier 1
0 dB (+0.5 dB) for gain set resolution
post calibration
BBX2–2, ANT–2 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–2 = dB
-
carrier
1
BBX2–3, ANT–3 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–3 = dB
-BBX2–7, ANT–4 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–4 = dB
-
Calibration
Audit
carrier 2
0 dB (+0.5 dB) for gain set resolution
post calibration
BBX2–8, ANT–5 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–5 = dB
-
carrier
2
BBX2–9, ANT–6 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–6 = dB
Comments:________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
A
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continued
July 1999 A-11
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
3–Carrier Adjacent Channels
4–Carrier Adjacent Channels
Table A-9: TX Bay Level Offset Calibration (3–Sector: 3 or 4–Carrier Adjacent Channels)
OK Parameter Specification Comments
-BBX2–1, ANT–1 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–1 = dB
-Calibrate
carrier 1 TX Bay Level Offset = 42 dB (+4 dB)
prior to calibration
BBX2–2, ANT–2 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–2 = dB
-BBX2–3, ANT–3 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–3 = dB
-BBX2–7, ANT–1 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–1 = dB
-Calibrate
carrier 2 TX Bay Level Offset = 42 dB (+4 dB)
prior to calibration
BBX2–8, ANT–2 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–2 = dB
-BBX2–9, ANT–3 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–3 = dB
-BBX2–4, ANT–4 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–4 = dB
-Calibrate
carrier 3 TX Bay Level Offset = 42 dB (+4 dB)
prior to calibration
BBX2–5, ANT–5 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–5 = dB
-BBX2–6, ANT–6 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–6 = dB
-BBX2–10, ANT–4 = dB
BBX2–3, ANT–4 = dB
-Calibrate
carrier 4 TX Bay Level Offset = 42 dB (+4 dB)
prior to calibration
BBX2–11, ANT–5 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–5 = dB
-BBX2–12, ANT–6 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–6 = dB
-BBX2–1, ANT–1 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–1 = dB
-
Calibration
Audit
carrier 1
0 dB (+0.5 dB) for gain set resolution
post calibration
BBX2–2, ANT–2 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–2 = dB
-
carrier
1
BBX2–3, ANT–3 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–3 = dB
. . . continued on next page
A
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
A-12
Table A-9: TX Bay Level Offset Calibration (3–Sector: 3 or 4–Carrier Adjacent Channels)
OK CommentsSpecificationParameter
-BBX2–7, ANT–1 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–1 = dB
-
Calibration
Audit
carrier 2
0 dB (+0.5 dB) for gain set resolution
post calibration
BBX2–8, ANT–2 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–2 = dB
-
carrier
2
BBX2–9, ANT–3 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–3 = dB
-BBX2–4, ANT–4 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–4 = dB
-
Calibration
Audit
carrier 3
0 dB (+0.5 dB) for gain set resolution
post calibration
BBX2–5, ANT–5 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–5 = dB
-
carrier
3
BBX2–6, ANT–6 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–6 = dB
-BBX2–10, ANT–4 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–4 = dB
-
Calibration
Audit
carrier 4
0 dB (+0.5 dB) for gain set resolution
post calibration
BBX2–11, ANT–5 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–5 = dB
-
carrier
4
BBX2–12, ANT–6 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–6 = dB
Comments:________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
A
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continued
July 1999 A-13
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
TX Bay Level Offset / Power
Output Verification for
6–Sector Configurations 1–Carrier
2–Carrier Non–adjacent Channels
Table A-10: TX BLO Calibration (6–Sector: 1–Carrier, 2–Carrier Non–adjacent Channels)
OK Parameter Specification Comments
-BBX2–1, ANT–1 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–1 = dB
-BBX2–2, ANT–2 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–2 = dB
-Calibrate TX Bay Level Offset = 42 dB (typical),
BBX2–3, ANT–3 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–3 = dB
-
carrier 1
y ( yp ),
38 dB (minimum) prior to calibration BBX2–4, ANT–4 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–4 = dB
-BBX2–5, ANT–5 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–5 = dB
-BBX2–6, ANT–6 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–6 = dB
-BBX2–7, ANT–1 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–1 = dB
-BBX2–8, ANT–2 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–2 = dB
-Calibrate TX Bay Level Offset = 42 dB (typical),
BBX2–9, ANT–3 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–3 = dB
-
carrier 2
y ( yp ),
38 dB (minimum) prior to calibration BBX2–10, ANT–4 = dB
BBX2–3, ANT–4 = dB
-BBX2–11, ANT–5 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–5 = dB
-BBX2–12, ANT–6 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–5 = dB
. . . continued on next page
A
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
A-14
Table A-10: TX BLO Calibration (6–Sector: 1–Carrier, 2–Carrier Non–adjacent Channels)
OK CommentsSpecificationParameter
-BBX2–1, ANT–1 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–1 = dB
-BBX2–2, ANT–2 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–2 = dB
-Calibration
Audit
0 dB (+0.5 dB) for gain set resolution
BBX2–3, ANT–3 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–3 = dB
-
A
u
dit
carrier 1
()g
post calibration BBX2–4, ANT–4 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–4 = dB
-BBX2–5, ANT–5 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–5 = dB
-BBX2–6, ANT–6 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–6 = dB
-BBX2–7, ANT–1 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–1 = dB
-BBX2–8, ANT–2 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–2 = dB
-Calibration
Audit
0 dB (+0.5 dB) for gain set resolution
BBX2–9, ANT–3 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–3 = dB
-
A
u
dit
carrier 2
()g
post calibration BBX2–10, ANT–4 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–4 = dB
-BBX2–11, ANT–5 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–5 = dB
-BBX2–12, ANT–6 = dB
BBX2–r, ANT–6 = dB
Comments:________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
A
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continued
July 1999 A-15
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
TX Antenna VSWR
Table A-11: TX Antenna VSWR
OK Parameter Specification Data
-VSWR –
Antenna 1 < (1.5 : 1)
-VSWR –
Antenna 2 < (1.5 : 1)
-VSWR –
Antenna 3 < (1.5 : 1)
-VSWR –
Antenna 4 < (1.5 : 1)
-VSWR –
Antenna 5 < (1.5 : 1)
-VSWR –
Antenna 6 < (1.5 : 1)
Comments:________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
A
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
A-16
RX Antenna VSWR
Table A-12: RX Antenna VSWR
OK Parameter Specification Data
-VSWR –
Antenna 1 < (1.5 : 1)
-VSWR –
Antenna 2 < (1.5 : 1)
-VSWR –
Antenna 3 < (1.5 : 1)
-VSWR –
Antenna 4 < (1.5 : 1)
-VSWR –
Antenna 5 < (1.5 : 1)
-VSWR –
Antenna 6 < (1.5 : 1)
Comments:_________________________________________________________
AMR Verification
Table A-13: AMR CDI Alarm Input Verification
OK Parameter Specification Data
-
Verify CDI alarm input
operation (“ALARM A”
(numbers 1 –18)
BTS Relay #XX –
Contact Alarm
Sets/Clears
-
Verify CDI alarm input
operation (“ALARM B”
(numbers 19 –36)
BTS Relay #XX –
Contact Alarm
Sets/Clears
Comments:_________________________________________________________
A
Appendix A: Site Serial Number Check List
July 1999 A-17
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Date Site
C–CCP Shelf
Site I/O A & B
C–CCP Shelf
CSM–1
CSM–2
HSO
CCD–1
CCD–2
AMR–1
AMR–2
MPC–1
MPC–2
Fans 1–3
GLI2–1
GLI2–2
BBX2–1
BBX2–2
BBX2–3
BBX2–4
BBX2–5
BBX2–6
BBX2–7
BBX2–8
BBX2–9
BBX2–10
BBX2–11
BBX2–12
BBX2–r
MCC24/MCC8E–1
MCC24/MCC8E–2
MCC24/MCC8E–3
MCC24/MCC8E–4
MCC24/MCC8E–5
MCC24/MCC8E–6
MCC24/MCC8E–7
MCC24/MCC8E–8
MCC24/MCC8E–9
MCC24/MCC8E–10
MCC24/MCC8E–11
A
Appendix A: Site Serial Number Check List – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
A-18
MCC24/MCC8E–12
CIO
SWITCH
PS–1
PS–2
PS–3
LPAs
LPA 1A
LPA 1B
LPA 1C
LPA 1D
LPA 2A
LPA 2B
LPA 2C
LPA 2D
LPA 3A
LPA 3B
LPA 3C
LPA 3D
LPA 4A
LPA 4B
LPA 4C
LPA 4D
A
July 1999 SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Appendix B: FRU Optimization/ATP Test Matrix
Appendix Content
Appendix B: FRU Optimization/ATP Test Matrix B-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Usage & Background B-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Detailed Optimization/ATP Test Matrix B-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B
Table of Contents – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
Notes
B
Appendix B: FRU Optimization/ATP Test Matrix
July 1999 B-1
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Usage & Background
Periodic maintenance of a site may also may mandate re–optimization of
specific portions of the site. An outline of some basic guidelines is
included in the following tables.
Re–optimization steps listed for any assembly detailed in
the tables below must be performed anytime a RF cable
associated with it is replaced.
IMPORTANT
*
BTS Frame
Table B-1: When RF Optimization Is required on the BTS
Item Replaced Optimize:
C–CCP Shelf All sector TX and RX paths to all
Combined CDMA Channel Processor
(C–CCP) shelves.
Multicoupler/
Preselector Card The three or six affected sector RX paths for
the C–CCP shelf in the BTS frames.
Preselector I/O All sector RX paths.
BBX2 board RX and TX paths of the affected C–CCP
shelf / BBX2 board.
CIO Card All RX and TX paths of the affected
CDMA carrier.
Any LPA Module The affected sector TX path.
LPA Backplane The affected sector TX path.
LPA Filter The affected sector TX path.
Ancillary Frame
Item Replaced Optimize:
Directional Coupler All affected sector RX and TX paths to all
BTS frame shelves.
Site filter All affected RX sector paths in all shelves
in all BTS frames.
Any RFDS component
or TSU. The RFDS calibration RX & TX paths
(MONFWD/GENFWD).
. . . continued on next page
B
Appendix B: FRU Optimization/ATP Test Matrix – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
B-2
Inter-frame Cabling
Optimization must be performed after the replacement of any RF cabling
between BTS frames.
Table B-2: When to Optimize Inter–frame Cabling
Item Replaced Optimize:
Ancillary frame to BTS
frame (RX) cables The affected sector/antenna RX
paths.
BTS frame to ancillary frame
(TX) cables The affected sector/antenna TX paths.
Detailed Optimization/ATP
Test Matrix
Table B-3 outlines in more detail the tests that would need to be
performed if one of the BTS components were to fail and be replaced. It
is also assumed that all modules are placed OOS–ROM via the LMF
until full redundancy of all applicable modules is implemented.
The following guidelines should also be noted when using this table.
Not every procedure required to bring the site back on line
is indicated in Table B-3. It is meant to be used as a
guideline ONLY. The table assumes that the user is familiar
enough with the BTS Optimization/ATP procedure to
understand which test equipment set ups, calibrations, and
BTS site preparation will be required before performing the
Table # procedures referenced.
IMPORTANT
*
Various passive BTS components (such as the TX and RX directional
couplers, Preselector IO, CIO; etc.) only call for a TX or RX calibration
audit to be performed in lieu of a full path calibration. If the RX or TX
path calibration audit fails, the entire RF path calibration will need to be
repeated. If the RF path calibration fails, further troubleshooting is
warranted.
Whenever any C–CCP BACKPLANE is replaced, it is assumed that
only power to the C–CCP shelf being replaced is turned off via the
breaker supplying that shelf.
Whenever any DISTRIBUTION BACKPLANE is replaced it is assumed
that the power to the entire RFM frame is removed and the Preselector
I/O is replaced. The modem frame should be brought up as if it were a
new installation.
B
Appendix B: FRU Optimization/ATP Test Matrix – continued
July 1999 B-3
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
If any significant change in signal level results from any
component being replaced in the RX or TX signal flow
paths, it would be identified by re–running the RX and TX
calibration audit command.
NOTE
When the CIO is replaced, the C–CCP shelf remains powered up. The
BBX2 boards may need to be removed, then re–installed into their
original slots, and re–downloaded (code and BLO data). RX and TX
calibration audits should then be performed.
B
Appendix B: FRU Optimization/ATP Test Matrix – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
B-4
Table B-3: SC 4812ET BTS Optimization and ATP Test Matrix
Doc
Tbl
#Description
Directional Coupler (RX)
Directional Coupler (TX)
RX Filter
RX Cables
TX Cables
Multicoupler/Preselector
CIO
C–CCP Backplane
BBX2
MCC24/MCC8E
CSM
LFR/HSO
GPS
GLI2
LPA
LPA Filter Bandpass
Power Converters (See Note)
SWITCH CARD
LPA Combiner Filter 2:1
LPA Combiner Filter 4:1
LPA Backplane
Table 2-1
Initial Boards/Modules
Install, Preliminary
Operations, CDF Site
Equipage; etc.
DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD
Table 2-18 DC Power Pre-Test D D
Table 2-3 Initial Power-up D D
Table 3-7 Start LMF Session D D D D D D
Table 3-16 Download Code D D
Table 3-18 Enable CSMs D D
Table 3-21 GPS Initialization /
Verification D D D
Table 3-22 LFR Initialization /
Verification D D
Table 3-36 TX Path Calibration D D D
Table 3-37 Download Offsets to
BBX2 D D D
Table 3-38 TX Path Calibration Audit D D DDD DD DDDD
Table 4–5 Spectral Purity TX Mask
ATP DD DD DDDD
Table 4–6 Waveform Quality (rho)
ATP D D D D D D D D D D
Table 4–7 Pilot Time Offset ATP D D D D D D D D D D
Table 4–8 Code Domain Power /
Noise Floor DDD
Table 4–9 FER Test DDDDD
NOTE
Replace power converters one card at a time so that power to the C–CCP shelf is not lost. If power to the
shelf is lost, all cards in the shelf must be downloaded again.
B
July 1999 SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Appendix C: BBX Gain Set Point vs. BTS Output Considerations
Appendix Content
Usage & Background C-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C
Table of Contents – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
Notes
C
Appendix C: BBX2 Gain Set Point vs. BTS Output Considerations
July 1999 C-1
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Usage & Background
Table C-1 outlines the relationship between the total of all code domain
channel element gain settings (digital root sum of the squares) and the
BBX2 Gain Set Point between 33.0 dBm and 44.0 dBm. The resultant
RF output (as measured at the top of the BTS in dBm) is shown in the
table. The table assumes that the BBX2 Bay Level Offset (BLO) values
have been calculated.
As an illustration, consider a BBX2 keyed up to produce a CDMA
carrier with only the Pilot channel (no MCCs forward link enabled).
Pilot gain is set to 262. In this case, the BBX2 Gain Set Point is shown
to correlate exactly to the actual RF output anywhere in the 33 to 44
dBm output range. (This is the level used to calibrate the BTS).
Table C-1: BBX2 Gain Set Point vs. Actual BTS Output (in dBm)
dBm'
Gainb
44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33
541 – – – – – – – 43.3 42.3 41.3 40.3 39.3
533 – – – – – – – 43.2 42.2 41.2 40.2 39.2
525 – – – – – – – 43 42 41 40 39
517 – – – – – – – 42.9 41.9 40.9 39.9 38.9
509 – – – – – – – 42.8 41.8 40.8 39.8 38.8
501 – – – – – – – 42.6 41.6 40.6 39.6 38.6
493 – – – – – – 43.5 42.5 41.5 40.5 39.5 38.5
485 – – – – – – 43.4 42.4 41.4 40.4 39.4 38.4
477 – – – – – – 43.2 42.2 41.2 40.2 39.2 38.2
469 – – – – – – 43.1 42.1 41.1 40.1 39.1 38.1
461 – – – – – – 42.9 41.9 40.9 39.9 38.9 37.9
453 – – – – – – 42.8 41.8 40.8 39.8 38.8 37.8
445 – – – – – 43.6 42.6 41.6 40.6 39.6 38.6 37.6
437 – – – – – 43.4 42.4 41.4 40.4 39.4 38.4 37.4
429 – – – – – 43.3 42.3 41.3 40.3 39.3 38.3 37.3
421 – – – – – 43.1 42.1 41.1 40.1 39.1 38.1 37.1
413 – – – – – 43 42 41 40 39 38 37
405 – – – – – 42.8 41.8 40.8 39.8 38.8 37.8 36.8
397 – – – – 43.6 42.6 41.6 40.6 39.6 38.6 37.6 36.6
389 – – – – 43.4 42.4 41.4 40.4 39.4 38.4 37.4 36.4
. . . continued on next page
C
Appendix C: BBX2 Gain Set Point vs. BTS Output Considerations – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
C-2
Table C-1: BBX2 Gain Set Point vs. Actual BTS Output (in dBm)
dBm'
Gainb
333435363738394041424344
381 – – – – 43.3 42.3 41.3 40.3 39.3 38.3 37.3 36.3
374 – – – – 43.1 42.1 41.1 40.1 39.1 38.1 37.1 36.1
366 – – – – 42.9 41.9 40.9 39.9 38.9 37.9 36.9 35.9
358 – – – – 42.7 41.7 40.7 39.7 38.7 37.7 36.7 35.7
350 – – – 43.5 42.5 41.5 40.5 39.5 38.5 37.5 36.5 35.5
342 – – – 43.3 42.3 41.3 40.3 39.3 38.3 37.3 36.3 35.3
334 – – – 43.1 42.1 41.1 40.1 39.1 38.1 37.1 36.1 35.1
326 – – – 42.9 41.9 40.9 39.9 38.9 37.9 36.9 35.9 34.9
318 – – – 42.7 41.7 40.7 39.7 38.7 37.7 36.7 35.7 34.7
310 – – 43.5 42.5 41.5 40.5 39.5 38.5 37.5 36.5 35.5 34.5
302 – – 43.2 42.2 41.2 40.2 39.2 38.2 37.2 36.2 35.2 34.2
294 – – 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34
286 – – 42.8 41.8 40.8 39.8 38.8 37.8 36.8 35.8 34.8 33.8
278 – 43.5 42.5 41.5 40.5 39.5 38.5 37.5 36.5 35.5 34.5 33.5
270 – 43.3 42.3 41.3 40.3 39.3 38.3 37.3 36.3 35.3 34.3 33.3
262 – 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33
254 – 42.7 41.7 40.7 39.7 38.7 37.7 36.7 35.7 34.7 33.7 32.7
246 43.4 42.4 41.4 40.4 39.4 38.4 37.4 36.4 35.4 34.4 33.4 32.4
238 43.2 42.2 41.2 40.2 39.2 38.2 37.2 36.2 35.2 34.2 33.2 32.2
230 42.9 41.9 40.9 39.9 38.9 37.9 36.9 35.9 34.9 33.9 32.9 31.9
222 42.6 41.6 40.6 39.6 38.6 37.6 36.6 35.6 34.6 33.6 32.6 31.6
214 42.2 41.2 40.2 39.2 38.2 37.2 36.2 35.2 34.2 33.2 32.2 31.2
C
July 1999 SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Appendix D: CDMA Operating Frequency Information
Appendix Content
PCS Channels D-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculating Center Frequencies D-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D
Table of Contents – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
Notes
D
CDMA Operating Frequency Programming Information – North American
PCS Bands
July 1999 D-1
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Introduction
Programming of each of the BTS BBX2 synthesizers is performed by the
BTS GLIs via the CHI bus. This programming data determines the
transmit and receive transceiver operating frequencies (channels) for
each BBX2.
PCS Channels
Figure D-1 shows the valid channels for the North American PCS
frequency spectrum. There are 10 CDMA wireline or non–wireline band
channels used in a CDMA system (unique per customer operating
system).
Figure D-1: North American PCS Frequency Spectrum (CDMA Allocation)
FREQ (MHz)
RX TX
275
1175
CHANNEL
1863.75
925
1851.2525
1871.25425
675 1883.75
1896.25
1908.75
1943.75
1931.25
1951.25
1963.75
1976.25
1988.75
A
D
B
E
F
C
D
CDMA Operating Frequency Programming Information – North American
Bands – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
D-2
Calculating Center
Frequencies
Table D-1 shows selected CDMA candidate operating channels, listed in
both decimal and hexadecimal, and the corresponding transmit, and
receive frequencies. Center frequency for channels not shown in the table
may be calculated as follows:
Direction Formula Example
TX 1930 + (0.05 * Channel#) Channel 262: 1930 + (0.05*262) = 1943.10
RX 1850 + (0.05 * Channel#) Channel 237: 1850 + (0.05*237) = 1861.85
– Actual frequencies used depend on customer CDMA system
frequency plan.
– Each CDMA channel requires a 1.77 MHz frequency segment. The
actual CDMA carrier is 1.23 MHz wide, with a 0.27 MHz guard
band on both sides of the carrier
– Minimum frequency separation required between any CDMA
carrier and the nearest NAMPS/AMPS carrier is 900 kHz
(center-to-center).
D
CDMA Operating Frequency Programming Information – North American
Bands – continued
July 1999 D-3
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Table D-1: TX and RX Frequency vs. Channel
Block Designator Channel Number
Decimal Hex Transmit Frequency (MHz)
Center Frequency Receive Frequency (MHz)
Center Frequency
25 0019 1931.25 1851.25
50 0032 1932.50 1852.50
75 004B 1933.75 1853.75
100 0064 1935.00 1855.00
125 007D 1936.25 1856.25
A150 0096 1937.50 1857.50
A
175 00AF 1938.75 1858.75
200 00C8 1940.00 1860.00
225 00E1 1941.25 1861.25
250 00FA 1942.50 1862.50
275 0113 1943.75 1863.75
300 012C 1945.00 1865.00
325 0145 1946.25 1866.25
D350 015E 1947.50 1867.50
D
375 0177 1948.75 1868.75
400 0190 1950.00 1870.00
425 01A9 1951.25 1871.25
450 01C2 1952.50 1872.50
475 01DB 1953.75 1873.75
500 01F4 1955.00 1875.00
525 020D 1956.25 1876.25
B550 0226 1957.50 1877.50
B
575 023F 1958.75 1878.75
600 0258 1960.00 1880.00
625 0271 1961.25 1881.25
650 028A 1962.50 1882.50
675 02A3 1963.75 1883.75
700 02BC 1965.00 1885.00
725 02D5 1966.25 1886.25
E750 02EE 1967.50 1887.50
E
775 0307 1968.75 1888.75
800 0320 1970.00 1890.00
825 0339 1971.25 1891.25
F
850 0352 1972.50 1892.50
F875 036B 1973.75 1893.75
900 0384 1975.00 1895.00
925 039D 1976.25 1896.25
950 03B6 1977.50 1897.50
975 03CF 1978.75 1898.75
1000 03E8 1980.00 1900.00
1025 0401 1981.25 1901.25
C1050 041A 1982.50 1902.50
C
1075 0433 1983.75 1903.75
1100 044C 1985.00 1905.00
1125 0465 1986.25 1906.25
1150 047E 1987.50 1807.50
1175 0497 1988.75 1908.75
D
CDMA Operating Frequency Programming Information – North American
Bands – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
D-4
Notes
D
July 1999 SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Appendix E: PN Offset/I & Q Offset Register Programming Information
Appendix Content
PN Offset Background E-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PN Offset Usage E-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E
Table of Contents – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
Notes
E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information
July 1999 E-1
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
PN Offset Background
All channel elements transmitted from a BTS in a particular 1.25 MHz
CDMA channel are orthonogonally spread by 1 of 64 possible Walsh
code functions; additionally, they are also spread by a quadrature pair of
PN sequences unique to each sector.
Overall, the mobile uses this to differentiate multiple signals transmitted
from the same BTS (and surrounding BTS) sectors, and to synchronize
to the next strongest sector.
The PN offset per sector is stored on the BBX2s, where the
corresponding I & Q registers reside.
The PN offset values are determined on a per BTS/per sector(antenna)
basis as determined by the appropriate cdf file content. A breakdown of
this information is found in Table E-1.
PN Offset Usage
There are three basic RF chip delays currently in use. It is important to
determine what RF chip delay is valid to be able to test the BTS
functionality. This can be done by ascertaining if the CDF file
FineTxAdj value was set to “on” when the MCC was downloaded with
“image data”. The FineTxAdj value is used to compensate for the
processing delay (approximately 20 mS) in the BTS using any type of
mobile meeting IS–97 specifications.
If the FineTxAdj value in the cdf file is 213 (D5 HEX), FineTxAdj has
been set for the 14 chip table.
CDF file I and Q values can be represented in DECIMAL
or HEX. If using HEX, add 0x before the HEX value. If
necessary, convert HEX values in Table E-1 to decimal
before comparing them to cdf file I & Q value assignments.
IMPORTANT
*
– If you are using a Qualcomm mobile, use the I and Q values from
the 13 chip delay table.
– If you are using a mobile that does not have the 1 chip offset
problem, (any mobile meeting the IS–97 specification), use the 14
chip delay table.
If the wrong I and Q values are used with the wrong
FineTxAdj parameter, system timing problems will occur.
This will cause the energy transmitted to be “smeared”
over several Walsh codes (instead of the single Walsh code
that it was assigned to), causing erratic operation. Evidence
of smearing is usually identified by Walsh channels not at
correct levels or present when not selected in the Code
Domain Power Test.
IMPORTANT
*
E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
E-2
Table E-1: PnMaskI and PnMaskQ Values for PilotPn
14–Chip Delay 13–Chip Delay 0–Chip Delay
Pilot I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q
PN (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.)
0 17523 23459 4473 5BA3 29673 25581 73E9 63ED 4096 4096 1000 1000
1 32292 32589 7E24 7F4D 16146 29082 3F12 719A 9167 1571 23CF 0623
2 4700 17398 125C 43F6 2350 8699 092E 21FB 22417 7484 5791 1D3C
3 14406 26333 3846 66DD 7203 32082 1C23 7D52 966 6319 03C6 18AF
4 14899 4011 3A33 0FAB 19657 18921 4CC9 49E9 14189 2447 376D 098F
5 17025 2256 4281 08D0 28816 1128 7090 0468 29150 24441 71DE 5F79
6 14745 18651 3999 48DB 19740 27217 4D1C 6A51 18245 27351 4745 6AD7
7 2783 1094 0ADF 0446 21695 547 54BF 0223 1716 23613 06B4 5C3D
8 5832 21202 16C8 52D2 2916 10601 0B64 2969 11915 29008 2E8B 7150
9 12407 13841 3077 3611 18923 21812 49EB 5534 20981 5643 51F5 160B
10 31295 31767 7A3F 7C17 27855 28727 6CCF 7037 24694 28085 6076 6DB5
11 7581 18890 1D9D 49CA 24350 9445 5F1E 24E5 11865 18200 2E59 4718
12 18523 30999 485B 7917 30205 29367 75FD 72B7 6385 21138 18F1 5292
13 29920 22420 74E0 5794 14960 11210 3A70 2BCA 27896 21937 6CF8 55B1
14 25184 20168 6260 4EC8 12592 10084 3130 2764 25240 25222 6298 6286
15 26282 12354 66AA 3042 13141 6177 3355 1821 30877 109 789D 006D
16 30623 11187 779F 2BB3 27167 23525 6A1F 5BE5 30618 6028 779A 178C
17 15540 11834 3CB4 2E3A 7770 5917 1E5A 171D 26373 22034 6705 5612
18 23026 10395 59F2 289B 11513 23153 2CF9 5A71 314 15069 013A 3ADD
19 20019 28035 4E33 6D83 30409 30973 76C9 78FD 17518 4671 446E 123F
20 4050 27399 0FD2 6B07 2025 31679 07E9 7BBF 21927 30434 55A7 76E2
21 1557 22087 0615 5647 21210 25887 52DA 651F 2245 11615 08C5 2D5F
22 30262 2077 7636 081D 15131 18994 3B1B 4A32 18105 19838 46B9 4D7E
23 18000 13758 4650 35BE 9000 6879 2328 1ADF 8792 14713 2258 3979
24 20056 11778 4E58 2E02 10028 5889 272C 1701 21440 241 53C0 00F1
25 12143 3543 2F6F 0DD7 18023 18647 4667 48D7 15493 24083 3C85 5E13
26 17437 7184 441D 1C10 29662 3592 73DE 0E08 26677 7621 6835 1DC5
27 17438 2362 441E 093A 8719 1181 220F 049D 11299 19144 2C23 4AC8
28 5102 25840 13EE 64F0 2551 12920 09F7 3278 12081 1047 2F31 0417
29 9302 12177 2456 2F91 4651 23028 122B 59F4 23833 26152 5D19 6628
30 17154 10402 4302 28A2 8577 5201 2181 1451 20281 22402 4F39 5782
31 5198 1917 144E 077D 2599 19842 0A27 4D82 10676 21255 29B4 5307
32 4606 17708 11FE 452C 2303 8854 08FF 2296 16981 30179 4255 75E3
33 24804 10630 60E4 2986 12402 5315 3072 14C3 31964 7408 7CDC 1CF0
34 17180 6812 431C 1A9C 8590 3406 218E 0D4E 26913 115 6921 0073
35 10507 14350 290B 380E 17749 7175 4555 1C07 14080 1591 3700 0637
36 10157 10999 27AD 2AF7 16902 23367 4206 5B47 23842 1006 5D22 03EE
37 23850 25003 5D2A 61AB 11925 32489 2E95 7EE9 27197 32263 6A3D 7E07
38 31425 2652 7AC1 0A5C 27824 1326 6CB0 052E 22933 1332 5995 0534
39 4075 19898 0FEB 4DBA 22053 9949 5625 26DD 30220 12636 760C 315C
40 10030 2010 272E 07DA 5015 1005 1397 03ED 12443 4099 309B 1003
41 16984 25936 4258 6550 8492 12968 212C 32A8 19854 386 4D8E 0182
42 14225 28531 3791 6F73 18968 31109 4A18 7985 14842 29231 39FA 722F
43 26519 11952 6797 2EB0 25115 5976 621B 1758 15006 25711 3A9E 646F
44 27775 31947 6C7F 7CCB 26607 28761 67EF 7059 702 10913 02BE 2AA1
45 30100 25589 7594 63F5 15050 32710 3ACA 7FC6 21373 8132 537D 1FC4
46 7922 11345 1EF2 2C51 3961 22548 0F79 5814 23874 20844 5D42 516C
47 14199 28198 3777 6E26 19051 14099 4A6B 3713 3468 13150 0D8C 335E
48 17637 13947 44E5 367B 29602 21761 73A2 5501 31323 18184 7A5B 4708
49 23081 8462 5A29 210E 31940 4231 7CC4 1087 29266 19066 7252 4A7A
50 5099 9595 13EB 257B 22565 23681 5825 5C81 16554 29963 40AA 750B
. . . continued on next page
E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
July 1999 E-3
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Table E-1: PnMaskI and PnMaskQ Values for PilotPn
14–Chip Delay 13–Chip Delay 0–Chip Delay
Pilot I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q
PN (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.)
51 32743 4670 7FE7 123E 28195 2335 6E23 091F 22575 6605 582F 19CD
52 7114 14672 1BCA 3950 3557 7336 0DE5 1CA8 31456 29417 7AE0 72E9
53 7699 29415 1E13 72E7 24281 30543 5ED9 774F 8148 22993 1FD4 59D1
54 19339 20610 4B8B 5082 29717 10305 7415 2841 19043 27657 4A63 6C09
55 28212 6479 6E34 194F 14106 17051 371A 429B 25438 5468 635E 155C
56 29587 10957 7393 2ACD 26649 23386 6819 5B5A 10938 8821 2ABA 2275
57 19715 18426 4D03 47FA 30545 9213 7751 23FD 2311 20773 0907 5125
58 14901 22726 3A35 58C6 19658 11363 4CCA 2C63 7392 4920 1CE0 1338
59 20160 5247 4EC0 147F 10080 17411 2760 4403 30714 5756 77FA 167C
60 22249 29953 56E9 7501 31396 29884 7AA4 74BC 180 28088 00B4 6DB8
61 26582 5796 67D6 16A4 13291 2898 33EB 0B52 8948 740 22F4 02E4
62 7153 16829 1BF1 41BD 23592 28386 5C28 6EE2 16432 23397 4030 5B65
63 15127 4528 3B17 11B0 19547 2264 4C5B 08D8 9622 19492 2596 4C24
64 15274 5415 3BAA 1527 7637 17583 1DD5 44AF 7524 26451 1D64 6753
65 23149 10294 5A6D 2836 31974 5147 7CE6 141B 1443 30666 05A3 77CA
66 16340 17046 3FD4 4296 8170 8523 1FEA 214B 1810 15088 0712 3AF0
67 27052 7846 69AC 1EA6 13526 3923 34D6 0F53 6941 26131 1B1D 6613
68 13519 10762 34CF 2A0A 19383 5381 4BB7 1505 3238 15969 0CA6 3E61
69 10620 13814 297C 35F6 5310 6907 14BE 1AFB 8141 24101 1FCD 5E25
70 15978 16854 3E6A 41D6 7989 8427 1F35 20EB 10408 12762 28A8 31DA
71 27966 795 6D3E 031B 13983 20401 369F 4FB1 18826 19997 498A 4E1D
72 12479 9774 30BF 262E 18831 4887 498F 1317 22705 22971 58B1 59BB
73 1536 24291 0600 5EE3 768 24909 0300 614D 3879 12560 0F27 3110
74 3199 3172 0C7F 0C64 22511 1586 57EF 0632 21359 31213 536F 79ED
75 4549 2229 11C5 08B5 22834 19046 5932 4A66 30853 18780 7885 495C
76 17888 21283 45E0 5323 8944 26541 22F0 67AD 18078 16353 469E 3FE1
77 13117 16905 333D 4209 18510 28472 484E 6F38 15910 12055 3E26 2F17
78 7506 7062 1D52 1B96 3753 3531 0EA9 0DCB 20989 30396 51FD 76BC
79 27626 7532 6BEA 1D6C 13813 3766 35F5 0EB6 28810 24388 708A 5F44
80 31109 25575 7985 63E7 27922 32719 6D12 7FCF 30759 1555 7827 0613
81 29755 14244 743B 37A4 27597 7122 6BCD 1BD2 18899 13316 49D3 3404
82 26711 28053 6857 6D95 26107 30966 65FB 78F6 7739 31073 1E3B 7961
83 20397 30408 4FAD 76C8 30214 15204 7606 3B64 6279 6187 1887 182B
84 18608 5094 48B0 13E6 9304 2547 2458 09F3 9968 21644 26F0 548C
85 7391 16222 1CDF 3F5E 24511 8111 5FBF 1FAF 8571 9289 217B 2449
86 23168 7159 5A80 1BF7 11584 17351 2D40 43C7 4143 4624 102F 1210
87 23466 174 5BAA 00AE 11733 87 2DD5 0057 19637 467 4CB5 01D3
88 15932 25530 3E3C 63BA 7966 12765 1F1E 31DD 11867 18133 2E5B 46D5
89 25798 2320 64C6 0910 12899 1160 3263 0488 7374 1532 1CCE 05FC
90 28134 23113 6DE6 5A49 14067 25368 36F3 6318 10423 1457 28B7 05B1
91 28024 23985 6D78 5DB1 14012 24804 36BC 60E4 9984 9197 2700 23ED
92 6335 2604 18BF 0A2C 23951 1302 5D8F 0516 7445 13451 1D15 348B
93 21508 1826 5404 0722 10754 913 2A02 0391 4133 25785 1025 64B9
94 26338 30853 66E2 7885 13169 29310 3371 727E 22646 4087 5876 0FF7
95 17186 15699 4322 3D53 8593 20629 2191 5095 15466 31190 3C6A 79D6
96 22462 2589 57BE 0A1D 11231 19250 2BDF 4B32 2164 8383 0874 20BF
97 3908 25000 0F44 61A8 1954 12500 07A2 30D4 16380 12995 3FFC 32C3
98 25390 18163 632E 46F3 12695 27973 3197 6D45 15008 27438 3AA0 6B2E
99 27891 12555 6CF3 310B 26537 22201 67A9 56B9 31755 9297 7C0B 2451
100 9620 8670 2594 21DE 4810 4335 12CA 10EF 31636 1676 7B94 068C
. . . continued on next page
E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
E-4
Table E-1: PnMaskI and PnMaskQ Values for PilotPn
14–Chip Delay 13–Chip Delay 0–Chip Delay
Pilot I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q
PN (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.)
101 6491 1290 195B 050A 23933 645 5D7D 0285 25414 12596 6346 3134
102 16876 4407 41EC 1137 8438 18087 20F6 46A7 7102 19975 1BBE 4E07
103 17034 1163 428A 048B 8517 19577 2145 4C79 20516 20026 5024 4E3A
104 32405 12215 7E95 2FB7 28314 23015 6E9A 59E7 19495 8958 4C27 22FE
105 27417 7253 6B19 1C55 25692 16406 645C 4016 17182 19143 431E 4AC7
106 8382 8978 20BE 2312 4191 4489 105F 1189 11572 17142 2D34 42F6
107 5624 25547 15F8 63CB 2812 32729 0AFC 7FD9 25570 19670 63E2 4CD6
108 1424 3130 0590 0C3A 712 1565 02C8 061D 6322 30191 18B2 75EF
109 13034 31406 32EA 7AAE 6517 15703 1975 3D57 8009 5822 1F49 16BE
110 15682 6222 3D42 184E 7841 3111 1EA1 0C27 26708 22076 6854 563C
111 27101 20340 69DD 4F74 25918 10170 653E 27BA 6237 606 185D 025E
112 8521 25094 2149 6206 16756 12547 4174 3103 32520 9741 7F08 260D
113 30232 23380 7618 5B54 15116 11690 3B0C 2DAA 31627 9116 7B8B 239C
114 6429 10926 191D 2AAE 23902 5463 5D5E 1557 3532 12705 0DCC 31A1
115 27116 22821 69EC 5925 13558 25262 34F6 62AE 24090 17502 5E1A 445E
116 4238 31634 108E 7B92 2119 15817 0847 3DC9 20262 18952 4F26 4A08
117 5128 4403 1408 1133 2564 18085 0A04 46A5 18238 15502 473E 3C8E
118 14846 689 39FE 02B1 7423 20324 1CFF 4F64 2033 17819 07F1 459B
119 13024 27045 32E0 69A5 6512 31470 1970 7AEE 25566 4370 63DE 1112
120 10625 27557 2981 6BA5 17680 31726 4510 7BEE 25144 31955 6238 7CD3
121 31724 16307 7BEC 3FB3 15862 20965 3DF6 51E5 29679 30569 73EF 7769
122 13811 22338 35F3 5742 19241 11169 4B29 2BA1 5064 7350 13C8 1CB6
123 24915 27550 6153 6B9E 24953 13775 6179 35CF 27623 26356 6BE7 66F4
124 1213 22096 04BD 5650 21390 11048 538E 2B28 13000 32189 32C8 7DBD
125 2290 23136 08F2 5A60 1145 11568 0479 2D30 31373 1601 7A8D 0641
126 31551 12199 7B3F 2FA7 27727 23023 6C4F 59EF 13096 19537 3328 4C51
127 12088 1213 2F38 04BD 6044 19554 179C 4C62 26395 25667 671B 6443
128 7722 936 1E2A 03A8 3861 468 0F15 01D4 15487 4415 3C7F 113F
129 27312 6272 6AB0 1880 13656 3136 3558 0C40 29245 2303 723D 08FF
130 23130 32446 5A5A 7EBE 11565 16223 2D2D 3F5F 26729 16362 6869 3FEA
131 594 13555 0252 34F3 297 21573 0129 5445 12568 28620 3118 6FCC
132 25804 8789 64CC 2255 12902 24342 3266 5F16 24665 6736 6059 1A50
133 31013 24821 7925 60F5 27970 32326 6D42 7E46 8923 2777 22DB 0AD9
134 32585 21068 7F49 524C 28276 10534 6E74 2926 19634 24331 4CB2 5F0B
135 3077 31891 0C05 7C93 22482 28789 57D2 7075 29141 9042 71D5 2352
136 17231 5321 434F 14C9 28791 17496 7077 4458 73 107 0049 006B
137 31554 551 7B42 0227 15777 20271 3DA1 4F2F 26482 4779 6772 12AB
138 8764 12115 223C 2F53 4382 22933 111E 5995 6397 13065 18FD 3309
139 15375 4902 3C0F 1326 20439 2451 4FD7 0993 29818 30421 747A 76D5
140 13428 1991 3474 07C7 6714 19935 1A3A 4DDF 8153 20210 1FD9 4EF2
141 17658 14404 44FA 3844 8829 7202 227D 1C22 302 5651 012E 1613
142 13475 17982 34A3 463E 19329 8991 4B81 231F 28136 31017 6DE8 7929
143 22095 19566 564F 4C6E 31479 9783 7AF7 2637 29125 30719 71C5 77FF
144 24805 2970 60E5 0B9A 24994 1485 61A2 05CD 8625 23104 21B1 5A40
145 4307 23055 10D3 5A0F 22969 25403 59B9 633B 26671 7799 682F 1E77
146 23292 15158 5AFC 3B36 11646 7579 2D7E 1D9B 6424 17865 1918 45C9
147 1377 29094 0561 71A6 21344 14547 5360 38D3 12893 26951 325D 6947
148 28654 653 6FEE 028D 14327 20346 37F7 4F7A 18502 25073 4846 61F1
149 6350 19155 18CE 4AD3 3175 27477 0C67 6B55 7765 32381 1E55 7E7D
150 16770 23588 4182 5C24 8385 11794 20C1 2E12 25483 16581 638B 40C5
. . . continued on next page
E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
July 1999 E-5
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Table E-1: PnMaskI and PnMaskQ Values for PilotPn
14–Chip Delay 13–Chip Delay 0–Chip Delay
Pilot I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q
PN (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.)
151 14726 10878 3986 2A7E 7363 5439 1CC3 153F 15408 32087 3C30 7D57
152 25685 31060 6455 7954 25594 15530 63FA 3CAA 6414 97 190E 0061
153 21356 30875 536C 789B 10678 29297 29B6 7271 8164 7618 1FE4 1DC2
154 12149 11496 2F75 2CE8 18026 5748 466A 1674 10347 93 286B 005D
155 28966 24545 7126 5FE1 14483 25036 3893 61CC 29369 16052 72B9 3EB4
156 22898 9586 5972 2572 11449 4793 2CB9 12B9 10389 14300 2895 37DC
157 1713 20984 06B1 51F8 21128 10492 5288 28FC 24783 11129 60CF 2B79
158 30010 30389 753A 76B5 15005 30054 3A9D 7566 18400 6602 47E0 19CA
159 2365 7298 093D 1C82 21838 3649 554E 0E41 22135 14460 5677 387C
160 27179 18934 6A2B 49F6 25797 9467 64C5 24FB 4625 25458 1211 6372
161 29740 23137 742C 5A61 14870 25356 3A16 630C 22346 15869 574A 3DFD
162 5665 24597 1621 6015 23232 32310 5AC0 7E36 2545 27047 09F1 69A7
163 23671 23301 5C77 5B05 32747 25534 7FEB 63BE 7786 26808 1E6A 68B8
164 1680 7764 0690 1E54 840 3882 0348 0F2A 20209 7354 4EF1 1CBA
165 25861 14518 6505 38B6 25426 7259 6352 1C5B 26414 27834 672E 6CBA
166 25712 21634 6470 5482 12856 10817 3238 2A41 1478 11250 05C6 2BF2
167 19245 11546 4B2D 2D1A 29766 5773 7446 168D 15122 552 3B12 0228
168 26887 26454 6907 6756 25939 13227 6553 33AB 24603 27058 601B 69B2
169 30897 15938 78B1 3E42 28040 7969 6D88 1F21 677 14808 02A5 39D8
170 11496 9050 2CE8 235A 5748 4525 1674 11AD 13705 9642 3589 25AA
171 1278 3103 04FE 0C1F 639 18483 027F 4833 13273 32253 33D9 7DFD
172 31555 758 7B43 02F6 27761 379 6C71 017B 14879 26081 3A1F 65E1
173 29171 16528 71F3 4090 26921 8264 6929 2048 6643 21184 19F3 52C0
174 20472 20375 4FF8 4F97 10236 27127 27FC 69F7 23138 11748 5A62 2DE4
175 5816 10208 16B8 27E0 2908 5104 0B5C 13F0 28838 32676 70A6 7FA4
176 30270 17698 763E 4522 15135 8849 3B1F 2291 9045 2425 2355 0979
177 22188 8405 56AC 20D5 11094 24150 2B56 5E56 10792 19455 2A28 4BFF
178 6182 28634 1826 6FDA 3091 14317 0C13 37ED 25666 19889 6442 4DB1
179 32333 1951 7E4D 079F 28406 19955 6EF6 4DF3 11546 18177 2D1A 4701
180 14046 20344 36DE 4F78 7023 10172 1B6F 27BC 15535 2492 3CAF 09BC
181 15873 26696 3E01 6848 20176 13348 4ED0 3424 16134 15086 3F06 3AEE
182 19843 3355 4D83 0D1B 30481 18609 7711 48B1 8360 30632 20A8 77A8
183 29367 11975 72B7 2EC7 26763 22879 688B 595F 14401 27549 3841 6B9D
184 13352 31942 3428 7CC6 6676 15971 1A14 3E63 26045 6911 65BD 1AFF
185 22977 9737 59C1 2609 32048 23864 7D30 5D38 24070 9937 5E06 26D1
186 31691 9638 7BCB 25A6 27701 4819 6C35 12D3 30300 2467 765C 09A3
187 10637 30643 298D 77B3 17686 30181 4516 75E5 13602 25831 3522 64E7
188 25454 13230 636E 33AE 12727 6615 31B7 19D7 32679 32236 7FA7 7DEC
189 18610 22185 48B2 56A9 9305 25960 2459 6568 16267 12987 3F8B 32BB
190 6368 2055 18E0 0807 3184 19007 0C70 4A3F 9063 11714 2367 2DC2
191 7887 8767 1ECF 223F 24247 24355 5EB7 5F23 19487 19283 4C1F 4B53
192 7730 15852 1E32 3DEC 3865 7926 0F19 1EF6 12778 11542 31EA 2D16
193 23476 16125 5BB4 3EFD 11738 20802 2DDA 5142 27309 27928 6AAD 6D18
194 889 6074 0379 17BA 20588 3037 506C 0BDD 12527 26637 30EF 680D
195 21141 31245 5295 7A0D 30874 29498 789A 733A 953 10035 03B9 2733
196 20520 15880 5028 3E08 10260 7940 2814 1F04 15958 10748 3E56 29FC
197 21669 20371 54A5 4F93 31618 27125 7B82 69F5 6068 24429 17B4 5F6D
198 15967 8666 3E5F 21DA 20223 4333 4EFF 10ED 23577 29701 5C19 7405
199 21639 816 5487 0330 31635 408 7B93 0198 32156 14997 7D9C 3A95
200 31120 22309 7990 5725 15560 26030 3CC8 65AE 32709 32235 7FC5 7DEB
. . . continued on next page
E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
E-6
Table E-1: PnMaskI and PnMaskQ Values for PilotPn
14–Chip Delay 13–Chip Delay 0–Chip Delay
Pilot I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q
PN (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.)
201 3698 29563 0E72 737B 1849 30593 0739 7781 23557 30766 5C05 782E
202 16322 13078 3FC2 3316 8161 6539 1FE1 198B 17638 5985 44E6 1761
203 17429 10460 4415 28DC 29658 5230 73DA 146E 3545 6823 0DD9 1AA7
204 21730 17590 54E2 44B6 10865 8795 2A71 225B 9299 20973 2453 51ED
205 17808 20277 4590 4F35 8904 27046 22C8 69A6 6323 10197 18B3 27D5
206 30068 19988 7574 4E14 15034 9994 3ABA 270A 19590 9618 4C86 2592
207 12737 6781 31C1 1A7D 18736 17154 4930 4302 7075 22705 1BA3 58B1
208 28241 32501 6E51 7EF5 26360 28998 66F8 7146 14993 5234 3A91 1472
209 20371 6024 4F93 1788 30233 3012 7619 0BC4 19916 12541 4DCC 30FD
210 13829 20520 3605 5028 19154 10260 4AD2 2814 6532 8019 1984 1F53
211 13366 31951 3436 7CCF 6683 28763 1A1B 705B 17317 22568 43A5 5828
212 25732 26063 6484 65CF 12866 31963 3242 7CDB 16562 5221 40B2 1465
213 19864 27203 4D98 6A43 9932 31517 26CC 7B1D 26923 25216 692B 6280
214 5187 6614 1443 19D6 23537 3307 5BF1 0CEB 9155 1354 23C3 054A
215 23219 10970 5AB3 2ADA 31881 5485 7C89 156D 20243 29335 4F13 7297
216 28242 5511 6E52 1587 14121 17663 3729 44FF 32391 6682 7E87 1A1A
217 6243 17119 1863 42DF 24033 28499 5DE1 6F53 20190 26128 4EDE 6610
218 445 16064 01BD 3EC0 20750 8032 510E 1F60 27564 29390 6BAC 72CE
219 21346 31614 5362 7B7E 10673 15807 29B1 3DBF 20869 8852 5185 2294
220 13256 4660 33C8 1234 6628 2330 19E4 091A 9791 6110 263F 17DE
221 18472 13881 4828 3639 9236 21792 2414 5520 714 11847 02CA 2E47
222 25945 16819 6559 41B3 25468 28389 637C 6EE5 7498 10239 1D4A 27FF
223 31051 6371 794B 18E3 28021 16973 6D75 424D 23278 6955 5AEE 1B2B
224 1093 24673 0445 6061 21490 32268 53F2 7E0C 8358 10897 20A6 2A91
225 5829 6055 16C5 17A7 23218 17903 5AB2 45EF 9468 14076 24FC 36FC
226 31546 10009 7B3A 2719 15773 23984 3D9D 5DB0 23731 12450 5CB3 30A2
227 29833 5957 7489 1745 27540 17822 6B94 459E 25133 8954 622D 22FA
228 18146 11597 46E2 2D4D 9073 22682 2371 589A 2470 19709 09A6 4CFD
229 24813 22155 60ED 568B 24998 25977 61A6 6579 17501 1252 445D 04E4
230 47 15050 002F 3ACA 20935 7525 51C7 1D65 24671 15142 605F 3B26
231 3202 16450 0C82 4042 1601 8225 0641 2021 11930 26958 2E9A 694E
232 21571 27899 5443 6CFB 31729 30785 7BF1 7841 9154 8759 23C2 2237
233 7469 2016 1D2D 07E0 24390 1008 5F46 03F0 7388 12696 1CDC 3198
234 25297 17153 62D1 4301 24760 28604 60B8 6FBC 3440 11936 0D70 2EA0
235 8175 15849 1FEF 3DE9 24103 20680 5E27 50C8 27666 25635 6C12 6423
236 28519 30581 6F67 7775 26211 30086 6663 7586 22888 17231 5968 434F
237 4991 3600 137F 0E10 22639 1800 586F 0708 13194 22298 338A 571A
238 7907 4097 1EE3 1001 24225 17980 5EA1 463C 26710 7330 6856 1CA2
239 17728 671 4540 029F 8864 20339 22A0 4F73 7266 30758 1C62 7826
240 14415 20774 384F 5126 19959 10387 4DF7 2893 15175 6933 3B47 1B15
241 30976 24471 7900 5F97 15488 25079 3C80 61F7 15891 2810 3E13 0AFA
242 26376 27341 6708 6ACD 13188 31578 3384 7B5A 26692 8820 6844 2274
243 19063 19388 4A77 4BBC 29931 9694 74EB 25DE 14757 7831 39A5 1E97
244 19160 25278 4AD8 62BE 9580 12639 256C 315F 28757 19584 7055 4C80
245 3800 9505 0ED8 2521 1900 23724 076C 5CAC 31342 2944 7A6E 0B80
246 8307 26143 2073 661F 16873 32051 41E9 7D33 19435 19854 4BEB 4D8E
247 12918 13359 3276 342F 6459 21547 193B 542B 2437 10456 0985 28D8
248 19642 2154 4CBA 086A 9821 1077 265D 0435 20573 17036 505D 428C
249 24873 13747 6129 35B3 24900 21733 6144 54E5 18781 2343 495D 0927
250 22071 27646 5637 6BFE 31435 13823 7ACB 35FF 18948 14820 4A04 39E4
. . . continued on next page
E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
July 1999 E-7
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Table E-1: PnMaskI and PnMaskQ Values for PilotPn
14–Chip Delay 13–Chip Delay 0–Chip Delay
Pilot I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q
PN (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.)
251 13904 1056 3650 0420 6952 528 1B28 0210 23393 1756 5B61 06DC
252 27198 1413 6A3E 0585 13599 19710 351F 4CFE 5619 19068 15F3 4A7C
253 3685 3311 0E65 0CEF 22242 18507 56E2 484B 17052 28716 429C 702C
254 16820 4951 41B4 1357 8410 18327 20DA 4797 21292 31958 532C 7CD6
255 22479 749 57CF 02ED 31287 20298 7A37 4F4A 2868 16097 0B34 3EE1
256 6850 6307 1AC2 18A3 3425 17005 0D61 426D 19538 1308 4C52 051C
257 15434 961 3C4A 03C1 7717 20444 1E25 4FDC 24294 3320 5EE6 0CF8
258 19332 2358 4B84 0936 9666 1179 25C2 049B 22895 16682 596F 412A
259 8518 28350 2146 6EBE 4259 14175 10A3 375F 27652 6388 6C04 18F4
260 14698 31198 396A 79DE 7349 15599 1CB5 3CEF 29905 12828 74D1 321C
261 21476 11467 53E4 2CCB 10738 22617 29F2 5859 21415 3518 53A7 0DBE
262 30475 8862 770B 229E 27221 4431 6A55 114F 1210 3494 04BA 0DA6
263 23984 6327 5DB0 18B7 11992 16999 2ED8 4267 22396 6458 577C 193A
264 1912 7443 0778 1D13 956 16565 03BC 40B5 26552 10717 67B8 29DD
265 26735 28574 686F 6F9E 26087 14287 65E7 37CF 24829 8463 60FD 210F
266 15705 25093 3D59 6205 20348 32574 4F7C 7F3E 8663 27337 21D7 6AC9
267 3881 6139 0F29 17FB 22084 17857 5644 45C1 991 19846 03DF 4D86
268 20434 22047 4FD2 561F 10217 25907 27E9 6533 21926 9388 55A6 24AC
269 16779 32545 418B 7F21 28949 29100 7115 71AC 23306 21201 5B0A 52D1
270 31413 7112 7AB5 1BC8 27786 3556 6C8A 0DE4 13646 31422 354E 7ABE
271 16860 28535 41DC 6F77 8430 31111 20EE 7987 148 166 0094 00A6
272 8322 10378 2082 288A 4161 5189 1041 1445 24836 28622 6104 6FCE
273 28530 15065 6F72 3AD9 14265 21328 37B9 5350 24202 6477 5E8A 194D
274 26934 5125 6936 1405 13467 17470 349B 443E 9820 10704 265C 29D0
275 18806 12528 4976 30F0 9403 6264 24BB 1878 12939 25843 328B 64F3
276 20216 23215 4EF8 5AAF 10108 25451 277C 636B 2364 25406 093C 633E
277 9245 20959 241D 51DF 17374 26323 43DE 66D3 14820 21523 39E4 5413
278 8271 3568 204F 0DF0 16887 1784 41F7 06F8 2011 8569 07DB 2179
279 18684 26453 48FC 6755 9342 32150 247E 7D96 13549 9590 34ED 2576
280 8220 29421 201C 72ED 4110 30538 100E 774A 28339 22466 6EB3 57C2
281 6837 24555 1AB5 5FEB 23690 25033 5C8A 61C9 25759 12455 649F 30A7
282 9613 10779 258D 2A1B 17174 23345 4316 5B31 11116 27506 2B6C 6B72
283 31632 25260 7B90 62AC 15816 12630 3DC8 3156 31448 21847 7AD8 5557
284 27448 16084 6B38 3ED4 13724 8042 359C 1F6A 27936 28392 6D20 6EE8
285 12417 26028 3081 65AC 18832 13014 4990 32D6 3578 1969 0DFA 07B1
286 30901 29852 78B5 749C 28042 14926 6D8A 3A4E 12371 30715 3053 77FB
287 9366 14978 2496 3A82 4683 7489 124B 1D41 12721 23674 31B1 5C7A
288 12225 12182 2FC1 2F96 17968 6091 4630 17CB 10264 22629 2818 5865
289 21458 25143 53D2 6237 10729 32551 29E9 7F27 25344 12857 6300 3239
290 6466 15838 1942 3DDE 3233 7919 0CA1 1EEF 13246 30182 33BE 75E6
291 8999 5336 2327 14D8 16451 2668 4043 0A6C 544 21880 0220 5578
292 26718 21885 685E 557D 13359 25730 342F 6482 9914 6617 26BA 19D9
293 3230 20561 0C9E 5051 1615 26132 064F 6614 4601 27707 11F9 6C3B
294 27961 30097 6D39 7591 26444 29940 674C 74F4 16234 16249 3F6A 3F79
295 28465 21877 6F31 5575 26184 25734 6648 6486 24475 24754 5F9B 60B2
296 6791 23589 1A87 5C25 23699 24622 5C93 602E 26318 31609 66CE 7B79
297 17338 26060 43BA 65CC 8669 13030 21DD 32E6 6224 22689 1850 58A1
298 11832 9964 2E38 26EC 5916 4982 171C 1376 13381 3226 3445 0C9A
299 11407 25959 2C8F 6567 18327 31887 4797 7C8F 30013 4167 753D 1047
300 15553 3294 3CC1 0CDE 20400 1647 4FB0 066F 22195 25624 56B3 6418
. . . continued on next page
E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
E-8
Table E-1: PnMaskI and PnMaskQ Values for PilotPn
14–Chip Delay 13–Chip Delay 0–Chip Delay
Pilot I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q
PN (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.)
301 17418 30173 440A 75DD 8709 29906 2205 74D2 30380 10924 76AC 2AAC
302 14952 15515 3A68 3C9B 7476 20593 1D34 5071 15337 23096 3BE9 5A38
303 52 5371 0034 14FB 26 17473 001A 4441 10716 22683 29DC 589B
304 27254 10242 6A76 2802 13627 5121 353B 1401 13592 10955 3518 2ACB
305 15064 28052 3AD8 6D94 7532 14026 1D6C 36CA 2412 17117 096C 42DD
306 10942 14714 2ABE 397A 5471 7357 155F 1CBD 15453 15837 3C5D 3DDD
307 377 19550 0179 4C5E 20844 9775 516C 262F 13810 22647 35F2 5877
308 14303 8866 37DF 22A2 19007 4433 4A3F 1151 12956 10700 329C 29CC
309 24427 15297 5F6B 3BC1 32357 21468 7E65 53DC 30538 30293 774A 7655
310 26629 10898 6805 2A92 26066 5449 65D2 1549 10814 5579 2A3E 15CB
311 20011 31315 4E2B 7A53 30405 29461 76C5 7315 18939 11057 49FB 2B31
312 16086 19475 3ED6 4C13 8043 26677 1F6B 6835 19767 30238 4D37 761E
313 24374 1278 5F36 04FE 12187 639 2F9B 027F 20547 14000 5043 36B0
314 9969 11431 26F1 2CA7 17064 22639 42A8 586F 29720 22860 7418 594C
315 29364 31392 72B4 7AA0 14682 15696 395A 3D50 31831 27172 7C57 6A24
316 25560 4381 63D8 111D 12780 18098 31EC 46B2 26287 307 66AF 0133
317 28281 14898 6E79 3A32 26348 7449 66EC 1D19 11310 20380 2C2E 4F9C
318 7327 23959 1C9F 5D97 24479 24823 5F9F 60F7 25724 26427 647C 673B
319 32449 16091 7EC1 3EDB 28336 20817 6EB0 5151 21423 10702 53AF 29CE
320 26334 9037 66DE 234D 13167 24474 336F 5F9A 5190 30024 1446 7548
321 14760 24162 39A8 5E62 7380 12081 1CD4 2F31 258 14018 0102 36C2
322 15128 6383 3B18 18EF 7564 16971 1D8C 424B 13978 4297 369A 10C9
323 29912 27183 74D8 6A2F 14956 31531 3A6C 7B2B 4670 13938 123E 3672
324 4244 16872 1094 41E8 2122 8436 084A 20F4 23496 25288 5BC8 62C8
325 8499 9072 2133 2370 16713 4536 4149 11B8 23986 27294 5DB2 6A9E
326 9362 12966 2492 32A6 4681 6483 1249 1953 839 31835 0347 7C5B
327 10175 28886 27BF 70D6 16911 14443 420F 386B 11296 8228 2C20 2024
328 30957 25118 78ED 621E 28070 12559 6DA6 310F 30913 12745 78C1 31C9
329 12755 20424 31D3 4FC8 18745 10212 4939 27E4 27297 6746 6AA1 1A5A
330 19350 6729 4B96 1A49 9675 17176 25CB 4318 10349 1456 286D 05B0
331 1153 20983 0481 51F7 21392 26311 5390 66C7 32504 27743 7EF8 6C5F
332 29304 12372 7278 3054 14652 6186 393C 182A 18405 27443 47E5 6B33
333 6041 13948 1799 367C 23068 6974 5A1C 1B3E 3526 31045 0DC6 7945
334 21668 27547 54A4 6B9B 10834 31729 2A52 7BF1 19161 12225 4AD9 2FC1
335 28048 8152 6D90 1FD8 14024 4076 36C8 0FEC 23831 21482 5D17 53EA
336 10096 17354 2770 43CA 5048 8677 13B8 21E5 21380 14678 5384 3956
337 23388 17835 5B5C 45AB 11694 27881 2DAE 6CE9 4282 30656 10BA 77C0
338 15542 14378 3CB6 382A 7771 7189 1E5B 1C15 32382 13721 7E7E 3599
339 24013 7453 5DCD 1D1D 32566 16562 7F36 40B2 806 21831 0326 5547
340 2684 26317 0A7C 66CD 1342 32090 053E 7D5A 6238 30208 185E 7600
341 19018 5955 4A4A 1743 9509 17821 2525 459D 10488 9995 28F8 270B
342 25501 10346 639D 286A 24606 5173 601E 1435 19507 3248 4C33 0CB0
343 4489 13200 1189 3390 22804 6600 5914 19C8 27288 12030 6A98 2EFE
344 31011 30402 7923 76C2 27969 15201 6D41 3B61 2390 5688 0956 1638
345 29448 7311 7308 1C8F 14724 16507 3984 407B 19094 2082 4A96 0822
346 25461 3082 6375 0C0A 24682 1541 606A 0605 13860 23143 3624 5A67
347 11846 21398 2E46 5396 5923 10699 1723 29CB 9225 25906 2409 6532
348 30331 31104 767B 7980 27373 15552 6AED 3CC0 2505 15902 09C9 3E1E
349 10588 24272 295C 5ED0 5294 12136 14AE 2F68 27806 21084 6C9E 525C
350 32154 27123 7D9A 69F3 16077 31429 3ECD 7AC5 2408 25723 0968 647B
. . . continued on next page
E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
July 1999 E-9
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Table E-1: PnMaskI and PnMaskQ Values for PilotPn
14–Chip Delay 13–Chip Delay 0–Chip Delay
Pilot I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q
PN (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.)
351 29572 5578 7384 15CA 14786 2789 39C2 0AE5 13347 13427 3423 3473
352 13173 25731 3375 6483 18538 31869 486A 7C7D 7885 31084 1ECD 796C
353 10735 10662 29EF 29A6 17703 5331 4527 14D3 6669 24023 1A0D 5DD7
354 224 11084 00E0 2B4C 112 5542 0070 15A6 8187 23931 1FFB 5D7B
355 12083 31098 2F33 797A 17993 15549 4649 3CBD 18145 15836 46E1 3DDC
356 22822 16408 5926 4018 11411 8204 2C93 200C 14109 6085 371D 17C5
357 2934 6362 0B76 18DA 1467 3181 05BB 0C6D 14231 30324 3797 7674
358 27692 2719 6C2C 0A9F 13846 19315 3616 4B73 27606 27561 6BD6 6BA9
359 10205 14732 27DD 398C 16958 7366 423E 1CC6 783 13821 030F 35FD
360 7011 22744 1B63 58D8 23649 11372 5C61 2C6C 6301 269 189D 010D
361 22098 1476 5652 05C4 11049 738 2B29 02E2 5067 28663 13CB 6FF7
362 2640 8445 0A50 20FD 1320 24130 0528 5E42 15383 29619 3C17 73B3
363 4408 21118 1138 527E 2204 10559 089C 293F 1392 2043 0570 07FB
364 102 22198 0066 56B6 51 11099 0033 2B5B 7641 6962 1DD9 1B32
365 27632 22030 6BF0 560E 13816 11015 35F8 2B07 25700 29119 6464 71BF
366 19646 10363 4CBE 287B 9823 23041 265F 5A01 25259 22947 62AB 59A3
367 26967 25802 6957 64CA 25979 12901 657B 3265 19813 9612 4D65 258C
368 32008 2496 7D08 09C0 16004 1248 3E84 04E0 20933 18698 51C5 490A
369 7873 31288 1EC1 7A38 24240 15644 5EB0 3D1C 638 16782 027E 418E
370 655 24248 028F 5EB8 20631 12124 5097 2F5C 16318 29735 3FBE 7427
371 25274 14327 62BA 37F7 12637 21959 315D 55C7 6878 2136 1ADE 0858
372 16210 23154 3F52 5A72 8105 11577 1FA9 2D39 1328 8086 0530 1F96
373 11631 13394 2D6F 3452 18279 6697 4767 1A29 14744 10553 3998 2939
374 8535 1806 2157 070E 16763 903 417B 0387 22800 11900 5910 2E7C
375 19293 17179 4B5D 431B 29822 28593 747E 6FB1 25919 19996 653F 4E1C
376 12110 10856 2F4E 2A68 6055 5428 17A7 1534 4795 5641 12BB 1609
377 21538 25755 5422 649B 10769 31857 2A11 7C71 18683 28328 48FB 6EA8
378 10579 15674 2953 3D3A 17785 7837 4579 1E9D 32658 25617 7F92 6411
379 13032 7083 32E8 1BAB 6516 17385 1974 43E9 1586 26986 0632 696A
380 14717 29096 397D 71A8 19822 14548 4D6E 38D4 27208 5597 6A48 15DD
381 11666 3038 2D92 0BDE 5833 1519 16C9 05EF 17517 14078 446D 36FE
382 25809 16277 64D1 3F95 25528 20982 63B8 51F6 599 13247 0257 33BF
383 5008 25525 1390 63B5 2504 32742 09C8 7FE6 16253 499 3F7D 01F3
384 32418 20465 7EA2 4FF1 16209 27076 3F51 69C4 8685 30469 21ED 7705
385 22175 28855 569F 70B7 31391 30311 7A9F 7667 29972 17544 7514 4488
386 11742 32732 2DDE 7FDC 5871 16366 16EF 3FEE 22128 28510 5670 6F5E
387 22546 20373 5812 4F95 11273 27126 2C09 69F6 19871 23196 4D9F 5A9C
388 21413 9469 53A5 24FD 30722 23618 7802 5C42 19405 13384 4BCD 3448
389 133 26155 0085 662B 20882 32041 5192 7D29 17972 4239 4634 108F
390 4915 6957 1333 1B2D 22601 17322 5849 43AA 8599 20725 2197 50F5
391 8736 12214 2220 2FB6 4368 6107 1110 17DB 10142 6466 279E 1942
392 1397 21479 0575 53E7 21354 26575 536A 67CF 26834 28465 68D2 6F31
393 18024 31914 4668 7CAA 9012 15957 2334 3E55 23710 19981 5C9E 4E0D
394 15532 32311 3CAC 7E37 7766 28967 1E56 7127 27280 16723 6A90 4153
395 26870 11276 68F6 2C0C 13435 5638 347B 1606 6570 4522 19AA 11AA
396 5904 20626 1710 5092 2952 10313 0B88 2849 7400 678 1CE8 02A6
397 24341 423 5F15 01A7 32346 20207 7E5A 4EEF 26374 15320 6706 3BD8
398 13041 2679 32F1 0A77 18600 19207 48A8 4B07 22218 29116 56CA 71BC
399 23478 15537 5BB6 3CB1 11739 20580 2DDB 5064 29654 5388 73D6 150C
400 1862 10818 0746 2A42 931 5409 03A3 1521 13043 22845 32F3 593D
. . . continued on next page
E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
E-10
Table E-1: PnMaskI and PnMaskQ Values for PilotPn
14–Chip Delay 13–Chip Delay 0–Chip Delay
Pilot I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q
PN (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.)
401 5850 23074 16DA 5A22 2925 11537 0B6D 2D11 24457 28430 5F89 6F0E
402 5552 20250 15B0 4F1A 2776 10125 0AD8 278D 17161 8660 4309 21D4
403 12589 14629 312D 3925 18758 21166 4946 52AE 21314 2659 5342 0A63
404 23008 29175 59E0 71F7 11504 30407 2CF0 76C7 28728 8803 7038 2263
405 27636 13943 6BF4 3677 13818 21767 35FA 5507 22162 19690 5692 4CEA
406 17600 11072 44C0 2B40 8800 5536 2260 15A0 26259 22169 6693 5699
407 17000 29492 4268 7334 8500 14746 2134 399A 22180 8511 56A4 213F
408 21913 5719 5599 1657 31516 17687 7B1C 4517 2266 17393 08DA 43F1
409 30320 7347 7670 1CB3 15160 16485 3B38 4065 10291 11336 2833 2C48
410 28240 12156 6E50 2F7C 14120 6078 3728 17BE 26620 13576 67FC 3508
411 7260 25623 1C5C 6417 3630 31799 0E2E 7C37 19650 22820 4CC2 5924
412 17906 27725 45F2 6C4D 8953 30746 22F9 781A 14236 13344 379C 3420
413 5882 28870 16FA 70C6 2941 14435 0B7D 3863 11482 20107 2CDA 4E8B
414 22080 31478 5640 7AF6 11040 15739 2B20 3D7B 25289 8013 62C9 1F4D
415 12183 28530 2F97 6F72 17947 14265 461B 37B9 12011 18835 2EEB 4993
416 23082 24834 5A2A 6102 11541 12417 2D15 3081 13892 16793 3644 4199
417 17435 9075 441B 2373 29661 24453 73DD 5F85 17336 9818 43B8 265A
418 18527 32265 485F 7E09 30207 28984 75FF 7138 10759 4673 2A07 1241
419 31902 3175 7C9E 0C67 15951 18447 3E4F 480F 26816 13609 68C0 3529
420 18783 17434 495F 441A 30079 8717 757F 220D 31065 10054 7959 2746
421 20027 12178 4E3B 2F92 30413 6089 76CD 17C9 8578 10988 2182 2AEC
422 7982 25613 1F2E 640D 3991 31802 0F97 7C3A 24023 14744 5DD7 3998
423 20587 31692 506B 7BCC 31205 15846 79E5 3DE6 16199 17930 3F47 460A
424 10004 25384 2714 6328 5002 12692 138A 3194 22310 25452 5726 636C
425 13459 18908 3493 49DC 19353 9454 4B99 24EE 30402 11334 76C2 2C46
426 13383 25816 3447 64D8 19443 12908 4BF3 326C 16613 15451 40E5 3C5B
427 28930 4661 7102 1235 14465 18214 3881 4726 13084 11362 331C 2C62
428 4860 31115 12FC 798B 2430 29433 097E 72F9 3437 2993 0D6D 0BB1
429 13108 7691 3334 1E0B 6554 16697 199A 4139 1703 11012 06A7 2B04
430 24161 1311 5E61 051F 32480 19635 7EE0 4CB3 22659 5806 5883 16AE
431 20067 16471 4E63 4057 30433 28183 76E1 6E17 26896 20180 6910 4ED4
432 2667 15771 0A6B 3D9B 21733 20721 54E5 50F1 1735 8932 06C7 22E4
433 13372 16112 343C 3EF0 6686 8056 1A1E 1F78 16178 23878 3F32 5D46
434 28743 21062 7047 5246 27123 10531 69F3 2923 19166 20760 4ADE 5118
435 24489 29690 5FA9 73FA 32260 14845 7E04 39FD 665 32764 0299 7FFC
436 249 10141 00F9 279D 20908 24050 51AC 5DF2 20227 32325 4F03 7E45
437 19960 19014 4DF8 4A46 9980 9507 26FC 2523 24447 25993 5F7F 6589
438 29682 22141 73F2 567D 14841 25858 39F9 6502 16771 3268 4183 0CC4
439 31101 11852 797D 2E4C 28014 5926 6D6E 1726 27209 25180 6A49 625C
440 27148 26404 6A0C 6724 13574 13202 3506 3392 6050 12149 17A2 2F75
441 26706 30663 6852 77C7 13353 30175 3429 75DF 29088 10193 71A0 27D1
442 5148 32524 141C 7F0C 2574 16262 0A0E 3F86 7601 9128 1DB1 23A8
443 4216 28644 1078 6FE4 2108 14322 083C 37F2 4905 7843 1329 1EA3
444 5762 10228 1682 27F4 2881 5114 0B41 13FA 5915 25474 171B 6382
445 245 23536 00F5 5BF0 20906 11768 51AA 2DF8 6169 11356 1819 2C5C
446 21882 18045 557A 467D 10941 27906 2ABD 6D02 21303 11226 5337 2BDA
447 3763 25441 0EB3 6361 22153 32652 5689 7F8C 28096 16268 6DC0 3F8C
448 206 27066 00CE 69BA 103 13533 0067 34DD 8905 14491 22C9 389B
449 28798 13740 707E 35AC 14399 6870 383F 1AD6 26997 8366 6975 20AE
450 32402 13815 7E92 35F7 16201 21703 3F49 54C7 15047 26009 3AC7 6599
. . . continued on next page
E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
July 1999 E-11
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Table E-1: PnMaskI and PnMaskQ Values for PilotPn
14–Chip Delay 13–Chip Delay 0–Chip Delay
Pilot I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q
PN (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.)
451 13463 3684 3497 0E64 19355 1842 4B9B 0732 17460 5164 4434 142C
452 15417 23715 3C39 5CA3 20428 24685 4FCC 606D 17629 17126 44DD 42E6
453 23101 15314 5A3D 3BD2 31950 7657 7CCE 1DE9 10461 21566 28DD 543E
454 14957 32469 3A6D 7ED5 19686 29014 4CE6 7156 21618 21845 5472 5555
455 23429 9816 5B85 2658 31762 4908 7C12 132C 11498 28149 2CEA 6DF5
456 12990 4444 32BE 115C 6495 2222 195F 08AE 193 9400 00C1 24B8
457 12421 5664 3085 1620 18834 2832 4992 0B10 16140 19459 3F0C 4C03
458 28875 7358 70CB 1CBE 27061 3679 69B5 0E5F 13419 7190 346B 1C16
459 4009 27264 0FA9 6A80 22020 13632 5604 3540 10864 3101 2A70 0C1D
460 1872 28128 0750 6DE0 936 14064 03A8 36F0 28935 491 7107 01EB
461 15203 30168 3B63 75D8 19553 15084 4C61 3AEC 18765 25497 494D 6399
462 30109 29971 759D 7513 27422 29877 6B1E 74B5 27644 29807 6BFC 746F
463 24001 3409 5DC1 0D51 32560 18580 7F30 4894 21564 26508 543C 678C
464 4862 16910 12FE 420E 2431 8455 097F 2107 5142 4442 1416 115A
465 14091 20739 370B 5103 19029 26301 4A55 66BD 1211 4871 04BB 1307
466 6702 10191 1A2E 27CF 3351 24027 0D17 5DDB 1203 31141 04B3 79A5
467 3067 12819 0BFB 3213 21549 22325 542D 5735 5199 9864 144F 2688
468 28643 19295 6FE3 4B5F 26145 27539 6621 6B93 16945 12589 4231 312D
469 21379 10072 5383 2758 30737 5036 7811 13AC 4883 5417 1313 1529
470 20276 15191 4F34 3B57 10138 21399 279A 5397 25040 8549 61D0 2165
471 25337 27748 62F9 6C64 24748 13874 60AC 3632 7119 14288 1BCF 37D0
472 19683 720 4CE3 02D0 30625 360 77A1 0168 17826 8503 45A2 2137
473 10147 29799 27A3 7467 16897 29711 4201 740F 4931 20357 1343 4F85
474 16791 27640 4197 6BF8 28955 13820 711B 35FC 25705 15381 6469 3C15
475 17359 263 43CF 0107 28727 20159 7037 4EBF 10726 18065 29E6 4691
476 13248 24734 33C0 609E 6624 12367 19E0 304F 17363 24678 43D3 6066
477 22740 16615 58D4 40E7 11370 28239 2C6A 6E4F 2746 23858 0ABA 5D32
478 13095 20378 3327 4F9A 18499 10189 4843 27CD 10952 7610 2AC8 1DBA
479 10345 25116 2869 621C 17892 12558 45E4 310E 19313 18097 4B71 46B1
480 30342 19669 7686 4CD5 15171 26710 3B43 6856 29756 20918 743C 51B6
481 27866 14656 6CDA 3940 13933 7328 366D 1CA0 14297 7238 37D9 1C46
482 9559 27151 2557 6A0F 17275 31547 437B 7B3B 21290 30549 532A 7755
483 8808 28728 2268 7038 4404 14364 1134 381C 1909 16320 0775 3FC0
484 12744 25092 31C8 6204 6372 12546 18E4 3102 8994 20853 2322 5175
485 11618 22601 2D62 5849 5809 25112 16B1 6218 13295 26736 33EF 6870
486 27162 2471 6A1A 09A7 13581 19183 350D 4AEF 21590 10327 5456 2857
487 17899 25309 45EB 62DD 29477 32594 7325 7F52 26468 24404 6764 5F54
488 29745 15358 7431 3BFE 27592 7679 6BC8 1DFF 13636 7931 3544 1EFB
489 31892 17739 7C94 454B 15946 27801 3E4A 6C99 5207 5310 1457 14BE
490 23964 12643 5D9C 3163 11982 22157 2ECE 568D 29493 554 7335 022A
491 23562 32730 5C0A 7FDA 11781 16365 2E05 3FED 18992 27311 4A30 6AAF
492 2964 19122 0B94 4AB2 1482 9561 05CA 2559 12567 6865 3117 1AD1
493 18208 16870 4720 41E6 9104 8435 2390 20F3 12075 7762 2F2B 1E52
494 15028 10787 3AB4 2A23 7514 23341 1D5A 5B2D 26658 15761 6822 3D91
495 21901 18400 558D 47E0 31510 9200 7B16 23F0 21077 12697 5255 3199
496 24566 20295 5FF6 4F47 12283 27039 2FFB 699F 15595 24850 3CEB 6112
497 18994 1937 4A32 0791 9497 19956 2519 4DF4 4921 15259 1339 3B9B
498 13608 17963 3528 462B 6804 27945 1A94 6D29 14051 24243 36E3 5EB3
499 27492 7438 6B64 1D0E 13746 3719 35B2 0E87 5956 30508 1744 772C
500 11706 12938 2DBA 328A 5853 6469 16DD 1945 21202 13982 52D2 369E
. . . continued on next page
E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
E-12
Table E-1: PnMaskI and PnMaskQ Values for PilotPn
14–Chip Delay 13–Chip Delay 0–Chip Delay
Pilot I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q
PN (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.)
501 14301 19272 37DD 4B48 19006 9636 4A3E 25A4 11239 25039 2BE7 61CF
502 23380 29989 5B54 7525 11690 29870 2DAA 74AE 30038 24086 7556 5E16
503 11338 8526 2C4A 214E 5669 4263 1625 10A7 30222 21581 760E 544D
504 2995 18139 0BB3 46DB 21513 27985 5409 6D51 13476 21346 34A4 5362
505 23390 3247 5B5E 0CAF 11695 18539 2DAF 486B 2497 28187 09C1 6E1B
506 14473 28919 3889 70F7 19860 30279 4D94 7647 31842 23231 7C62 5ABF
507 6530 7292 1982 1C7C 3265 3646 0CC1 0E3E 24342 18743 5F16 4937
508 20452 20740 4FE4 5104 10226 10370 27F2 2882 25857 11594 6501 2D4A
509 12226 27994 2FC2 6D5A 6113 13997 17E1 36AD 27662 7198 6C0E 1C1E
510 1058 2224 0422 08B0 529 1112 0211 0458 24594 105 6012 0069
511 12026 6827 2EFA 1AAB 6013 17257 177D 4369 16790 4534 4196 11B6
E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information
July 1999 E-1
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
PN Offset Background
All channel elements transmitted from a BTS in a particular 1.25 MHz
CDMA channel are orthonogonally spread by 1 of 64 possible Walsh
code functions; additionally, they are also spread by a quadrature pair of
PN sequences unique to each sector.
Overall, the mobile uses this to differentiate multiple signals transmitted
from the same BTS (and surrounding BTS) sectors, and to synchronize
to the next strongest sector.
The PN offset per sector is stored on the BBX2s, where the
corresponding I & Q registers reside.
The PN offset values are determined on a per BTS/per sector(antenna)
basis as determined by the appropriate cdf file content. A breakdown of
this information is found in Table E-2.
PN Offset Usage
There are three basic RF chip delays currently in use. It is important to
determine what RF chip delay is valid to be able to test the BTS
functionality. This can be done by ascertaining if the CDF file
FineTxAdj value was set to “on” when the MCC was downloaded with
“image data”. The FineTxAdj value is used to compensate for the
processing delay (approximately 20 mS) in the BTS using any type of
mobile meeting IS–97 specifications.
Observe the following guidelines:
SIf the FineTxAdj value in the cdf file is 101 (65 HEX), the
FineTxAdj has not been set. The I and Q values from the 0 table
MUST be used.
If the FineTxAdj value in the cdf file is 213 (D5 HEX), FineTxAdj has
been set for the 14 chip table.
SIf the FineTxAdj value in the cdf file is 197 (C5 HEX), FineTxAdj
has been set for the 13 chip table.
CDF file I and Q values can be represented in DECIMAL
or HEX. If using HEX, add 0x before the HEX value. If
necessary, convert HEX values in Table E-2 to decimal
before comparing them to cdf file I & Q value assignments.
IMPORTANT
*
– If you are using a Qualcomm mobile, use the I and Q values from
the 13 chip delay table.
– If you are using a mobile that does not have the 1 chip offset
problem, (any mobile meeting the IS–97 specification), use the 14
chip delay table.
E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
E-2
If the wrong I and Q values are used with the wrong
FineTxAdj parameter, system timing problems will occur.
This will cause the energy transmitted to be “smeared”
over several Walsh codes (instead of the single Walsh code
that it was assigned to), causing erratic operation. Evidence
of smearing is usually identified by Walsh channels not at
correct levels or present when not selected in the Code
Domain Power Test.
IMPORTANT
*
E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
July 1999 E-3
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 Chips
PN Offset HEX
Equiv I values
(14 chips) Q values
(14 chips)
Offset 0 0I = 4473 Q = 5BA3
Offset 1 1I = 7E24 Q = 7F4D
Offset 2 2I = 125C Q = 43F6
Offset 3 3I = 3846 Q = 66DD
Offset 4 4I = 3A33 Q = FAB
Offset 5 5I = 4281 Q = 8D0
Offset 6 6I = 3999 Q = 48DB
Offset 7 7I = ADF Q = 446
Offset 8 8I = 16C8 Q = 52D2
Offset 9 9I = 3077 Q = 3611
Offset 10 aI = 7A3F Q = 7C17
Offset 11 bI = 1D9D Q = 49CA
Offset 12 cI = 485B Q = 7917
Offset 13 dI = 74E0 Q = 5794
Offset 14 eI = 6260 Q = 4EC8
Offset 15 fI = 66AA Q = 3042
Offset 16 10 I = 779F Q = 2BB3
Offset 17 11 I = 3CB4 Q = 2E3A
Offset 18 12 I = 59F2 Q = 289B
Offset 19 13 I = 4E33 Q = 6D83
Offset 20 14 I = FD2 Q = 6B07
Offset 21 15 I = 615 Q = 5647
Offset 22 16 I = 7636 Q = 81D
Offset 23 17 I = 4650 Q = 35BE
Offset 24 18 I = 4E58 Q = 2E02
Offset 25 19 I = 2F6F Q = DD7
Offset 26 1a I = 441D Q = 1C10
Offset 27 1b I = 441E Q = 93A
Offset 28 1c I = 13EE Q = 64F0
Offset 29 1d I = 2456 Q = 2F91
Offset 30 1e I = 4302 Q = 28A2
Offset 31 1f I = 144E Q = 77D
Offset 32 20 I = 11FE Q = 452C
Offset 33 21 I = 60E4 Q = 2986
Offset 34 22 I = 431C Q = 1A9C
E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
E-4
Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 Chips
PN Offset Q values
(14 chips)
I values
(14 chips)
HEX
Equiv
Offset 35 23 I = 290B Q = 380E
Offset 36 24 I = 27AD Q = 2AF7
Offset 37 25 I = 5D2A Q = 61AB
Offset 38 26 I = 7AC1 Q = A5C
Offset 39 27 I = FEB Q = 4DBA
Offset 40 28 I = 272E Q = 7DA
Offset 41 29 I = 4258 Q = 6550
Offset 42 2a I = 3791 Q = 6F73
Offset 43 2b I = 6797 Q = 2EB0
Offset 44 2c I = 6C7F Q = 7CCB
Offset 45 2d I = 7594 Q = 63F5
Offset 46 2e I = 1EF2 Q = 2C51
Offset 47 2f I = 3777 Q = 6E26
Offset 48 30 I = 44E5 Q = 367B
Offset 49 31 I = 5A29 Q = 210E
Offset 50 32 I = 13EB Q = 257B
Offset 51 33 I = 7FE7 Q = 123E
Offset 52 34 I = 1BCA Q = 3950
Offset 53 35 I = 1E13 Q = 72E7
Offset 54 36 I = 4B8B Q = 5082
Offset 55 37 I = 6E34 Q = 194F
Offset 56 38 I = 7393 Q = 2ACD
Offset 57 39 I = 4D03 Q = 47FA
Offset 58 3a I = 3A35 Q = 58C6
Offset 59 3b I = 4EC0 Q = 147F
Offset 60 3c I = 56E9 Q = 7501
Offset 61 3d I = 67D6 Q = 16A4
Offset 62 3e I = 1BF1 Q = 41BD
Offset 63 3f I = 3B17 Q = 11B0
Offset 64 40 I = 3BAA Q = 1527
Offset 65 41 I = 5A6D Q = 2836
Offset 66 42 I = 3FD4 Q = 4296
Offset 67 43 I = 69AC Q = 1EA6
Offset 68 44 I = 34CF Q = 2A0A
Offset 69 45 I = 297C Q = 35F6
E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
July 1999 E-5
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 Chips
PN Offset Q values
(14 chips)
I values
(14 chips)
HEX
Equiv
Offset 70 46 I = 3E6A Q = 41D6
Offset 71 47 I = 6D3E Q = 31B
Offset 72 48 I = 30BF Q = 262E
Offset 73 49 I = 600 Q = 5EE3
Offset 74 4a I = C7F Q = C64
Offset 75 4b I = 11C5 Q = 8B5
Offset 76 4c I = 45E0 Q = 5323
Offset 77 4d I = 333D Q = 4209
Offset 78 4e I = 1D52 Q = 1B96
Offset 79 4f I = 6BEA Q = 1D6C
Offset 80 50 I = 7985 Q = 63E7
Offset 81 51 I = 743B Q = 37A4
Offset 82 52 I = 6857 Q = 6D95
Offset 83 53 I = 4FAD Q = 76C8
Offset 84 54 I = 48B0 Q = 13E6
Offset 85 55 I = 1CDF Q = 3F5E
Offset 86 56 I = 5A80 Q = 1BF7
Offset 87 57 I = 5BAA Q = AE
Offset 88 58 I = 3E3C Q = 63BA
Offset 89 59 I = 64C6 Q = 910
Offset 90 5a I = 6DE6 Q = 5A49
Offset 91 5b I = 6D78 Q = 5DB1
Offset 92 5c I = 18BF Q = A2C
Offset 93 5d I = 5404 Q = 722
Offset 94 5e I = 66E2 Q = 7885
Offset 95 5f I = 4322 Q = 3D53
Offset 96 60 I = 57BE Q = A1D
Offset 97 61 I = F44 Q = 61A8
Offset 98 62 I = 632E Q = 46F3
Offset 99 63 I = 6CF3 Q = 310B
Offset 100 64 I = 2594 Q = 21DE
Offset 101 65 I = 195B Q = 50A
Offset 102 66 I = 41EC Q = 1137
Offset 103 67 I = 428A Q = 48B
Offset 104 68 I = 7E95 Q = 2FB7
E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
E-6
Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 Chips
PN Offset Q values
(14 chips)
I values
(14 chips)
HEX
Equiv
Offset 105 69 I = 6B19 Q = 1C55
Offset 106 6a I = 20BE Q = 2312
Offset 107 6b I = 15F8 Q = 63CB
Offset 108 6c I = 590 Q = C3A
Offset 109 6d I = 32EA Q = 7AAE
Offset 110 6e I = 3D42 Q = 184E
Offset 111 6f I = 69DD Q = 4F74
Offset 112 70 I = 2149 Q = 6206
Offset 113 71 I = 7618 Q = 5B54
Offset 114 72 I = 191D Q = 2AAE
Offset 115 73 I = 69EC Q = 5925
Offset 116 74 I = 108E Q = 7B92
Offset 117 75 I = 1408 Q = 1133
Offset 118 76 I = 39FE Q = 2B1
Offset 119 77 I = 32E0 Q = 69A5
Offset 120 78 I = 2981 Q = 6BA5
Offset 121 79 I = 7BEC Q = 3FB3
Offset 122 7a I = 35F3 Q = 5742
Offset 123 7b I = 6153 Q = 6B9E
Offset 124 7c I = 4BD Q = 5650
Offset 125 7d I = 8F2 Q = 5A60
Offset 126 7e I = 7B3F Q = 2FA7
Offset 127 7f I = 2F38 Q = 4BD
Offset 128 80 I = 1E2A Q = 3A8
Offset 129 81 I = 6AB0 Q = 1880
Offset 130 82 I = 5A5A Q = 7EBE
Offset 131 83 I = 252 Q = 34F3
Offset 132 84 I = 64CC Q = 2255
Offset 133 85 I = 7925 Q = 60F5
Offset 134 86 I = 7F49 Q = 524C
Offset 135 87 I = C05 Q = 7C93
Offset 136 88 I = 434F Q = 14C9
Offset 137 89 I = 7B42 Q = 227
Offset 138 8a I = 223C Q = 2F53
Offset 139 8b I = 3C0F Q = 1326
E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
July 1999 E-7
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 Chips
PN Offset Q values
(14 chips)
I values
(14 chips)
HEX
Equiv
Offset 140 8c I = 3474 Q = 7C7
Offset 141 8d I = 44FA Q = 3844
Offset 142 8e I = 34A3 Q = 463E
Offset 143 8f I = 564F Q = 4C6E
Offset 144 90 I = 60E5 Q = B9A
Offset 145 91 I = 10D3 Q = 5A0F
Offset 146 92 I = 5AFC Q = 3B36
Offset 147 93 I = 561 Q = 71A6
Offset 148 94 I = 6FEE Q = 28D
Offset 149 95 I = 18CE Q = 4AD3
Offset 150 96 I = 4182 Q = 5C24
Offset 151 97 I = 3986 Q = 2A7E
Offset 152 98 I = 6455 Q = 7954
Offset 153 99 I = 536C Q = 789B
Offset 154 9a I = 2F75 Q = 2CE8
Offset 155 9b I = 7126 Q = 5FE1
Offset 156 9c I = 5972 Q = 2572
Offset 157 9d I = 6B1 Q = 51F8
Offset 158 9e I = 753A Q = 76B5
Offset 159 9f I = 93D Q = 1C82
Offset 160 a0 I = 6A2B Q = 49F6
Offset 161 a1 I = 742C Q = 5A61
Offset 162 a2 I = 1621 Q = 6015
Offset 163 a3 I = 5C77 Q = 5B05
Offset 164 a4 I = 690 Q = 1E54
Offset 165 a5 I = 6505 Q = 38B6
Offset 166 a6 I = 6470 Q = 5482
Offset 167 a7 I = 4B2D Q = 2D1A
Offset 168 a8 I = 6907 Q = 6756
Offset 169 a9 I = 78B1 Q = 3E42
Offset 170 aa I = 2CE8 Q = 235A
Offset 171 ab I = 4FE Q = C1F
Offset 172 ac I = 7B43 Q = 2F6
Offset 173 ad I = 71F3 Q = 4090
Offset 174 ae I = 4FF8 Q = 4F97
E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
E-8
Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 Chips
PN Offset Q values
(14 chips)
I values
(14 chips)
HEX
Equiv
Offset 175 af I = 16B8 Q = 27E0
Offset 176 b0 I = 763E Q = 4522
Offset 177 b1 I = 56AC Q = 20D5
Offset 178 b2 I = 1826 Q = 6FDA
Offset 179 b3 I = 7E4D Q = 79F
Offset 180 b4 I = 36DE Q = 4F78
Offset 181 b5 I = 3E01 Q = 6848
Offset 182 b6 I = 4D83 Q = D1B
Offset 183 b7 I = 72B7 Q = 2EC7
Offset 184 b8 I = 3428 Q = 7CC6
Offset 185 b9 I = 59C1 Q = 2609
Offset 186 ba I = 7BCB Q = 25A6
Offset 187 bb I = 298D Q = 77B3
Offset 188 bc I = 636E Q = 33AE
Offset 189 bd I = 48B2 Q = 56A9
Offset 190 be I = 18E0 Q = 807
Offset 191 bf I = 1ECF Q = 223F
Offset 192 c0 I = 1E32 Q = 3DEC
Offset 193 c1 I = 5BB4 Q = 3EFD
Offset 194 c2 I = 379 Q = 17BA
Offset 195 c3 I = 5295 Q = 7A0D
Offset 196 c4 I = 5028 Q = 3E08
Offset 197 c5 I = 54A5 Q = 4F93
Offset 198 c6 I = 3E5F Q = 21DA
Offset 199 c7 I = 5487 Q = 330
Offset 200 c8 I = 7990 Q = 5725
Offset 201 c9 I = E72 Q = 737B
Offset 202 ca I = 3FC2 Q = 3316
Offset 203 cb I = 4415 Q = 28DC
Offset 204 cc I = 54E2 Q = 44B6
Offset 205 cd I = 4590 Q = 4F35
Offset 206 ce I = 7574 Q = 4E14
Offset 207 cf I = 31C1 Q = 1A7D
Offset 208 d0 I = 6E51 Q = 7EF5
Offset 209 d1 I = 4F93 Q = 1788
E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
July 1999 E-9
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 Chips
PN Offset Q values
(14 chips)
I values
(14 chips)
HEX
Equiv
Offset 210 d2 I = 3605 Q = 5028
Offset 211 d3 I = 3436 Q = 7CCF
Offset 212 d4 I = 6484 Q = 65CF
Offset 213 d5 I = 4D98 Q = 6A43
Offset 214 d6 I = 1443 Q = 19D6
Offset 215 d7 I = 5AB3 Q = 2ADA
Offset 216 d8 I = 6E52 Q = 1587
Offset 217 d9 I = 1863 Q = 42DF
Offset 218 da I = 1BD Q = 3EC0
Offset 219 db I = 5362 Q = 7B7E
Offset 220 dc I = 33C8 Q = 1234
Offset 221 dd I = 4828 Q = 3639
Offset 222 de I = 6559 Q = 41B3
Offset 223 df I = 794B Q = 18E3
Offset 224 e0 I = 445 Q = 6061
Offset 225 e1 I = 16C5 Q = 17A7
Offset 226 e2 I = 7B3A Q = 2719
Offset 227 e3 I = 7489 Q = 1745
Offset 228 e4 I = 46E2 Q = 2D4D
Offset 229 e5 I = 60ED Q = 568B
Offset 230 e6 I = 2F Q = 3ACA
Offset 231 e7 I = C82 Q = 4042
Offset 232 e8 I = 5443 Q = 6CFB
Offset 233 e9 I = 1D2D Q = 7E0
Offset 234 ea I = 62D1 Q = 4301
Offset 235 eb I = 1FEF Q = 3DE9
Offset 236 ec I = 6F67 Q = 7775
Offset 237 ed I = 137F Q = E10
Offset 238 ee I = 1EE3 Q = 1001
Offset 239 ef I = 4540 Q = 29F
Offset 240 f0 I = 384F Q = 5126
Offset 241 f1 I = 7900 Q = 5F97
Offset 242 f2 I = 6708 Q = 6ACD
Offset 243 f3 I = 4A77 Q = 4BBC
Offset 244 f4 I = 4AD8 Q = 62BE
E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
E-10
Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 Chips
PN Offset Q values
(14 chips)
I values
(14 chips)
HEX
Equiv
Offset 245 f5 I = ED8 Q = 2521
Offset 246 f6 I = 2073 Q = 661F
Offset 247 f7 I = 3276 Q = 342F
Offset 248 f8 I = 4CBA Q = 86A
Offset 249 f9 I = 6129 Q = 35B3
Offset 250 fa I = 5637 Q = 6BFE
Offset 251 fb I = 3650 Q = 420
Offset 252 fc I = 6A3E Q = 585
Offset 253 fd I = E65 Q = CEF
Offset 254 fe I = 41B4 Q = 1357
Offset 255 ff I = 57CF Q = 2ED
Offset 256 100 I = 1AC2 Q = 18A3
Offset 257 101 I = 3C4A Q = 3C1
Offset 258 102 I = 4B84 Q = 936
Offset 259 103 I = 2146 Q = 6EBE
Offset 260 104 I = 396A Q = 79DE
Offset 261 105 I = 53E4 Q = 2CCB
Offset 262 106 I = 770B Q = 229E
Offset 263 107 I = 5DB0 Q = 18B7
Offset 264 108 I = 778 Q = 1D13
Offset 265 109 I = 686F Q = 6F9E
Offset 266 10a I = 3D59 Q = 6205
Offset 267 10b I = F29 Q = 17FB
Offset 268 10c I = 4FD2 Q = 561F
Offset 269 10d I = 418B Q = 7F21
Offset 270 10e I = 7AB5 Q = 1BC8
Offset 271 10f I = 41DC Q = 6F77
Offset 272 110 I = 2082 Q = 288A
Offset 273 111 I = 6F72 Q = 3AD9
Offset 274 112 I = 6936 Q = 1405
Offset 275 113 I = 4976 Q = 30F0
Offset 276 114 I = 4EF8 Q = 5AAF
Offset 277 115 I = 241D Q = 51DF
Offset 278 116 I = 204F Q = DF0
Offset 279 117 I = 48FC Q = 6755
E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
July 1999 E-11
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 Chips
PN Offset Q values
(14 chips)
I values
(14 chips)
HEX
Equiv
Offset 280 118 I = 201C Q = 72ED
Offset 281 119 I = 1AB5 Q = 5FEB
Offset 282 11a I = 258D Q = 2A1B
Offset 283 11b I = 7B90 Q = 62AC
Offset 284 11c I = 6B38 Q = 3ED4
Offset 285 11d I = 3081 Q = 65AC
Offset 286 11e I = 78B5 Q = 749C
Offset 287 11f I = 2496 Q = 3A82
Offset 288 120 I = 2FC1 Q = 2F96
Offset 289 121 I = 53D2 Q = 6237
Offset 290 122 I = 1942 Q = 3DDE
Offset 291 123 I = 2327 Q = 14D8
Offset 292 124 I = 685E Q = 557D
Offset 293 125 I = C9E Q = 5051
Offset 294 126 I = 6D39 Q = 7591
Offset 295 127 I = 6F31 Q = 5575
Offset 296 128 I = 1A87 Q = 5C25
Offset 297 129 I = 43BA Q = 65CC
Offset 298 12a I = 2E38 Q = 26EC
Offset 299 12b I = 2C8F Q = 6567
Offset 300 12c I = 3CC1 Q = CDE
Offset 301 12d I = 440A Q = 75DD
Offset 302 12e I = 3A68 Q = 3C9B
Offset 303 12f I = 34 Q = 14FB
Offset 304 130 I = 6A76 Q = 2802
Offset 305 131 I = 3AD8 Q = 6D94
Offset 306 132 I = 2ABE Q = 397A
Offset 307 133 I = 179 Q = 4C5E
Offset 308 134 I = 37DF Q = 22A2
Offset 309 135 I = 5F6B Q = 3BC1
Offset 310 136 I = 6805 Q = 2A92
Offset 311 137 I = 4E2B Q = 7A53
Offset 312 138 I = 3ED6 Q = 4C13
Offset 313 139 I = 5F36 Q = 4FE
Offset 314 13a I = 26F1 Q = 2CA7
E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
E-12
Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 Chips
PN Offset Q values
(14 chips)
I values
(14 chips)
HEX
Equiv
Offset 315 13b I = 72B4 Q = 7AA0
Offset 316 13c I = 63D8 Q = 111D
Offset 317 13d I = 6E79 Q = 3A32
Offset 318 13e I = 1C9F Q = 5D97
Offset 319 13f I = 7EC1 Q = 3EDB
Offset 320 140 I = 66DE Q = 234D
Offset 321 141 I = 39A8 Q = 5E62
Offset 322 142 I = 3B18 Q = 18EF
Offset 323 143 I = 74D8 Q = 6A2F
Offset 324 144 I = 1094 Q = 41E8
Offset 325 145 I = 2133 Q = 2370
Offset 326 146 I = 2492 Q = 32A6
Offset 327 147 I = 27BF Q = 70D6
Offset 328 148 I = 78ED Q = 621E
Offset 329 149 I = 31D3 Q = 4FC8
Offset 330 14a I = 4B96 Q = 1A49
Offset 331 14b I = 481 Q = 51F7
Offset 332 14c I = 7278 Q = 3054
Offset 333 14d I = 1799 Q = 367C
Offset 334 14e I = 54A4 Q = 6B9B
Offset 335 14f I = 6D90 Q = 1FD8
Offset 336 150 I = 2770 Q = 43CA
Offset 337 151 I = 5B5C Q = 45AB
Offset 338 152 I = 3CB6 Q = 382A
Offset 339 153 I = 5DCD Q = 1D1D
Offset 340 154 I = A7C Q = 66CD
Offset 341 155 I = 4A4A Q = 1743
Offset 342 156 I = 639D Q = 286A
Offset 343 157 I = 1189 Q = 3390
Offset 344 158 I = 7923 Q = 76C2
Offset 345 159 I = 7308 Q = 1C8F
Offset 346 15a I = 6375 Q = C0A
Offset 347 15b I = 2E46 Q = 5396
Offset 348 15c I = 767B Q = 7980
Offset 349 15d I = 295C Q = 5ED0
E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
July 1999 E-13
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 Chips
PN Offset Q values
(14 chips)
I values
(14 chips)
HEX
Equiv
Offset 350 15e I = 7D9A Q = 69F3
Offset 351 15f I = 7384 Q = 15CA
Offset 352 160 I = 3375 Q = 6483
Offset 353 161 I = 29EF Q = 29A6
Offset 354 162 I = E0 Q = 2B4C
Offset 355 163 I = 2F33 Q = 797A
Offset 356 164 I = 5926 Q = 4018
Offset 357 165 I = B76 Q = 18DA
Offset 358 166 I = 6C2C Q = A9F
Offset 359 167 I = 27DD Q = 398C
Offset 360 168 I = 1B63 Q = 58D8
Offset 361 169 I = 5652 Q = 5C4
Offset 362 16a I = A50 Q = 20FD
Offset 363 16b I = 1138 Q = 527E
Offset 364 16c I = 66 Q = 56B6
Offset 365 16d I = 6BF0 Q = 560E
Offset 366 16e I = 4CBE Q = 287B
Offset 367 16f I = 6957 Q = 64CA
Offset 368 170 I = 7D08 Q = 9C0
Offset 369 171 I = 1EC1 Q = 7A38
Offset 370 172 I = 28F Q = 5EB8
Offset 371 173 I = 62BA Q = 37F7
Offset 372 174 I = 3F52 Q = 5A72
Offset 373 175 I = 2D6F Q = 3452
Offset 374 176 I = 2157 Q = 70E
Offset 375 177 I = 4B5D Q = 431B
Offset 376 178 I = 2F4E Q = 2A68
Offset 377 179 I = 5422 Q = 649B
Offset 378 17a I = 2953 Q = 3D3A
Offset 379 17b I = 32E8 Q = 1BAB
Offset 380 17c I = 397D Q = 71A8
Offset 381 17d I = 2D92 Q = BDE
Offset 382 17e I = 64D1 Q = 3F95
Offset 383 17f I = 1390 Q = 63B5
Offset 384 180 I = 7EA2 Q = 4FF1
E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
E-14
Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 Chips
PN Offset Q values
(14 chips)
I values
(14 chips)
HEX
Equiv
Offset 385 181 I = 569F Q = 70B7
Offset 386 182 I = 2DDE Q = 7FDC
Offset 387 183 I = 5812 Q = 4F95
Offset 388 184 I = 53A5 Q = 24FD
Offset 389 185 I = 85 Q = 662B
Offset 390 186 I = 1333 Q = 1B2D
Offset 391 187 I = 2220 Q = 2FB6
Offset 392 188 I = 575 Q = 53E7
Offset 393 189 I = 4668 Q = 7CAA
Offset 394 18a I = 3CAC Q = 7E37
Offset 395 18b I = 68F6 Q = 2C0C
Offset 396 18c I = 1710 Q = 5092
Offset 397 18d I = 5F15 Q = 1A7
Offset 398 18e I = 32F1 Q = A77
Offset 399 18f I = 5BB6 Q = 3CB1
Offset 400 190 I = 746 Q = 2A42
Offset 401 191 I = 16DA Q = 5A22
Offset 402 192 I = 15B0 Q = 4F1A
Offset 403 193 I = 312D Q = 3925
Offset 404 194 I = 59E0 Q = 71F7
Offset 405 195 I = 6BF4 Q = 3677
Offset 406 196 I = 44C0 Q = 2B40
Offset 407 197 I = 4268 Q = 7334
Offset 408 198 I = 5599 Q = 1657
Offset 409 199 I = 7670 Q = 1CB3
Offset 410 19a I = 6E50 Q = 2F7C
Offset 411 19b I = 1C5C Q = 6417
Offset 412 19c I = 45F2 Q = 6C4D
Offset 413 19d I = 16FA Q = 70C6
Offset 414 19e I = 5640 Q = 7AF6
Offset 415 19f I = 2F97 Q = 6F72
Offset 416 1a0 I = 5A2A Q = 6102
Offset 417 1a1 I = 441B Q = 2373
Offset 418 1a2 I = 485F Q = 7E09
Offset 419 1a3 I = 7C9E Q = C67
E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
July 1999 E-15
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 Chips
PN Offset Q values
(14 chips)
I values
(14 chips)
HEX
Equiv
Offset 420 1a4 I = 495F Q = 441A
Offset 421 1a5 I = 4E3B Q = 2F92
Offset 422 1a6 I = 1F2E Q = 640D
Offset 423 1a7 I = 506B Q = 7BCC
Offset 424 1a8 I = 2714 Q = 6328
Offset 425 1a9 I = 3493 Q = 49DC
Offset 426 1aa I = 3447 Q = 64D8
Offset 427 1ab I = 7102 Q = 1235
Offset 428 1ac I = 12FC Q = 798B
Offset 429 1ad I = 3334 Q = 1E0B
Offset 430 1ae I = 5E61 Q = 51F
Offset 431 1af I = 4E63 Q = 4057
Offset 432 1b0 I = A6B Q = 3D9B
Offset 433 1b1 I = 343C Q = 3EF0
Offset 434 1b2 I = 7047 Q = 5246
Offset 435 1b3 I = 5FA9 Q = 73FA
Offset 436 1b4 I = F9 Q = 279D
Offset 437 1b5 I = 4DF8 Q = 4A46
Offset 438 1b6 I = 73F2 Q = 567D
Offset 439 1b7 I = 797D Q = 2E4C
Offset 440 1b8 I = 6A0C Q = 6724
Offset 441 1b9 I = 6852 Q = 77C7
Offset 442 1ba I = 141C Q = 7F0C
Offset 443 1bb I = 1078 Q = 6FE4
Offset 444 1bc I = 1682 Q = 27F4
Offset 445 1bd I = F5 Q = 5BF0
Offset 446 1be I = 557A Q = 467D
Offset 447 1bf I = EB3 Q = 6361
Offset 448 1c0 I = CE Q = 69BA
Offset 449 1c1 I = 707E Q = 35AC
Offset 450 1c2 I = 7E92 Q = 35F7
Offset 451 1c3 I = 3497 Q = E64
Offset 452 1c4 I = 3C39 Q = 5CA3
Offset 453 1c5 I = 5A3D Q = 3BD2
Offset 454 1c6 I = 3A6D Q = 7ED5
E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
E-16
Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 Chips
PN Offset Q values
(14 chips)
I values
(14 chips)
HEX
Equiv
Offset 455 1c7 I = 5B85 Q = 2658
Offset 456 1c8 I = 32BE Q = 115C
Offset 457 1c9 I = 3085 Q = 1620
Offset 458 1ca I = 70CB Q = 1CBE
Offset 459 1cb I = FA9 Q = 6A80
Offset 460 1cc I = 750 Q = 6DE0
Offset 461 1cd I = 3B63 Q = 75D8
Offset 462 1ce I = 759D Q = 7513
Offset 463 1cf I = 5DC1 Q = D51
Offset 464 1d0 I = 12FE Q = 420E
Offset 465 1d1 I = 370B Q = 5103
Offset 466 1d2 I = 1A2E Q = 27CF
Offset 467 1d3 I = BFB Q = 3213
Offset 468 1d4 I = 6FE3 Q = 4B5F
Offset 469 1d5 I = 5383 Q = 2758
Offset 470 1d6 I = 4F34 Q = 3B57
Offset 471 1d7 I = 62F9 Q = 6C64
Offset 472 1d8 I = 4CE3 Q = 2D0
Offset 473 1d9 I = 27A3 Q = 7467
Offset 474 1da I = 4197 Q = 6BF8
Offset 475 1db I = 43CF Q = 107
Offset 476 1dc I = 33C0 Q = 609E
Offset 477 1dd I = 58D4 Q = 40E7
Offset 478 1de I = 3327 Q = 4F9A
Offset 479 1df I = 2869 Q = 621C
Offset 480 1e0 I = 7686 Q = 4CD5
Offset 481 1e1 I = 6CDA Q = 3940
Offset 482 1e2 I = 2557 Q = 6A0F
Offset 483 1e3 I = 2268 Q = 7038
Offset 484 1e4 I = 31C8 Q = 6204
Offset 485 1e5 I = 2D62 Q = 5849
Offset 486 1e6 I = 6A1A Q = 9A7
Offset 487 1e7 I = 45EB Q = 62DD
Offset 488 1e8 I = 7431 Q = 3BFE
Offset 489 1e9 I = 7C94 Q = 454B
E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
July 1999 E-17
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 Chips
PN Offset Q values
(14 chips)
I values
(14 chips)
HEX
Equiv
Offset 490 1ea I = 5D9C Q = 3163
Offset 491 1eb I = 5C0A Q = 7FDA
Offset 492 1ec I = B94 Q = 4AB2
Offset 493 1ed I = 4720 Q = 41E6
Offset 494 1ee I = 3AB4 Q = 2A23
Offset 495 1ef I = 558D Q = 47E0
Offset 496 1f0 I = 5FF6 Q = 4F47
Offset 497 1f1 I = 4A32 Q = 791
Offset 498 1f2 I = 3528 Q = 462B
Offset 499 1f3 I = 6B64 Q = 1D0E
Offset 500 1f4 I = 2DBA Q = 328A
Offset 501 1f5 I = 37DD Q = 4B48
Offset 502 1f6 I = 5B54 Q = 7525
Offset 503 1f7 I = 2C4A Q = 214E
Offset 504 1f8 I = BB3 Q = 46DB
Offset 505 1f9 I = 5B5E Q = CAF
Offset 506 1fa I = 3889 Q = 70F7
Offset 507 1fb I = 1982 Q = 1C7C
Offset 508 1fc I = 4FE4 Q = 5104
Offset 509 1fd I = 2FC2 Q = 6D5A
Offset 510 1fe I = 422 Q = 8B0
Offset 511 1ff I = 2EFA Q = 1AAB
E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999
E-18
Notes
E
July 1999 SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2 Index-1
Index
Numbers
10BaseT/10Base2 Converter, 1-6
10BaseT/10Base2 converter, LMF to BTS
connection, 3-7
2–way Splitter, 1-10
A
Abbreviated
RX acceptance test, all–inclusive, 4-2
TX acceptance test, all–inclusive, 4-2
Acceptance Test Procedures ATP , 1-1
ACTIVE LED
GLI, 5-24
MCC, 5-26
ALARM LED, GLI, 5-24
Alarm Monitor window, 2-8
Alarm Reporting Display, 2-8
Alarm Test Box, 1-10
All inclusive, TX ATP test outline – CCP shelf 1,
primary, 4-3, 4-5, 4-7, 4-9, 4-23
Ancillary Equipment Frame identification, 1-17
Ancillary frame, when to optimize, B-1
ATP
all inclusive TX acceptance test outline, 4-2
generate failure report, 4-23
generate report, 4-23
test matrix/detailed optimization, B-2
ATP – Code Domain Power, 4-18
ATP – Frame Error Rate (FER), 4-21
ATP – Pilot Time Offset, 4-16
ATP – Spectral Purity Transmit Mask, 4-11
ATP – Waveform Quality (rho), 4-14
ATP Report, 4-23
B
Backplane DIP switch settings, 2-2
Basic Troubleshooting Overview, 5-1
Bay Level offset calibration failure, 5-6
BBX, gain set point vs SIF output considerations, C-1
BBX2 Connector, 5-14
BBX2 LED Status Combinations, 5-26
BTS
Ethernet LAN interconnect diagram, 3-17
LMF connection, 3-7
system software download, 3-2
when to optimize, B-1
BTS frame, DC Distribution Pre–test, 2-16
BTS Log In Procedure, 3-16
BTS Site Setup for Acceptance Test Procedures, 3-22,
3-70, 4-17, 4-19, 4-22
Create CAL File, 3-71
bts–nnn Folders, 3-12
bts–nnn.cal File, 3-12
C
C–CCP Backplane Troubleshooting, Procedure, 5-14
C–CCP Shelf, 1-12
Calibrating Cables, 3-55
Calibrating Test Equipment, 3-55
Calibration, data file calibration, BLO, 3-63
Calibration Audit failure, 5-7
calibration data file, description of, BLO, 3-63
Index – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999Index-2
Cannot communicate to Communications Analyzer,
5-3
Cannot communicate to Power Meter, 5-2
Cannot download CODE to any device card, 5-4
Cannot Download DATA to any device card, 5-4
Cannot ENABLE device, 5-5
Cannot load BLO, 5-7
Cannot Log into cell–site, 5-2
Cannot perform carrier measurement, 5-9
Cannot perform Code Domain Noise Power
measurement, 5-9
Cannot perform Rho or pilot time offset
measurement, 5-8
Cannot perform Txmask measurement, 5-8
cbsc folder, 3-13
CCP, shelf 1 – all inclusive TX ATP test outline,
primary, 4-3, 4-5, 4-7, 4-9, 4-23
CD ROM Installation, 3-9
CDF
site configuration, 3-1
site equipage verification, 3-2
site type and equipage data information, 2-1
CDMA, optimization/ATP test matrix, B-1
cdma Folder, 3-11
cdpower test, 4-18
Cell Site
equipage verification, 2-1
types configuration, 3-1
Cell Site Data File. See CDF
Cell Site Field Engineer CFE, 1-1
CIO Connectors, 5-14
Code Domain Power and Noise Floor Levels, 4-20
Code Domain Power ATP , 4-19
Code Domain Power test, 4-18
Code Domain Power/Noise, 4-18
code Folder, 3-14
Communications System Analyzer, 1-7
Communications system analyzer , 1-7, 1-8
Connecting test equipment to the BTS, 3-40
Connector Functionality
Backplane, Troubleshooting, 5-13
Troubleshooting, Backplane, 5-13
Copying CAL files from CDMA LMF to the CBSC,
3-10, 6-1
Copying CAL files to the CBSC, 3-10, 6-2
CSM, and LFR primary functions, 3-29
CSM frequency verification, 3-30
CSM LED Status Combinations, 5-22
CyberTest Communication Analyzer, 1-8
D
data Folder, 3-15
DC Distribution Pre–test, BTS frame detail, 2-16
DC Power Problems, C–CCP Backplane
Troubleshooting, 5-19
DC/DC Converter LED Status Combinations, 5-21
Selecting Devices, 3-20
Detailed, optimization/ATP test matrix, B-2
Digital Control Problems, 5-15
C–CCP Backplane Troubleshooting, 5-15
Digital Multimeter, 1-8
DIP switch settings, 2-2
Directional Coupler, 1-8
Download, BTS system software, 3-2
Download BDCs, 3-25
Download BLO Procedure, 3-67
Download/Enable MCCs, 3-28
Download/Enable MGLIs, 3-24
E
E1, isolate BTS from the E1 spans, 3-3
Enable CSMs & BDCs, 3-26
Enabling Devices, 3-21
Equipment, warm–up, CSM/LFR tests, 3-30
Equipment setup, VSWR
Advantest Test Set, 3-82
HP Test Set, 3-80
Equipment warm-up, 3-42
Ethernet LAN
interconnect diagram, 3-17
Index – continued
July 1999 SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2 Index-3
transceiver, 1-6
Ethernet LAN links verification, 3-17
Ethernet maintenance connector interface, illustration,
3-8
F
fer test, 4-21
Files, calibration data file, BLO, 3-63
Folder Structure Overview, 3-11
Frame, equipage preliminary operations, 2-1
FREQ Monitor Connector, CSM, 5-23
Frequency counter, optional test equipment, 1-9
Front panel, LEDs, CSM, 3-29
Full Optimization Test, 4-8
G
Gain set point, C-1
General optimization checklist, test data sheets, A-4
GLI Connector, 5-14
GLI Ethernet A and B Connections, 5-14
GLI LED Status Combinations, 5-24
GLI Pushbuttons and Connectors, 5-25
GPIB Cables, 1-8
GPS, receiver operation, test data sheets, A-5
GPS Initialization/Verification
estimated position accuracy, 3-34
surveyed position accuracy, 3-34
GPS satellite system, 3-27
Graphical User Interface Overview , 3-19
H
Hardware Requirements, 1-5
High Stability 10 MHz Rubidium Standard, 1-10
High–impedance Conductive Wrist Strap, 1-9
HP8935 Analyzer, 1-8
HSO Initialization/Verification, 3-30
I
I and Q values, E-1, E-1
I/Q, PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13,
and 14 chips, E-3
Initial Installation of Boards/Modules, preliminary
operations, 2-1
Initial power tests, test data sheets, A-3
Installation and Update Procedures, 3-9
Inter–frame cabling, when to optimize, B-2
Intercabinet I/O, 1-15
IS–97 specification, E-1, E-1
ISB Inter Shelf Bus connectors, 5-13
L
LAN, BTS frame interconnect, illustration, 3-17
LAN Connectors (A & B), GLI, 5-25
LED, description front panel, CSM, 3-29
LED Status Combinations for all Modules except
GLI2 CSM BBX2 MCC24 MCC8E, 5-21
LFR, receiver operation, test data sheets, A-6
LMF
Ethernet maintenance connector interface detail,
illustration, 3-8
to BTS connection, 3-3, 3-7
view CDF information, 3-2
lmf Folder, 3-11
LMF Removal, 6-3
Loading Code, 3-24
loads folder, 3-13
Local Area Network (LAN) Tester, 1-9
Logging Out, 3-16
Logical BTS, 3-19
LORAN–C Initialization/Verification, 3-38
LPA Module LED, 5-27
LPA Shelf LED Status Combinations, 5-27
M
Manual, layout, 1-1
MASTER LED, GLI, 5-24
MCC LED Status Combinations, 5-26
Index – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999Index-4
MCC/CE, 4-18
Miscellaneous errors, 5-5
MMI Connector
CSM, 5-23
GLI, 5-25
MMI Connectors, MCC, 5-26
Model SLN2006A MMI Interface Kit, 1-7
Module status indicators, 5-21
Motorola, SC9600 Base Transceiver Subsystem, 1-1
Multi–FER test Failure, 5-10
N
Network Test Equipment Setup, 3-53
New Installations, 1-3
No AMR control, 5-17
No BBX2 control in the shelf, 5-17
No DC input voltage to Power Supply Module, 5-19
No DC voltage +5 +65 or +15 Volts to a specific
GLI2 BBX2 or Switch board, 5-20
No GLI2 Control through span line connection, 5-16
No GLI2 Control via LMF, 5-15
No or missing MCC24 channel elements, 5-18
No or missing span line traffic, 5-18
North American PCS Frequency Spectrum CDMA
Allocation, D-1
Null modem cable detail, 3-42
O
Online Help, 1-2
Optimization, 1-1
Optimization/ATP Test Matrix, 1-3
Optional Test Equipment, 1-9
Optional test equipment, frequency counter, 1-9
Oscilloscope, 1-10
P
PA Shelves, 1-12
PCMCIA, Ethernet adapter, LMF to BTS connection,
3-7
Pilot Time Offset. See PN
Ping, 3-17
PN
I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of, 0, 13,
and 14 chips – table, E-3
offset programming information, E-1, E-1
offset usage, E-1, E-1
PN offset per sector, E-1, E-1
PN Offset Usage , E-1, E-1
Power Input, 5-13
Power Meter, 1-8
Power Supply Module Interface, 5-13
Pre–power tests, test data sheets, A-3
Preliminary operations
cell Site types, 2-1
test data sheets, A-2
Prepare to Leave the Site
External test equipment removal, 6-1
LMF Removal, 6-3
Reestablish OMC–R control, 6-3
Verify T1/E1, 6-3
Printing an ATP Report, 4-23
Procedures to Copy CAL Files From Diskette to the
CBSC, 3-10, 5-2, 5-3, 5-4, 6-2, 6-3
Procedures to Copy Files to a Diskette, 3-10, 6-1
Procedures to Disable devices, 3-22
Procedures to Reset devices, 3-22
Product Description, 1-2
Program, TSU NAM, 3-76
Program TSU NAM, 3-76
Pseudorandom Noise. See PN
ptoff test, 4-16
PWR/ALM and ACTIVE LEDs, MCC, 5-26
PWR/ALM LED
BBX2, 5-26
CSM, 5-22
DC/DC Converter, 5-21
generic, 5-21
MCC, 5-26
Index – continued
July 1999 SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2 Index-5
R
Re–calibrate BLO, 3-61
Reestablish OMC–R control, 6-3
Reference Distribution Module RDM Input/Output,
5-13
Required documents, 1-3, 1-4
Required Test Equipment
Ethernet LAN transceiver, 1-6
substitute equipment, 1-5
RESET Pushbutton, GLI, 5-25
Resetting BTS modules, 6-1
RF Adapters, 1-9
RF Attenuators, 1-8
RF Load, 1-9
RF Path Bay Level Offset Calibration, 3-61
RF Test Cable, 1-9
RFDS Calibration, 3-77
RFDS Location, SC 4812ET, 1-18
rho test, 4-14
RS–232 to GPIB Interface, 1-7
RX
all inclusive TX ATP test, 4-4
antenna VSWR, test data sheets, A-16
RX Frame Error Rate (FER) ATP, 4-21
RX VSWR procedure
Advantest Test Set, 3-82
HP Test Set, 3-80
S
SC 4812 BTS Optimization/ATP Test Matrix, B-4
SCLPA, convergence test data sheets, A-7
Selecting Test Equipment, 3-52
Setting Cable Loss Values, 3-60
SIF, output considerations vs BBX gain set point, C-1
Site, equipage verification, 3-2
Site checklist, verification data sheets, A-2
site equippage, CDF file, 3-1
Sorting Status Report Widows, 3-23
Span Line (T1/E1) Verification Equipment, 1-9
Span Line connector , 5-13
Span Problems no control link, Troubleshooting, 5-28
SPANS LED, 5-24
Spectrum Analyzer, 1-9
STATUS LED, GLI, 5-24
SYNC Monitor Connector, CSM, 5-23
T
T1, isolate BTS from the T1 spans, 3-3
Test data sheets
general optimization checklist, A-4
GPS receiver operation, A-5
initial power tests, A-3
LFR receiver operation, A-6
pre–power tests, A-3
preliminary operations, A-2
RX antenna VSWR, A-16
SCLPA convergence, A-7
site checklist, A-2
TX antenna VSWR, A-15, A-16
TX BLO, A-8, A-13
verification of test equipment used, A-1
Test equipment
transmit and receive antenna VSWR, 3-79
verification data sheets, A-1
Test Equipment Policy, 1-4
Test Equipment Setup, 3-40
Test Equipment Setup Calibration for TX Bay Level
Offset, 3-58
Test equipment setup RF path calibration, 3-65
Test Set Calibration, 3-51
Timing Reference Cables, 1-8
Transmit TX path audit, 3-68
Transmit TX path calibration, 3-66
Troubleshooting
DC Power Problems, 5-19
Span Problems no control link, 5-28
TX and RX Signal Routing, 5-20
Troubleshooting CSM Checklist, 5-11
TX
all inclusive TX ATP test, 4-2
antenna VSWR, test data sheets, A-15, A-16
Index – continued
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999Index-6
BLO test data sheets, A-8, A-13
TX & RX Path Calibration, 3-61
TX and RX Frequency vs Channel , D-3
TX and RX Signal Routing, C–CCP Backplane
Troubleshooting, 5-20
TX Audit Test, 3-69
TX Bay Level Offset and TX ATP test equipment
setup calibration, 3-57
TX Calibration Test, 3-66
TX Code Domain Power ATP, 4-18
tx fine adjust, E-1, E-1
TX Mask Verification, spectrum analyzer display,
illustration, 4-13
TX Output Acceptance Tests – Introduction
Code domain power, 4-10
Pilot time offset, 4-10
Spectral purity TX mask, 4-10
Waveform Quality (rho), 4-10
TX Path Calibration, 3-62
TX Pilot Time Offset ATP, 4-16
TX Spectral Purity Transmit Mask ATP, 4-11
TX VSWR procedure
Advantest Test Set, 3-82
HP Test Set, 3-80
TX Waveform Quality (rho) ATP, 4-14
TX/RX OUT Connections, 4-2
txmask test, 4-11
U
Unshielded Twisted Pair. See UTP
Updating CDMA LMF Files, 3-9, 6-1
UTP
cable (RJ11 connectors), 3-8
LMF to BTS connection, 3-7
V
Verify, test equipment used, test data sheets, A-1
version Folder, 3-13
Voltage Standing Wave Ratio. See VSWR
VSWR
manual test setup detail
Advantest illustration, 3-83
HP illustration, 3-81
measure and calculate RX/TX VSWR for each
antenna
Advantest Test Set, 3-82
HP Test Set, 3-80
required test equipment, 3-79
transmit and receive antenna, 3-79
VSWR Calculation, 3-80, 3-83
VSWR Equation, 3-80, 3-83
W
Walsh channels, 4-18
When to optimize
Ancillary – table, B-1
BTS, B-1
inter–frame cabling, B-2
X
XCVR Backplane Troubleshooting, 5-13
Xircom Model PE3–10B2, LMF to BTS connection,
3-7